Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                 to                
Commission file number 00-24525
 
Cumulus Media Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
 
36-4159663
(State of Incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
3280 Peachtree Road, N.W.
Suite 2300
Atlanta, GA 30305
(404) 949-0700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal offices)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
 
¨
Accelerated filer
 
¨


Non-accelerated filer
 
¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
 
þ


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (assuming, solely for the purposes hereof, that all officers and directors (and their respective affiliates), and 10% or greater stockholders of the registrant are affiliates of the registrant, some of whom may not be deemed to be affiliates upon judicial determination) as of June 30, 2016, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $38.0 million .
As of March 9, 2017 , the registrant had outstanding 29,306,374 shares of common stock consisting of (i)  29,225,765 shares of Class A common stock; and (ii)  80,609  shares of Class C common stock.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2017 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2017 Proxy Statement”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10 to 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated herein.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016
Item
Number
 
Page
Number
1
1A.
1B.
2
3
4
5
6
7
7A.
8
9
9A.
9B.
10
11
12
13
14
15
 

2

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART I
Item 1.
Business
Description of Certain Definitions and Data
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K” or this “Report”) the terms “Company,” “Cumulus,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Cumulus Media Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
We use the term “local marketing agreement” (“LMA”) in this Report. In a typical LMA, the licensee of a radio station makes available, for a fee and reimbursement of its expenses, airtime on its station to a party which supplies programming to be broadcast during that airtime, and collects revenues from advertising aired during such programming. In addition to entering into LMAs, we from time to time enter into management or consulting agreements that provide us with the ability, as contractually specified, to assist current owners in the management of radio station assets, subject to Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) approval. In such arrangements, we generally receive a contractually specified management fee or consulting fee in exchange for the services provided.
Unless otherwise indicated, as disclosed herein we:
obtained total radio industry listener and revenue levels from the Radio Advertising Bureau;
derived historical market revenue statistics and market revenue share percentages from data published by Miller Kaplan, Arase LLP, a public accounting firm that specializes in serving the broadcasting industry and BIA/Kelsey (“BIA”), a media and telecommunications advisory services firm; and
derived all audience share data and audience rankings, including ranking by population, from surveys of people ages 12 and over, listening Monday through Sunday, 6 a.m. to 12 midnight, as reported in the Nielsen Audio Market Report.
Company Overview
A leader in the radio broadcasting industry, Cumulus Media (NASDAQ:CMLS) combines high-quality local programming with iconic, nationally syndicated media, sports and entertainment brands to deliver premium content choices to the 245 million people reached each week through our approximately 445 owned-and-operated stations broadcasting in 90 U.S. media markets (including eight of the top 10), more than 8,200 broadcast radio stations affiliated with its Westwood One network and numerous digital channels. Together, the Cumulus/Westwood One platforms make Cumulus Media one of the few media companies that can provide advertisers with national reach and local impact. Cumulus/Westwood One is the exclusive radio broadcast partner to some of the largest brands in sports, entertainment, news, and talk, including the NFL, the NCAA, the Masters, the Olympics, the GRAMMYs, the Academy of Country Music Awards, the American Music Awards, the Billboard Music Awards, Westwood One News, and more. Additionally, it is the nation's leading provider of country music and lifestyle content through its NASH brand, which serves country fans nationwide through radio programming, exclusive digital content, and live events.
We are a Delaware corporation, organized in 2002, and successor by merger to an Illinois corporation with the same name that was organized in 1997.
Strategic Overview
Our initial historical strategic focus was on mid-sized radio markets in the United States, as we believed that the attractive operating characteristics of mid-sized markets, together with the relaxation of radio station ownership limits under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Telecom Act”) and FCC rules, created significant opportunities for growth from the formation of groups of radio stations within these markets. We focused on acquiring groups of stations in attractive markets at favorable purchase prices, taking advantage of the size and fragmented nature of ownership in those markets and the greater attention historically given to larger markets by radio station acquirers.
Our strategy has evolved as we have recognized that large radio markets can provide an attractive combination of scale, stability and opportunity for future growth, particularly for emerging digital advertising initiatives. According to BIA, many of these markets typically have per capita and household income, and expected household effective buying income growth, in excess of the national average, which we believe makes radio broadcasters in these markets attractive to a broad base of advertisers, and allows a radio broadcaster to reduce its dependence on any one economic sector or specific advertiser. Our

3

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operating strategy is based upon the following principles that we expect will continue to position us for future growth and increases in stockholder value:
Focus on unique brands .
We view each of our radio stations and content assets as a unique brand that serves a local and distinct community of listeners. Our business model is designed to offer local businesses access to each of our stations’ communities of listeners through the sale of advertising time. We endeavor to create demand through strategic investments to drive ratings growth. As we continue to seek to grow, we believe this focused model will continue to be scalable, allowing us to continue to provide a high level of service to our advertisers and further expand our advertiser base.
Enhance operating performance across our portfolio of radio stations to drive efficiencies .
Our business is designed to drive sales growth and reduce costs at each radio station. By focusing on performing the day-to-day operations of the company efficiently and ensuring that our employees' efforts are effectively and consistently directed and supported, we believe we are much better positioned to achieve positive results and drive growth.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our success is, and future performance will be, directly related to the following combination of strengths that will enable us to implement our strategies:
A leader in the radio broadcasting industry with a broad national reach .
Currently, we offer advertisers access to a broad portfolio of approximately 445 stations, comprised of 16 large market and 74 small and mid-sized market stations in 90 United States media markets. Our stations cover a wide variety of programming formats, geographic regions, audience demographics and advertising clients. We believe this scale and diversity allows us to offer advertisers the ability to customize advertising campaigns on a national, regional and local basis through broadcast, digital and mobile mediums, enabling us to compete effectively with other media and engage listeners whenever, wherever they are.
We are one of the largest radio advertising and content providers in the United States. With more than 8,200 radio broadcast affiliations, our radio station platform reaches approximately 245 million listeners a week, and provides a national platform to more effectively and efficiently compete for national advertising dollars. In addition, this national network platform provides access to targeted and more diverse demographics and age groups to better meet our customers’ needs and allow for more focused marketing. Our sales team has the ability to consolidate advertising time across our affiliate network, create and aggregate inventory and divide it into packages focused on specific demographics that can be sold to national advertisers looking to reach specific national or regional audiences across all of the radio network affiliates.
Diversified customer base and geographic mix .
We generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of advertising time to a broad and diverse customer base. We sell our advertising time both nationally and locally through an integrated sales approach that ranges from traditional radio spots to non-traditional sales programs, including on-line couponing and various on-air and Internet-related integrated marketing programs.
Our advertising exposure is highly diversified across a broad range of industries, which lessens the impact of the economic conditions applicable to any one specific industry or customer group. Our top industry segments by advertising volume include automotive, restaurants, entertainment, financial, and communications. In "even numbered years" in advance of various elections, we derive additional revenue from political candidates, political parties, and special interest groups. Due to the localized nature of our business, we have a broad distribution of advertisers across all of our stations. Our geographic reach extends to 90 markets nationwide.
Focus on corporate culture
We believe developing a corporate culture that encourages employee engagement is important to our continued success. Through an internal rigorous and systematic cultural values framework, FORCE (Focused, Responsibility, Collaboration, and Empowerment), we believe we have created an engaged and motivated employee base, which is foundational to achieving higher performance.
   


4

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Leveraging network to create content .
We believe there continue to be growth opportunities in country, news/talk, sports and traffic content offerings with shared risk and revenue relationships. The content we create is distributed domestically to broadcast and digital platforms and we intend to grow by continuing to develop this content.
Industry Overview
The primary source of revenues for radio broadcasting companies is the sale of advertising time to local, regional and national spot advertisers, and national network advertisers. National advertisers place advertisements on a national show and such advertisements air in each market where the network has an affiliate. Over the past five years, radio advertising revenue has represented approximately 7% of the overall United States advertising market, and has typically followed macroeconomic growth trends. In 2016 , radio advertising revenues were an estimated $17.6 billion which grew 1.5% from 2015.
Generally, radio is considered an efficient, cost-effective means of reaching specifically identified demographic groups. Stations are typically classified by their on-air format, such as country, rock, adult contemporary, oldies and news/talk. A station’s format and style of presentation enables it to target specific segments of listeners sharing certain demographic features. By capturing a specific share of a market’s radio listening audience with particular concentration in a targeted demographic, a station is able to market its broadcasting time to advertisers seeking to reach a specific audience. Advertisers and stations use data published by audience measuring services, such as Nielsen Audio, to estimate how many people within particular geographical markets and demographics listen to specific stations.
The number of advertisements that can be broadcast by a station without jeopardizing listening levels and the resulting ratings is generally dictated in part by the format of a particular station and the local competitive environment. Although the number of advertisements broadcast during a given time period may vary, the total number of advertisements broadcast on a particular station generally does not vary significantly from year to year.
A station’s local sales staff generates the majority of its local and regional advertising sales through direct solicitations of local advertising agencies and businesses. To generate national advertising sales, a station usually will engage a firm that specializes in soliciting radio-advertising sales on a national level. Stations also may engage directly with an internal national sales team that supports the efforts of third-party representatives. National sales representatives obtain advertising principally from advertising agencies located outside the station’s market and receive commissions based on the revenue from the advertising they obtain.
Our stations compete for advertising revenue with other broadcast radio stations in their particular market as well as other media, including newspapers, broadcast television, cable television, magazines, direct mail, and outdoor advertising as well as search engine and e-commerce websites and satellite-based digital radio and music services. We cannot predict how existing, new or any future sources of competition will affect our performance and results of operations.
Advertising Sales
The primary source of our revenue is generated from the sale of local, regional, and national advertising for broadcast on our radio stations. We also generate revenue from the sale of our network programming and services. In exchange for our network programs and services, we primarily receive commercial air time from radio stations and aggregate the air time to sell to national advertisers; to a lesser extent, we receive cash. A majority of our net broadcasting revenue is generated from the sale of local and regional advertising. Additional broadcasting revenue is generated from the sale of national advertising. The major categories of our advertisers consist of:
Amusement and recreation
 
Banking and mortgage
 
Healthcare services
Arts and entertainment
 
Food and beverage
 
Telecommunications
Automotive dealers
 
Furniture and home furnishings
 
 
In addition, in even-numbered years in advance of various elections, we derive additional revenue from political candidates, political parties, and special interest groups.    
Each station’s local sales staff solicits advertising either directly from a local advertiser or indirectly through an advertising agency. We use a tiered commission structure to focus our sales staff on new business development. We believe that we can outperform our competitors by (1) expanding our base of advertisers, (2) properly training sales people and (3) providing a higher level of service to our existing customer base.

5

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our national sales are made by a firm specializing in radio advertising sales on the national level, in exchange for a commission that is based on the gross revenue from the advertising generated. Regional sales, which we define as sales in regions surrounding our markets to buyers that advertise in our markets, are generally made by our local sales staff and market managers. Whereas we seek to grow our local sales through more customer-focused sales staffs, we seek to grow our national and regional sales by offering key national and regional advertisers access to groups of stations within specific markets and regions that make us a more attractive platform.
Each of our stations has a general target level of on-air inventory available for advertising. This target level of advertising inventory may vary at different times of the day but tends to remain stable over time. Our stations strive to maximize revenue by managing their on-air advertising inventory and adjusting prices up or down based on supply and demand. We seek to broaden our advertiser base in each market by providing a wide array of audience demographic segments across each cluster of stations, thereby providing potential advertisers with an effective means to reach a targeted demographic group. Our selling and pricing activity is based on demand for our radio stations’ on-air inventory, and, in general, we respond to this demand by varying prices rather than by varying our target inventory level for a particular station. Most changes in revenue are explained by a combination of demand-driven pricing changes and changes in inventory utilization rather than by changes in available inventory. Advertising rates charged by radio stations, which are generally highest during morning and afternoon commuting hours, are based primarily on:

a station’s share of audiences and the demographic groups targeted by advertisers (as measured by ratings surveys);
the supply and demand for radio advertising time and for time targeted at particular demographic groups; and
certain additional qualitative factors.
A station’s listenership is reflected in ratings surveys that estimate the number of listeners tuned in to the station, and the time they spend listening. Each station’s ratings are used by its advertisers and advertising representatives to consider advertising with the station and are used by Cumulus to chart changes in audience, set advertising rates and adjust programming.
Competition
The radio broadcasting industry is very competitive. Our stations compete for listeners and advertising revenues directly with other radio stations within their respective markets, as well as with other advertising media. Additionally, online music and other entertainment services compete with us for both listeners and advertisers.
Radio stations compete for listeners primarily on the basis of program content that appeals to a particular demographic group. Factors that affect a radio station’s competitive position include station brand identity and loyalty, the station’s local audience rank in its market, transmitter power and location, assigned frequency, audience characteristics, local program acceptance and the number and characteristics of other radio stations and other advertising media in the market area. We attempt to improve our competitive position in each market through research, seeking to improve our stations’ programming, implementing targeted advertising campaigns aimed at the demographic groups for which our stations program and managing our sales efforts to attract a larger share of advertising dollars for each station individually. We also seek to improve our competitive position by focusing on building a strong brand identity with a targeted listener base consisting of specific demographic groups in each of our markets, which we believe will allow us to better attract advertisers seeking to reach those listeners.
The success of each of our stations depends largely upon rates it can charge for its advertising, which in turn is affected by the number of local advertising competitors, and the overall demand for advertising within individual markets. These conditions may fluctuate and are highly susceptible to changes in both local markets and more general macroeconomic conditions. Specifically, a radio station’s competitive position can be enhanced or negatively impacted by a variety of factors, including the changing of, or another station changing, its format to compete directly for a certain demographic of listeners and advertisers or an upgrade of the station’s authorized power through the relocation or upgrade of transmission equipment. Another station’s decision to convert to a format similar to that of one of our radio stations in the same geographic area, to improve its signal reach through equipment changes or upgrades, or to launch an aggressive promotional campaign may result in lower ratings and advertising revenue for our station. Any adverse change affecting advertising expenditures in a particular market or in the relative market share of our stations located in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the results of our radio stations located in that market or, possibly, the Company as a whole. There can be no assurance that any one or all of our stations will be able to maintain or increase advertising revenue market share.
There are also regulations that impact competition within the radio industry. Under federal laws and FCC rules, a single party can own and operate multiple stations in a local market, subject to certain limitations described below. We believe that

6

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

companies that form groups of commonly owned stations or joint arrangements, such as LMAs, in a particular market may, in certain circumstances, have lower operating costs and may be able to offer advertisers in those markets more attractive rates and services. Although we currently operate multiple stations in most of our markets and intend to pursue the creation of additional multiple station groups in particular markets, our competitors in certain markets include other parties that own and operate as many or more stations than we do.
Some of these regulations, however, can serve to protect the competitive position of existing radio stations to some extent by creating certain regulatory barriers to new entrants. The ownership of a radio broadcast station requires an FCC license, and the number of radio stations that an entity can own in a given market is limited under certain FCC rules. The number of radio stations that a party can own in a particular market is dictated largely by whether the station is in a defined “Nielsen Audio Metro" (a designation designed by a private party for use in advertising matters), and, if so, the number of stations included in that Nielsen Audio Metro. In those markets that are not in a Nielsen Audio Metro, the number of stations a party can own in the particular market is dictated by the number of AM and FM signals that overlap, which constitutes a radio market under FCC rules. These FCC ownership rules may, in some instances, limit the number of stations we or our competitors can own or operate, or may limit potential new market entrants. However, FCC ownership rules may change in the future to limit any protections they currently provide. We also cannot predict what other matters might be considered in the future by the FCC or Congress, nor can we assess in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes might have on our business. For a discussion of FCC regulation (including recent changes), see “- Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting.”
Employees
At December 31, 2016 , we employed 5,479 people, 3,646 of whom were employed full time. Of these employees, approximately 218 employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. We have not experienced any material work stoppages by our employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, and overall, we consider our relations with our employees to be positive.
On occasion, we enter into contracts with various on-air personalities with large loyal audiences in their respective markets to protect our interests in those relationships that we believe to be valuable. The loss of one of these personalities could result in a short-term loss of audience share, but we do not believe that any such loss would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, taken as a whole.
Seasonality and Cyclicality
Our operations and revenues tend to be seasonal in nature, with generally lower revenue generated in the first quarter of the year and generally higher revenue generated in the second and fourth quarters of the year. This seasonality causes and will likely continue to cause a variation in our quarterly operating results. Such variations could have a material effect on the timing of our cash flows.
In addition, our revenues tend to fluctuate between years, consistent with, among other things, increased advertising expenditures in even-numbered years by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter. 
Inflation
To date, inflation has not had a material effect on our revenues or results of operations, although no assurances can be provided that material inflation in the future would not materially adversely affect us.
Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting
General
The ownership, operation and sale of radio broadcast stations, including those licensed to us, are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC, which acts under authority of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). Among its other regulatory responsibilities, the FCC issues permits and licenses to construct and operate radio stations; assigns broadcast frequencies; determines whether to approve changes in ownership or control of station licenses; regulates transmission equipment, operating power, and other technical parameters of stations; adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation and employment practices of stations; regulates the content of

7

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

some forms of radio broadcast programming; and has the authority under the Communications Act to impose penalties for violations of its rules.
The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act, and related FCC rules and policies (collectively, the “Communications Laws”). This description does not purport to be comprehensive, and reference should be made to the Communications Laws, public notices, and decisions issued by the FCC for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio broadcast stations. Failure to observe the provisions of the Communications Laws can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures and the grant of a “short-term” (less than the maximum term) license renewal. For particularly egregious violations, the FCC may deny a station’s license renewal application, revoke a station’s license, or deny applications in which an applicant seeks to acquire additional broadcast properties.
License Grant and Renewal
Radio broadcast licenses are generally granted and renewed for terms of up to eight years at a time. Licenses are renewed by filing an application with the FCC, which is subject to review and approval. The Communications Act expressly provides that a radio station is authorized to continue to operate after the expiration date of its existing license until the FCC acts on a pending renewal application. Petitions to deny license renewal applications may be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. While we are not currently aware of any facts that would prevent the renewal of our licenses to operate our radio stations, there can be no assurance that all of our licenses will be renewed in the future for a full term, or at all. Our inability to renew a significant portion of our radio broadcast licenses could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Service Areas
The area served by an AM station is determined by a combination of frequency, transmitter power, antenna orientation, and soil conductivity. To determine the effective service area of an AM station, the station’s power, operating frequency, antenna patterns and its day/night operating modes are evaluated. The area served by an FM station is determined by a combination of effective radiated power (“ERP”), antenna height and terrain, with stations divided into eight classes according to these technical parameters.
Each class of FM radio station has the right to broadcast with a certain amount of ERP from an antenna located at a certain height above average terrain. The most powerful FM radio stations, which are generally those with the largest geographic reach, are Class C FM stations, which operate with up to the equivalent of 100 kilowatts (“kW”) of ERP at an antenna height of 1,968 feet above average terrain. These stations typically provide service to a large area that covers one or more counties (which may or may not be in the same state). There are also Class C0, C1, C2 and C3 FM radio stations which operate with progressively less power and/or antenna height above average terrain and, thus, less geographic reach. In addition, Class B FM stations operate with the equivalent of up to 50 kW ERP at an antenna height of 492 feet above average terrain. Class B stations can serve large metropolitan areas and their outer suburban areas. Class B1 stations can operate with up to the equivalent of 25 kW ERP at an antenna height of 328 feet above average terrain. Class A FM stations operate with up to the equivalent of 6 kW ERP at an antenna height of 328 feet above average terrain, and often (but not always) serve smaller cities or suburbs of larger cities.

8

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth, as of March 9, 2017 , the market, call letters, city of license, frequency and FCC license expiration date of all our owned and/or operated stations, including stations operated under an LMA, whether or not pending acquisition, and all other announced pending station acquisitions, if any. Stations with a license expiration date prior to March 9, 2017 represent stations for which a renewal application has been timely filed with the FCC and is currently pending before the FCC. The Communications Act expressly provides that a radio station is authorized to continue to operate after the expiration date of its existing license until the FCC acts on a pending renewal application.
 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Abilene, TX
 
KBCY FM
 
Tye, TX
 
99.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCDD FM
 
Hamlin, TX
 
103.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHXS FM
 
Merkel, TX
 
102.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTLT FM
 
Anson, TX
 
98.1
 
August 1, 2021
 
Albany, GA
 
WALG AM
 
Albany, GA
 
1590
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WEGC FM
 
Sasser, GA
 
107.7
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGPC AM
 
Albany, GA
 
1450
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJAD FM
 
Leesburg, GA
 
103.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKAK FM
 
Albany, GA
 
104.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNUQ FM
 
Sylvester, GA
 
102.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WQVE FM
 
Albany, GA
 
101.7
 
April 1, 2020
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
KKOB AM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
770
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKOB FM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
93.3
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMGA FM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
99.5
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KNML AM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
610
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KRST FM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
92.3
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTBL AM
 
Los Ranchos, NM
 
1050
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KDRF FM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
103.3
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KBZU FM
 
Albuquerque, NM
 
96.3
 
October 1, 2012
 
Allentown, PA
 
WCTO FM
 
Easton, PA
 
96.1
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WLEV FM
 
Allentown, PA
 
100.7
 
August 1, 2022
 
Amarillo, TX
 
KARX FM
 
Claude, TX
 
95.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KPUR AM
 
Amarillo, TX
 
1440
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KPUR FM
 
Canyon, TX
 
107.1
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KQIZ FM
 
Amarillo, TX
 
93.1
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KNSH AM
 
Canyon, TX
 
1550
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KZRK FM
 
Canyon, TX
 
107.9
 
August 1, 2021
 
Ann Arbor, MI
 
WLBY AM
 
Saline, MI
 
1290
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WQKL FM
 
Ann Arbor, MI
 
107.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WTKA AM
 
Ann Arbor, MI
 
1050
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWWW FM
 
Ann Arbor, MI
 
102.9
 
October 1, 2020
 
Appleton, WI
 
WNAM AM
 
Neenah Menasha, WI
 
1280
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WOSH AM
 
Oshkosh, WI
 
1490
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVBO FM
 
Winneconne, WI
 
103.9
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WPKR FM
 
Omro,WI
 
99.5
 
December 1, 2020
 
Atlanta, GA
 
WKHX FM
 
Marietta, GA
 
101.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WYAY FM
 
Gainesville, GA
 
106.7
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWWQ FM
 
Atlanta, GA
 
99.7
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNNX FM
 
College Park, GA
 
100.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
Baton Rouge, LA
 
KQXL FM
 
New Roads, LA
 
106.5
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRQQ FM
 
Hammond, LA
 
103.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WEMX FM
 
Kentwood, LA
 
94.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WIBR AM
 
Baton Rouge, LA
 
1300
 
June 1, 2012
 
 
 
WXOK AM
 
Port Allen, LA
 
1460
 
June 1, 2020

9

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Beaumont, TX
 
KAYD FM
 
Silsbee, TX
 
101.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KBED AM
 
Nederland, TX
 
1510
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KIKR AM
 
Beaumont, TX
 
1450
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KQXY FM
 
Beaumont, TX
 
94.1
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTCX FM
 
Beaumont, TX
 
102.5
 
August 1, 2021
 
Birmingham, AL
 
WAPI AM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
1070
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJOX AM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
690
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJOX FM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
94.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZRR FM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
99.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WUHT FM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
107.7
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJQX FM
 
Birmingham, AL
 
100.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
Blacksburg, VA
 
WBRW FM
 
Blacksburg, VA
 
105.3
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WFNR AM
 
Blacksburg, VA
 
710
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WNMX FM
 
Christiansburg, VA
 
100.7
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WRAD AM
 
Radford, VA
 
1460
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WWBU FM
 
Radford, VA
 
101.7
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WPSK FM
 
Pulaski, VA
 
107.1
 
October 1, 2019
 
Bloomington, IL
 
WBNQ FM
 
Bloomington, IL
 
101.5
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WBWN FM
 
Le Roy, IL
 
104.1
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJEZ FM
 
Dwight, IL
 
98.9
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJBC AM
 
Bloomington, IL
 
1230
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJBC FM
 
Pontiac, IL
 
93.7
 
December 1, 2020
 
Boise, ID
 
KBOI AM
 
Boise, ID
 
670
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KIZN FM
 
Boise, ID
 
92.3
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKGL FM
 
Nampa, ID
 
96.9
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KQFC FM
 
Boise, ID
 
97.9
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTIK FM
 
New Plymouth, ID
 
93.1
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTIK AM
 
Nampa, ID
 
1350
 
October 1, 2021
 
Bridgeport, CT
 
WEBE FM
 
Westport, CT
 
107.9
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WICC AM
 
Bridgeport, CT
 
600
 
April 1, 2022
 
Buffalo, NY
 
WEDG FM
 
Buffalo, NY
 
103.3
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WGRF FM
 
Buffalo, NY
 
96.9
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WHLD AM
 
Niagara Falls, NY
 
1270
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WHTT FM
 
Buffalo, NY
 
104.1
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WBBF AM
 
Buffalo, NY
 
1120
 
June 1, 2022
 
Charleston, SC
 
WSSX FM
 
Charleston, SC
 
95.1
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WIWF FM
 
Charleston, SC
 
96.9
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WTMA AM
 
Charleston, SC
 
1250
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WWWZ FM
 
Summerville, SC
 
93.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WMGL FM
 
Ravenel, SC
 
107.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
Chattanooga, TN
 
WGOW AM
 
Chattanooga, TN
 
1150
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGOW FM
 
Soddy-Daisy, TN
 
102.3
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WOGT FM
 
East Ridge, TN
 
107.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WSKZ FM
 
Chattanooga, TN
 
106.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
Chicago, IL
 
WLS AM
 
Chicago, IL
 
890
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLS FM
 
Chicago, IL
 
94.7
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLUP FM
 
Chicago, IL
 
97.9
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKQX FM
 
Chicago, IL
 
101.1
 
December 1, 2020
 
Cincinnati, OH
 
WNNF FM
 
Cincinnati, OH
 
94.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WOFX FM
 
Cincinnati, OH
 
92.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRRM FM
 
Cincinnati, OH
 
98.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGRR FM
 
Hamilton, OH
 
103.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WFTK FM
 
Lebanon, OH
 
96.5
 
October 1, 2020

10

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
KKFM FM
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
98.1
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKMG FM
 
Pueblo, CO
 
98.9
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKPK FM
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
92.9
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCSF AM
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
1300
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KVOR AM
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
740
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KATC FM
 
Colorado Springs, CO
 
95.1
 
April 1, 2021
 
Columbia, MO
 
KBBM FM
 
Jefferson City, MO
 
100.1
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KBXR FM
 
Columbia, MO
 
102.3
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KFRU AM
 
Columbia, MO
 
1400
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KJMO FM
 
Linn, Mo
 
97.5
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KLIK AM
 
Jefferson City, MO
 
1240
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KOQL FM
 
Ashland, MO
 
106.1
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KPLA FM
 
Columbia, MO
 
101.5
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KZJF FM
 
Jefferson City, MO
 
104.1
 
February 1, 2021
 
Columbia, SC
 
WISW AM
 
Columbia, SC
 
1320
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WLXC FM
 
Columbia, SC
 
103.1
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WNKT FM
 
Eastover, SC
 
107.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WOMG FM
 
Lexington, SC
 
98.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WTCB FM
 
Orangeburg, SC
 
106.7
 
December 1, 2019
 
Columbus-Starkville, MS
 
WKOR FM
 
Columbus, MS
 
94.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMXU FM
 
Starkville, MS
 
106.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNMQ FM
 
Columbus, MS
 
103.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WSMS FM
 
Artesia, MS
 
99.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WSSO AM
 
Starkville, MS
 
1230
 
June 1, 2020
 
Dallas, TX
 
WBAP AM
 
Fort Worth, TX
 
820
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KSCS FM
 
Fort Worth, TX
 
96.3
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KLIF AM
 
Dallas, TX
 
570
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KPLX FM
 
Fort Worth, TX
 
99.5
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KLIF FM
 
Haltom City, TX
 
93.3
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTCK AM
 
Dallas, TX
 
1310
 
August 1, 2013
 
 
 
KTCK FM
 
Flower Mound, TX
 
96.7
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KESN FM
 
Allen, TX
 
103.3
 
August 1, 2021
 
Des Moines, IA
 
KBGG AM
 
Des Moines, IA
 
1700
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHKI FM
 
Des Moines, IA
 
97.3
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KGGO FM
 
Des Moines, IA
 
94.9
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KJJY FM
 
West Des Moines, IA
 
92.5
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWQW FM
 
Boone, IA
 
98.3
 
February 1, 2021
 
Detroit, MI
 
WJR AM
 
Detroit, MI
 
760
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WDVD FM
 
Detroit, MI
 
96.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WDRQ FM
 
Detroit, MI
 
93.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
Erie, PA
 
WXKC FM
 
Erie, PA
 
99.9
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WXTA FM
 
Edinboro, PA
 
97.9
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WRIE AM
 
Erie, PA
 
1260
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WQHZ FM
 
Erie, PA
 
102.3
 
August 1, 2022
 
Eugene, OR
 
KEHK FM
 
Brownsville, OR
 
102.3
 
February 1, 2022
 
 
 
KSCR AM
 
Eugene, OR
 
1320
 
February 1, 2022
 
 
 
KUGN AM
 
Eugene, OR
 
590
 
February 1, 2022
 
 
 
KUJZ FM
 
Creswell, OR
 
95.3
 
February 1, 2022
 
 
 
KZEL FM
 
Eugene, OR
 
96.1
 
February 1, 2022
 
Fayetteville, AR
 
KAMO FM
 
Rogers, AR
 
94.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KFAY AM
 
Farmington, AR
 
1030
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KQSM FM
 
Fayetteville, AR
 
92.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KMCK FM
 
Prairie Grove, AR
 
105.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KKEG FM
 
Bentonville, AR
 
98.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KYNG AM
 
Springdale, AR
 
1590
 
June 1, 2020

11

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
 
 
KRMW FM
 
Cedarville, AR
 
95
 
June 1, 2020
 
Fayetteville, NC
 
WFNC AM
 
Fayetteville, NC
 
640
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WMGU FM
 
Southern Pines, NC
 
106.9
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WQSM FM
 
Fayetteville, NC
 
98.1
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WRCQ FM
 
Dunn, NC
 
103.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
Flint, MI
 
WDZZ FM
 
Flint, MI
 
92.7
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWCK AM
 
Flint, MI
 
1570
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWCK FM
 
Flint, MI
 
105.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WFBE FM
 
Flint, MI
 
95.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WTRX AM
 
Flint, MI
 
1330
 
October 1, 2020
 
Florence, SC
 
WBZF FM
 
Hartsville, SC
 
98.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WCMG FM
 
Latta, SC
 
94.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WHLZ FM
 
Marion, SC
 
100.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WMXT FM
 
Pamplico, SC
 
102.1
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WWFN FM
 
Lake City, SC
 
100.1
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WYMB AM
 
Manning, SC
 
920
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WYNN AM
 
Florence, SC
 
540
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WYNN FM
 
Florence, SC
 
106.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
Fort Smith, AR
 
KBBQ FM
 
Van Buren, AR
 
102.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KLSZ FM
 
Fort Smith, AR
 
100.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KOMS FM
 
Poteau, OK
 
107.3
 
June 1, 2021
 
Fort Walton Beach, FL
 
WFTW AM
 
Ft Walton Beach, FL
 
1260
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKSM FM
 
Ft Walton Beach, FL
 
99.5
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNCV FM
 
Shalimar, FL
 
93.3
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WYZB FM
 
Mary Esther, FL
 
105.5
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZNS FM
 
Ft Walton Beach, FL
 
96.5
 
February 1, 2020
 
Fresno, CA
 
KSKS FM
 
Fresno, CA
 
93.7
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMJ FM
 
Fresno, CA
 
105.9
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMJ AM
 
Fresno, CA
 
580.0
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMGV FM
 
Fresno, CA
 
97.9
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWYE FM
 
Fresno, CA
 
101.1
 
December 1, 2021
 
Grand Rapids, MI
 
WJRW AM
 
Grand Rapids, MI
 
1340
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WTNR FM
 
Holland, MI
 
94.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLAV FM
 
Grand Rapids, MI
 
96.9
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WBBL FM
 
Greenville, MI
 
107.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WHTS FM
 
Coopersville, MI
 
105.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
Green Bay, WI
 
WDUZ AM
 
Green Bay, WI
 
1400
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WDUZ FM
 
Brillion, WI
 
107.5
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKRU FM
 
Allouez, WI
 
106.7
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WOGB FM
 
Reedsville, WI
 
103.1
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WPCK FM
 
Denmark, WI
 
104.9
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WQLH FM
 
Green Bay, WI
 
98.5
 
December 1, 2020
 
Harrisburg, PA
 
WHGB AM
 
Harrisburg, PA
 
1400
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WNNK FM
 
Harrisburg, PA
 
104.1
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WWKL FM
 
Mechanicsburg, PA
 
93.5
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WZCY FM
 
Hershey, PA
 
106.7
 
August 1, 2014
 
 
 
WQXA FM
 
York, PA
 
105.7
 
August 1, 2022
 
Houston, TX
 
KRBE FM
 
Houston, TX
 
104.1
 
August 1, 2021
 
Huntsville, AL
 
WHRP FM
 
Gurley, AL
 
94.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WUMP AM
 
Madison, AL
 
730
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVNN AM
 
Athens, AL
 
770
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVNN FM
 
Trinity, AL
 
92.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWFF FM
 
New Market, AL
 
93.3
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZYP FM
 
Athens, AL
 
104.3
 
April 1, 2020

12

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Indianapolis, IN
 
WJJK FM
 
Noblesville, IN
 
104.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WFMS FM
 
Fishers, IN
 
95.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRWM FM
 
Lawrence, IN
 
93.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
Johnson City, TN
 
WXSM AM
 
Blountville, TN
 
640
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJCW AM
 
Johnson City, TN
 
910
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGOC AM
 
Kingsport, TN
 
1320
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKOS FM
 
Kingsport, TN
 
104.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WQUT FM
 
Johnson City, TN
 
101.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
Kansas City, MO
 
KCFX FM
 
Harrisonville, MO
 
101.1
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCHZ FM
 
Ottawa, KS
 
95.7
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCJK FM
 
Garden City, MO
 
105.1
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCMO AM
 
Kansas City, MO
 
710
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KCMO FM
 
Shawnee, KS
 
94.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMJK FM
 
North Kansas City, MO
 
107.3
 
February 1, 2021
 
Knoxville, TN
 
WIVK FM
 
Knoxville, TN
 
107.7
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNML AM
 
Knoxville, TN
 
990
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WNML FM
 
Friendsville, TN
 
99.1
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WOKI FM
 
Oliver Springs, TN
 
98.7
 
August 1, 2020
 
Kokomo, IN
 
WWKI FM
 
Kokomo, IN
 
100.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
Lafayette, LA
 
KNEK AM
 
Washington, LA
 
1190
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KRRQ FM
 
Lafayette, LA

95.5

June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KSMB FM
 
Lafayette, LA
 
94.5
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KXKC FM
 
New Iberia, LA
 
99.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KNEK FM
 
Washington, LA
 
104.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
Lake Charles, LA
 
KAOK AM
 
Lake Charles, LA
 
1400
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KBIU FM
 
Lake Charles, LA
 
103.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KKGB FM
 
Sulphur, LA
 
101.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KQLK FM
 
De Ridder, LA
 
97.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KXZZ AM
 
Lake Charles, LA
 
1580
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KYKZ FM
 
Lake Charles, LA
 
96.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
Lancaster, PA
 
WIOV FM
 
Ephrata, PA
 
105.1
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WIOV AM
 
Reading, PA
 
1240
 
August 1, 2022
 
Lexington, KY
 
WCYN FM
 
Cynthiana, KY
 
102.3
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLTO FM
 
Nicholasville, KY
 
102.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLXX FM
 
Lexington, KY
 
92.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVLK AM
 
Lexington, KY
 
590
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVLK FM
 
Richmond, KY
 
101.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXZZ FM
 
Georgetown, KY
 
103.3
 
August 1, 2020
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KAAY AM
 
Little Rock, AR
 
1090
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KARN AM
 
Little Rock, AR
 
920
 
June 1, 2012
 
 
 
KIPR FM
 
Pine Bluff, AR
 
92.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KLAL FM
 
Wrightsville, AR
 
107.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KPZK AM
 
Little Rock, AR
 
1250
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KURB FM
 
Little Rock, AR
 
98.5
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KARN FM
 
Sheridan, AR
 
102.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
Los Angeles, CA
 
KABC AM
 
Los Angeles, CA
 
790
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KLOS FM
 
Los Angeles, CA
 
95.5
 
December 1, 2021
 
Macon, GA
 
WAYS AM
 
Macon, GA
 
1500
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WDEN FM
 
Macon, GA
 
99.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLZN FM
 
Macon, GA
 
92.3
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMAC AM
 
Macon, GA
 
940
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMGB FM
 
Montezuma, GA
 
95.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WPEZ FM
 
Jeffersonville, GA
 
93.7
 
April 1, 2020

13

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Melbourne, FL
 
WAOA FM
 
Melbourne, FL
 
107.1
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WHKR FM
 
Rockledge, FL
 
102.7
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLZR FM
 
Melbourne, FL
 
95.9
 
February 1, 2020
 
Memphis, TN
 
WRBO FM
 
Como, MS
 
103.5
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGKX FM
 
Memphis, TN
 
105.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXMX FM
 
Millington, TN
 
98.1
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKIM FM
 
Munford, TN
 
98.9
 
August 1, 2020
 
Minneapolis, MN
 
KQRS FM
 
Golden Valley, MN
 
92.5
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
KXXR FM
 
Minneapolis, MN
 
93.7
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
WGVX FM
 
Lakeville, MN
 
105.1
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
WRXP FM
 
Cambridge, MN
 
105.3
 
April 1, 2021
 
 
 
WWWM FM
 
Eden Prarie, MN
 
105.7
 
April 1, 2021
 
Mobile, AL
 
WBLX FM
 
Mobile, AL
 
92.9
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WDLT FM
 
Saraland, AL
 
104.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGOK AM
 
Mobile, AL
 
900
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXQW AM
 
Fairhope, AL
 
660
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WABD FM
 
Mobile, AL
 
97.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
Modesto, CA
 
KATM FM
 
Modesto, CA
 
103.3
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KDJK FM
 
Mariposa, CA
 
103.9
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KESP AM
 
Modesto, CA
 
970
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHKK FM
 
Modesto, CA
 
104.1
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHOP FM
 
Oakdale, CA
 
95.1
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWNN FM
 
Turlock, CA
 
98.3
 
December 1, 2021
 
Montgomery, AL
 
WHHY FM
 
Montgomery, AL
 
101.9
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLWI AM
 
Montgomery, AL
 
1440
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLWI FM
 
Montgomery, AL
 
92.3
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMSP AM
 
Montgomery, AL
 
740
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMXS FM
 
Montgomery, AL
 
103.3
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXFX FM
 
Prattville, AL
 
95.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
Muncie, IN
 
WLTI AM
 
New Castle, IN
 
1550
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMDH FM
 
New Castle, IN
 
102.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
Muskegon, MI
 
WLCS FM
 
North Muskegon, MI
 
98.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKLQ AM
 
Whitehall, MI
 
1490
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVIB FM
 
Holton, MI
 
100.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLAW FM
 
Newaygo, MI
 
92.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWSN FM
 
Whitehall, MI
 
97.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
Myrtle Beach, SC
 
WDAI FM
 
Pawleys Island, SC
 
98.5
 
December 1, 2011
 
 
 
WLFF FM
 
Georgetown, SC
 
106.5
 
December 1, 2011
 
 
 
WSEA FM
 
Atlantic Beach, SC
 
100.3
 
December 1, 2011
 
 
 
WSYN FM
 
Surfside Beach, SC
 
103.1
 
December 1, 2011
 
 
 
WHSC AM
 
Conway, SC
 
1050
 
December 1, 2011
 
Nashville, TN
 
WQQK FM
 
Goodlettsville, TN
 
92.1
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WSM FM
 
Nashville, TN
 
95.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWTN FM
 
Hendersonville, TN
 
99.7
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGFX FM
 
Gallatin, TN
 
104.5
 
August 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKDF FM
 
Nashville, TN
 
103.3
 
August 1, 2020
 
New London, CT
 
WQGN FM
 
Groton, CT
 
105.5
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WXLM AM
 
Groton, CT
 
980
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WMOS FM
 
Stonington, CT
 
102.3
 
April 1, 2022
 
New Orleans, LA
 
KMEZ FM
 
Port Sulphur, LA
 
106.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KKND FM
 
Belle Chasse, LA
 
102.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRKN FM
 
Laplace, LA
 
92.3
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZRH FM
 
Picayune, MS
 
106.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
New York, NY
 
WABC AM
 
New York, NY
 
770
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WPLJ FM
 
New York, NY
 
95.5
 
June 1, 2022

14

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
 
 
WNSH FM
 
Newark, NJ
 
94.7
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WNBM FM
 
Bronxville, NY
 
103.9
 
June 1, 2022
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
KATT FM
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
100.5
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKWD FM
 
Bethany, OK
 
104.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
WWLS FM
 
The Village, OK
 
98.1
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KYIS FM
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
98.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWPN AM
 
Moore, OK
 
640
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
WKY AM
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
930
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KQOB FM
 
Enid, OK
 
96.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
Oxnard-Ventura, CA
 
KBBY FM
 
Ventura, CA
 
95.1
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHAY FM
 
Ventura, CA
 
100.7
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KVEN AM
 
Ventura, CA
 
1450
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KVYB FM
 
Santa Barbara, CA
 
103.3
 
December 1, 2021
 
Pensacola, FL
 
WCOA AM
 
Pensacola, FL
 
1370
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRRX FM
 
Gulf Breeze, FL
 
106.1
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXBM FM
 
Milton, FL
 
102.7
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMEZ FM
 
Pensacola, FL
 
94.1
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJTQ FM
 
Pensacola, FL
 
100.7
 
February 1, 2020
 
Peoria, IL
 
WGLO FM
 
Pekin, IL
 
95.5
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WVEL AM
 
Pekin, IL
 
1140
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WIXO FM
 
Peoria, IL
 
105.7
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WFYR FM
 
Elmwood, IL
 
97.3
 
December 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZPW FM
 
Peoria, IL
 
92.3
 
December 1, 2020
 
Providence, RI
 
WPRO AM
 
Providence, RI
 
630
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WPRO FM
 
Providence, RI
 
92.3
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WPRV AM
 
Providence, RI
 
790
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WEAN FM
 
Wakefield-Peacedale, RI
 
99.7
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WWLI FM
 
Providence, RI
 
105.1
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WWKX FM
 
Woonsocket, RI
 
106.3
 
April 1, 2022
 
Reno, NV
 
KBUL FM
 
Carson City, NV
 
98.1
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KKOH AM
 
Reno, NV
 
780
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KNEV FM
 
Reno, NV
 
95.5
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWYL FM
 
South Lake Tahoe, CA
 
102.9
 
December 1, 2021
 
Saginaw, MI
 
WHNN FM
 
Bay City, MI
 
96.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WILZ FM
 
Saginaw, MI
 
104.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WIOG FM
 
Bay City, MI
 
102.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WKQZ FM
 
Midland, MI
 
93.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
KKAT AM
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
860
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KBEE FM
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
98.7
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KBER FM
 
Ogden, UT
 
101.1
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KENZ FM
 
Ogden, UT
 
101.9
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHTB FM
 
Provo, UT
 
94.9
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KUBL FM
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
93.3
 
October 1, 2021
 
San Francisco, CA
 
KGO AM
 
San Francisco, CA
 
810
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KSFO AM
 
San Francisco, CA
 
560
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KFFG FM
 
Los Gatos, CA
 
97.7
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KFOG FM
 
San Francisco, CA
 
104.5
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KNBR AM
 
San Francisco, CA
 
680
 
December 1, 2013
 
 
 
KSAN FM
 
San Mateo, CA
 
107.7
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTCT AM
 
San Mateo, CA
 
1050
 
December 1, 2021

15

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Santa Barbara, CA
 
KRRF FM
 
Oak View, CA
 
106.3
 
December 1, 2021
 
Savannah, GA
 
WBMQ AM
 
Savannah, GA
 
630
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WEAS FM
 
Springfield, GA
 
93.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WIXV FM
 
Savannah, GA
 
95.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJCL FM
 
Savannah, GA
 
96.5
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WJLG AM
 
Savannah, GA
 
900
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WZAT FM
 
Tybee Island, GA
 
102.1
 
April 1, 2020
 
 
 
WTYB FM
 
Bluffton, SC
 
103.9
 
December 1, 2019
 
Shreveport, LA
 
KMJJ FM
 
Shreveport, LA
 
99.7
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KQHN FM
 
Waskom, TX
 
97.3
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KRMD AM
 
Shreveport, LA
 
1340
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KRMD FM
 
Oil City, LA
 
101.1
 
June 1, 2020
 
 
 
KVMA FM
 
Shreveport, LA
 
102.9
 
June 1, 2020
 
Springfield, MA
 
WHLL AM
 
Springfield, MA
 
1450
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WMAS FM
 
Enfield, CT
 
94.7
 
April 1, 2022
 
Stockton, CA
 
KJOY FM
 
Stockton, CA
 
99.3
 
December 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWIN FM
 
Lodi, CA
 
97.7
 
December 1, 2021
 
Syracuse, NY
 
WAQX FM
 
Manlius, NY
 
95.7
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WXTL FM
 
Syracuse, NY
 
105.9
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WSKO AM
 
Syracuse, NY
 
1260
 
June 1, 2022
 
 
 
WNTQ FM
 
Syracuse, NY
 
93.1
 
June 1, 2022
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
WBZE FM
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
98.9
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WGLF FM
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
104.1
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WHBT AM
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
1410
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WHBX FM
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
96.1
 
February 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWLD FM
 
Cairo, GA
 
102.3
 
April 1, 2020
 
Toledo, OH
 
WKKO FM
 
Toledo, OH
 
99.9
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WRQN FM
 
Bowling Green, OH
 
93.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWWM FM
 
Sylvania, OH
 
105.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WXKR FM
 
Port Clinton, OH
 
94.5
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WMIM FM
 
Luna Pier, MI
 
98.3
 
October 1, 2020
 
Topeka, KS
 
KDVB FM
 
Effingham, KS
 
96.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KDVV FM
 
Topeka, KS
 
100.3
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMAJ AM
 
Topeka, KS
 
1440
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KMAJ FM
 
Carbondale, KS
 
107.7
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTOP FM
 
St. Marys, KS
 
102.9
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KRWP FM
 
Stockton, MO
 
107.7
 
February 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTOP AM
 
Topeka, KS
 
1490
 
June 1, 2021
 
 
 
KWIC FM
 
Topeka, KS
 
99.3
 
June 1, 2021
 
Tucson, AZ
 
KCUB AM
 
Tucson, AZ
 
1290
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KHYT FM
 
Tucson, AZ
 
107.5
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KIIM FM
 
Tucson, AZ
 
99.5
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KSZR FM
 
Oro Valley, AZ
 
97.5
 
October 1, 2021
 
 
 
KTUC AM
 
Tucson, AZ
 
1400
 
October 1, 2021
 
Washington, DC
 
WMAL AM
 
Washington, DC
 
630
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WRQX FM
 
Washington, DC
 
107.3
 
October 1, 2019
 
 
 
WMAL FM
 
Woodbridge, VA
 
105.9
 
October 1, 2019
 
Westchester, NY
 
WFAS AM
 
White Plains, NY
 
1230
 
June 1, 2022
 
Wichita Falls, TX
 
KLUR FM
 
Wichita Falls, TX
 
99.9
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KOLI FM
 
Electra, TX
 
94.9
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KQXC FM
 
Wichita Falls, TX
 
103.9
 
August 1, 2021
 
 
 
KYYI FM
 
Burkburnett, TX
 
104.7
 
August 1, 2021

16

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Market
 
Stations
 
City of License
 
Frequency
 
Expiration
Date of License
 
 
Wilkes-Barre, PA
 
WARM AM
 
Scranton, PA
 
590
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WBHT FM
 
Mountain Top, PA
 
97.1
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WBSX FM
 
Hazleton, PA
 
97.9
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WSJR FM
 
Dallas, PA
 
93.7
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WBHD FM
 
Olyphant, PA
 
95.7
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WMGS FM
 
Wilkes-Barre, PA
 
92.9
 
August 1, 2022
 
Wilmington, NC
 
WAAV AM
 
Leland, NC
 
980
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WGNI FM
 
Wilmington, NC
 
102.7
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WKXS FM
 
Leland, NC
 
94.5
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WMNX FM
 
Wilmington, NC
 
97.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
 
 
WWQQ FM
 
Wilmington, NC
 
101.3
 
December 1, 2019
 
Worcester, MA
 
WORC FM
 
Webster, MA
 
98.9
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WWFX FM
 
Southbridge, MA
 
100.1
 
April 1, 2022
 
 
 
WXLO FM
 
Fitchburg, MA
 
104.5
 
April 1, 2022
 
York, PA
 
WSOX FM
 
Red Lion, PA
 
96.1
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WSBA AM
 
York, PA
 
910
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WGLD AM
 
Manchester Township, PA
 
1440
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WARM FM
 
York, PA
 
103.3
 
August 1, 2022
 
Youngstown, OH
 
WBBW AM
 
Youngstown, OH
 
1240
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WHOT FM
 
Youngstown, OH
 
101.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WLLF FM
 
Mercer, PA
 
96.7
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WPIC AM
 
Sharon, PA
 
790
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WQXK FM
 
Salem, OH
 
105.1
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WSOM AM
 
Salem, OH
 
600
 
October 1, 2020
 
 
 
WWIZ FM
 
West Middlesex, PA
 
103.9
 
August 1, 2022
 
 
 
WYFM FM
 
Sharon, PA
 
102.9
 
August 1, 2022
Regulatory Approvals
The Communications Laws prohibit the assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant an application for assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license, the Communications Act requires the FCC to find that the assignment or transfer would serve the public interest. The FCC considers a number of factors in making this determination, including (1) compliance with various rules limiting common ownership or control of media properties, (2) the financial and “character” qualifications of the assignee or transferee (including those parties holding an “attributable” interest in the assignee or transferee), (3) compliance with the Communications Act’s foreign ownership restrictions, and (4) compliance with other Communications Laws, including those related to programming and filing requirements. As discussed in greater detail below, the FCC may also review the effect of proposed assignments and transfers of broadcast licenses on economic competition and diversity. See “- Antitrust and Market Concentration Considerations.”
In connection with our 2011 acquisition of Citadel Broadcasting Corporation, we agreed to divest certain stations to comply with FCC ownership limits. These stations were assigned to a trustee under divestiture trusts that comply with FCC rules. The trust agreements stipulate that we must fund any operating shortfalls from the activities of the stations in the trusts, and any excess cash flow generated by such stations will be distributed to us until the stations are sold. In February 2016, the trustee received a letter from the FCC seeking information on efforts to sell the station assets which remained in the trusts. The trustee has responded to this request and is currently awaiting the FCC's response.
Ownership Matters
The Communications Act restricts us from having more than 25% of our capital stock owned or voted by non-U.S. persons, foreign governments or non-U.S. corporations. We are required to take steps to monitor the citizenship of our stockholders periodically through representative samplings of stockholder citizenship or other appropriate means to establish a reasonable basis for certifying compliance with the foreign ownership restrictions of the Communications Act. In November 2013, the FCC issued a declaratory ruling in which it stated that it would review requests for companies to exceed the 25% alien ownership threshold in the Communications Act on a case-by-case basis. In 2015 and in early 2017, the FCC acted on

17

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

several petitions for rulemaking which requested that various entities be permitted to exceed the 25% foreign equity and voting limitations. In those cases, the FCC permitted foreign ownership of as much as 49.99% by both specifically-identified foreign entities and generally subject to various conditions. These rulings were based upon the specific facts relating to the respective case, and it is uncertain how the FCC would treat any request which might be made to increase alien ownership of our stock in excess of the current threshold.
In September 2016, the FCC issued new policies governing how broadcast companies calculate the amount of their stock which is foreign held. These new policies permit a public company, which takes adequate steps to determine the extent to which its stock is foreign-owned or voted, to presume that shares as to which it lacks knowledge of foreign ownership or voting control do not raise a foreign ownership issue. Under previous FCC policies, stock which could not specifically be identified as owned and voted by U.S. citizens was presumed to be foreign held. The new rules also permit a specific foreign investor which has been approved by the FCC in a non-control context to increase its ownership in a broadcast company to 49.99%, and one which has been approved as a controlling party to increase its ownership to 100%, without further FCC approval. The new rules have not yet gone into effect but are expected to become effective later this year.
The Communications Laws also generally restrict (1) the number of radio stations one person or entity may own, operate or control in a local market, (2) the common ownership, operation or control of radio broadcast stations and television broadcast stations serving the same local market, and (3) the common ownership, operation or control of a radio broadcast station and a daily newspaper serving the same local market.
To our knowledge, none of these multiple and cross-ownership rules requires any change in our current ownership of radio broadcast stations. The Communications Laws limit the number of additional stations that we may acquire in the future in our existing markets as well as any new markets.
Because of these multiple and cross-ownership rules, a purchaser of our voting stock who acquires an “attributable” interest in us (as discussed below) may violate the Communications Laws if such purchaser also has an attributable interest in other radio or television stations, or in daily newspapers, depending on the number and location of those radio or television stations or daily newspapers. Such a purchaser also may be restricted in the companies in which it may invest to the extent that those investments give rise to an attributable interest. If one of our stockholders with an attributable interest violates any of these ownership rules, we may be unable to obtain from the FCC one or more authorizations needed to conduct our radio station business and may be unable to obtain FCC consents for certain future acquisitions.
The FCC generally applies its television/radio/newspaper cross-ownership rules and its broadcast multiple ownership rules by considering the “attributable” interests held by a person or entity. With some exceptions, a person or entity will be deemed to hold an attributable interest in a radio station, television station or daily newspaper if the person or entity serves as an officer, director, partner, stockholder, member, or, in certain cases, a debt holder of a company that owns that station or newspaper. If an interest is attributable, the FCC treats the person or entity that holds that interest as the “owner” of the radio station, television station or daily newspaper in question, and that interest thus is attributed to the person in determining compliance with the FCC’s ownership rules.
With respect to a corporation, officers, directors and persons or entities that directly or indirectly hold 5% or more of the corporation’s voting stock (20% or more of such stock in the case of insurance companies, investment companies, bank trust departments and certain other “passive investors” that hold such stock for investment purposes only) generally are attributed with ownership of the radio stations, television stations and daily newspapers owned by the corporation. As discussed below, participation in an LMA or a joint sales agreement (“JSA”) also may result in an attributable interest. See “- Local Marketing Agreements” and "-Joint Sales Agreements."
With respect to a partnership (or limited liability company), the interest of a general partner (or managing member) is attributable. The following interests generally are not attributable: (1) debt instruments, non-voting stock, options and warrants for voting stock, partnership interests, or membership interests that have not yet been exercised; (2) limited partnership or limited liability company membership interests where (a) the limited partner or member is not “materially involved” in the media-related activities of the partnership or limited liability company, and (b) the limited partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement expressly “insulates” the limited partner or member from such material involvement by inclusion of provisions specified in FCC rules; and (3) holdings of less than 5% of an entity’s voting stock, non-voting equity and debt interests (unless stock or other equity holdings, whether voting or non-voting and whether insulated or not, and/or debt interests collectively constitute more than 33% of a station’s “enterprise value," which consists of the total equity and debt capitalization, and the non-voting stockholder or equity-holder/debt holder has an attributable interest in another radio station, television station or newspaper in the same market or supplies more than 15% of the programming of the station owned by the entity in which such holder holds such stock, equity or debt interests).

18

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements


Programming and Operation
The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.” To satisfy that obligation broadcasters are required by FCC rules and policies to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such responsiveness. FCC rules require that each radio broadcaster place a list in its public inspection file at the end of each quarter which identifies important community issues and the programs the radio broadcaster used in the prior quarter to address those issues. The FCC adopted rules for television broadcasters in 2008, which require that certain portions of a television station’s public inspection file be uploaded to the FCC’s online data base. In January, 2016, the FCC adopted an order requiring that portions of the public inspection files of radio stations likewise be uploaded to the FCC’s online data base. Those requirements are currently effective for commercial radio stations with five or more employees in the top 50 markets. Other stations will have until March 1, 2018 to upload their public inspection files to the FCC’s online data base.
Complaints from listeners concerning a station’s programming may be filed at any time and will be considered by the FCC both at the time they are filed and in connection with a licensee’s renewal application. FCC rules also require broadcasters to provide equal employment opportunities (“EEO”) in the hiring of personnel, to abide by certain procedures in advertising employment opportunities, to make information available on employment opportunities on their website (if they have one), and maintain certain records concerning their compliance with EEO rules. The FCC will entertain individual complaints concerning a broadcast licensee’s failure to abide by the EEO rules but also conducts random audits on broadcast licensees’ compliance with EEO rules. We have been subject to numerous EEO audits. To date, none of those audits has disclosed any major violation that would have a material adverse effect on our operations. Stations also must follow provisions in the Communications Laws that regulate a variety of other activities, including political advertising, the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming, sponsorship identification, the broadcast of contests and lotteries, and technical operations (including limits on radio frequency radiation). In September 2015, the FCC adopted an order revising its rules that require a radio station to broadcast the material terms and conditions of any on-air contest. Under the new rules, stations may satisfy that disclosure obligation by posting the material terms and conditions of an on-air contest on the station’s web site or on another publicly-available Internet site instead of broadcasting them over the air.
In October 2015, the FCC made changes to certain technical rules regarding the AM radio service, and also adopted procedures designed to make it easier for owners of AM stations to use FM translators to rebroadcast their AM stations’ signals. We cannot predict at this time the extent, if any, to which those rule changes and procedures will affect our operations.
We are and have been subject to listener complaints from time to time on a variety of matters, and, while none of them has had a material adverse effect our operations as a whole to date, we cannot predict whether any future complaint might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Local Marketing Agreements
A number of radio stations, including certain of our stations, have entered into LMAs. In a typical LMA, the licensee of a station makes available, for a fee and reimbursement of its expenses, airtime on its station to a party which supplies programming to be broadcast during that airtime, and collects revenues from advertising aired during such programming. LMAs are subject to compliance with the antitrust laws and the Communications Laws, including the requirement that the licensee must maintain independent control over the station and, in particular, its personnel, programming, and finances.
A station that brokers more than 15% of the weekly programming hours on another station in its market will be considered to have an attributable ownership interest in the brokered station for purposes of the FCC’s ownership rules. As a result, a radio station may not enter into an LMA that allows it to program more than 15% of the weekly programming hours of another station in the same market that it could not own under the FCC’s multiple ownership rules.
Joint Sales Agreements
From time to time, radio stations enter into JSAs. A typical JSA authorizes one party or station to sell another station’s advertising time and retain the revenue from the sale of that airtime in exchange for a periodic payment to the station whose airtime is being sold (which may include a share of the revenue collected from the sale of airtime). Like LMAs, JSAs are subject to compliance with antitrust laws and the Communications Laws, including the requirement that the licensee must maintain independent control over the station and, in particular, its personnel, programming, and finances.

19

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under the FCC’s ownership rules, a radio station that sells more than 15% of the weekly advertising time of another radio station in the same market will be attributed with the ownership of that other station. For that reason, a radio station cannot have a JSA with another radio station in the same market if the FCC’s ownership rules would otherwise prohibit that common ownership.
In January 2000, the FCC released a Report and Order adopting rules for a new Low Power FM (“LPFM”) service consisting of two classes of radio stations, one with a maximum power of 100 watts and the other with a maximum power of 10 watts. On December 11, 2007, the FCC released a Report and Order which made changes in the rules and provided further protection for LPFM radio stations and, in certain circumstances, required full power stations (like the ones we own) to provide assistance to LPFM stations in the event they are subject to interference or are required to relocate their facilities to accommodate the inauguration of new or modified service by a full power radio station. The FCC has limited ownership and operation of LPFM stations to persons and entities that do not currently have an attributable interest in any FM station and has required that LPFM stations be operated on a non-commercial educational basis. The FCC has granted numerous construction permits for LPFM stations and many LPFM stations are now operating around the country. To date, LPFM radio stations have not had a material adverse effect on our operations. The Local Radio Community Act of 2010 (the “LRCA”), which was signed into law in January 2011, requires the FCC to, among other things, (1) modify its rules to authorize LPFM stations to operate on second-adjacent channels to full-power radio stations, and (2) waive second-adjacent channel separation requirements if the proposed operation of an LPFM station would not cause interference to any authorized full-power station. This law required the FCC to complete a study within one year of enactment to assess the economic impact that LPFM stations have on full-power radio stations like the stations we own. In compliance with this law, the FCC issued several reports in 2012 in which it found that LPFM stations generally serve areas that are substantially smaller in size and population than those served by full-service commercial radio stations, that LPFM stations have less of an Internet presence than full-power stations, that LPFM stations offer program formats different than full-power stations, and that the average LPFM station located in an Nielsen Audio market has negligible ratings and a significantly smaller audience than most full-power stations in the same market.
The FCC’s action under the LRCA could increase the number of LPFM stations in markets where we have stations, and that increase could produce interference from LPFM stations to our stations. We cannot predict at this time whether the LRCA in particular or the advent of LPFM service in general will have a material adverse impact on our operations in the future. We also cannot predict whether LPFM service could increase competition for listeners and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our operations.
On March 3, 2011, the FCC issued an order which would limit the ability of a broadcaster to move a radio station from one community to another. The FCC created a rebuttable presumption that would apply when a proposed community is located in an urbanized area or when the station could cover more than 50% of an urbanized area through the proposed community. In either of those circumstances, it would be presumed that the broadcaster intends to serve the entire urbanized area rather than the specified community and would not be allowed to change the station’s community of license unless the broadcaster presented a compelling case showing that (1) the proposed community is “truly” independent of the urbanized area, (2) the proposed community has a specific need for an outlet for local expression separate from the urbanized area, and (3) the station would be able to serve the community’s need for a local outlet. The FCC further explained that (1) in no event would it approve any proposal that would create an area that had no access to radio services or access to only one radio service, and (2) the FCC would “strongly disfavor” any community change that would result in the loss of third, fourth or fifth radio service to more than 15% of the population within a station’s existing service area or that would deprive any community of “substantial size” (meaning a community with a population of 7,500 or greater) of its second local service. In subsequent decisions, the FCC has clarified that its policy does not apply to situations where a station is moving its community of license from one urbanized area to another urbanized area or from a community inside an urbanized area to another community in the same urbanized area. The FCC’s policy could nonetheless limit our options in relocating or acquiring radio stations and, to that extent, may have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Antitrust and Market Concentration Considerations
In addition, from time to time Congress and the FCC have considered, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation, ownership or profitability of our radio stations, result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenues for our radio stations, or affect our ability to acquire additional radio stations or finance such acquisitions.
Potential future acquisitions, to the extent they meet specified size thresholds, will be subject to applicable waiting periods and possible review under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act (“HSR Act”), by the Department of Justice (the "DOJ”) or the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), either of which can be required to, or can otherwise determine to, evaluate a transaction to determine whether that transaction should be challenged under the federal antitrust laws. Transactions are subject

20

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to the HSR Act only if the acquisition price or fair market value of the stations to be acquired is $80.8 million or more. Acquisitions that are not required to be reported under the HSR Act may still be investigated by the DOJ or the FTC under the antitrust laws before or after consummation. At any time before or after the consummation of a proposed acquisition, the DOJ or the FTC could take such action under the antitrust laws as it deems necessary, including seeking to enjoin the acquisition or seeking divestiture of the business acquired or certain of our other assets. The DOJ has reviewed numerous potential radio station acquisitions where an operator proposed to acquire additional stations in its existing markets or multiple stations in new markets, and has challenged a number of such transactions. Some of these challenges have resulted in consent decrees requiring the sale of certain stations, the termination of LMAs or other relief. In general, the DOJ has more closely scrutinized radio mergers and acquisitions resulting in local market shares in excess of 35% of local radio advertising revenues, depending on format, signal strength and other factors. There is no precise numerical rule, however, and certain transactions resulting in more than 35% revenue shares have not been challenged, while certain other transactions may be challenged based on other criteria such as audience shares in one or more demographic groups as well as the percentage of revenue share. We estimate that we have more than a 35% share of radio advertising revenues in many of our markets.
We are aware that the DOJ commenced, and subsequently discontinued, investigations of several of our prior acquisitions. The DOJ can be expected to continue to enforce the antitrust laws in this manner, and there can be no assurance that future acquisitions will not be the subject of an investigation or enforcement action by the DOJ or the FTC. Similarly, there can be no assurance that the DOJ, the FTC or the FCC will not prohibit such acquisitions, require that they be restructured, or in appropriate cases, require that we divest stations we already own in a particular market or divest specific lines of business. In addition, private parties may under certain circumstances bring legal action to challenge an acquisition under the antitrust laws.
As part of its review of certain radio station acquisitions, the DOJ has stated publicly that it believes that commencement of operations under LMAs, JSAs and other similar agreements customarily entered into in connection with radio station ownership assignments and transfers prior to the expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act could violate the HSR Act. In connection with acquisitions subject to the waiting period under the HSR Act, we will not commence operation of any affected station to be acquired under an LMA, a JSA, or similar agreement until the waiting period has expired or been terminated.
No assurances can be provided that actual, threatened or possible future DOJ or FTC action in connection with potential transactions would not have a material adverse effect on our ability to enter into or consummate various transactions, or operate any acquired stations at any time in the future.
Executive Officers of the Company
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers as of March 9, 2017 :
Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)
Mary G. Berner
 
57
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
John Abbot
 
54
 
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Richard S. Denning
 
50
 
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Suzanne M. Grimes
 
58
 
Executive Vice President of Corporate Marketing and President of Westwood One
Mary G. Berner is our President and Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Berner was initially elected to the Board of Directors at our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders. Prior to being appointed as Chief Executive Officer in October 2015, Ms. Berner served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MPA - The Association of Magazine Media since September 2012. From 2007 to 2011, she served as Chief Executive Officer of Reader's Digest Association. Before that, from November 1999 until January 2006, she led Fairchild Publications, Inc., first as President and Chief Executive Officer and then as President of Fairchild and as an officer of Condé Nast. She has also held leadership roles at Glamour, TV Guide, W, Women’s Wear Daily, Every Day with Rachael Ray and Allrecipes.com. Ms. Berner has served on numerous industry and not-for-profit boards. Ms. Berner received her Bachelor of Arts degree in History from the College of Holy Cross (Massachusetts).
John Abbot is our Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Abbot joined Cumulus Media in July 2016, having most recently served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Telx Holdings Inc., a leading provider of connectivity, co-location and cloud services in the data center industry, from 2014 to 2015. Prior to his service at Telx, which was sold to Digital Realty Trust in October 2015, Mr. Abbot served as Chief Financial Officer of Insight Communications Company, Inc., a cable television business, for eight years. During the prior nine years, he worked in the Global Media and Communications Group of the Investment Banking Division at Morgan Stanley, where he was a Managing

21

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Director. Mr. Abbot began his financial career as an associate at Goldman, Sachs & Co., and prior to that served as a Surface Warfare Officer in the U.S. Navy. He received a bachelor’s degree in Systems Engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy, an ME in Industrial Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University, and an MBA from Harvard Business School.
Richard S. Denning is our Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Denning was an attorney with Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC (“DL&A”) within DL&A’s corporate practice group in Atlanta, advising a number of media and communications companies on a variety of corporate and transactional matters. Mr. Denning also spent four years in DL&A’s Washington, D.C. office and has extensive experience in regulatory proceedings before the FCC. Mr. Denning has been a member of the Pennsylvania Bar since 1991, the District of Columbia Bar since 1993, and the Georgia Bar since 2000. He is a graduate of The National Law Center, George Washington University.
Suzanne M. Grimes is our Executive Vice President of Corporate Marketing and President of Westwood One. Prior to joining our Company in January 2016, Ms. Grimes served as Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Jott LLC since January 2015. From December 2012 to September 2014, Ms. Grimes served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel Outdoor North America. Prior to that, Ms. Grimes founded SMG Advisors, a consultancy for media and technology start-ups. Ms. Grimes has also held leadership roles at News Corp, Condé Nast and Reader’s Digest and previously served on the Board of the Outdoor Advertising Association of America and MPA - The Association of Magazine Media. Ms. Grimes earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Georgetown University.
Available Information
The Company is required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials that the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our Internet site address is www.cumulus.com. On our site we make available, free of charge, our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, subsequent quarterly reports, current reports, our proxy statement and other information we file with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are filed.
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Many statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Report are forward-looking in nature. These statements are based on our current plans, intentions or expectations, and actual results could differ materially as we cannot guarantee that we will achieve these plans, intentions or expectations. See “— Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those specifically identified below. The Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Additional factors not presently known to the Company, or that the Company does not currently believe to be material, may also cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. Except as may be required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update or alter these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
Risks Related to Our Business
The success of our business is dependent upon advertising revenues, which are seasonal and cyclical, and will also fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.
Our main source of revenue is the sale of advertising. Our ability to sell advertising depends on, among other things:

economic conditions in the areas where our stations are located and in the nation as a whole;
national and local demand for radio advertising;
the popularity of the programming offered by our stations;
changes in the population demographics in the areas where our stations are located;
local and national advertising price fluctuations, which can be affected by the availability of programming, the popularity of programming, and the relative supply of and demand for commercial advertising;
the capability and effectiveness of our sales organization;
our competitors’ activities, including increased competition from other advertising-based mediums;
decisions by advertisers to withdraw or delay planned advertising expenditures for any reason; and

22

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

other factors beyond our control.
Our operations and revenues also tend to be seasonal in nature, with generally lower revenue generated in the first quarter of the year and generally higher revenue generated in the second and fourth quarters of the year. The seasonality of our business reflects the adult orientation of our formats and relationship between advertising purchases on these formats and the retail cycle. This seasonality causes and will likely continue to cause a variation in our quarterly operating results. Such variations could have a material effect on the timing of our cash flows. In addition, our revenues tend to fluctuate between years, consistent with, among other things, increased advertising expenditures in even-numbered years by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter. 
We operate in a very competitive business environment and a decrease in our ratings or market share would adversely affect our revenues.
The radio broadcasting industry is very competitive. The success of each of our stations depends largely upon rates it can charge for its advertising which, in turn, depends on, among other things, the number of local advertising competitors and the overall demand for advertising within individual markets. These conditions are subject to change and highly susceptible to both micro and macroeconomic conditions.
Audience ratings and market shares fluctuate, and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on ratings and, consequently, the revenue of stations located in that market. While we already compete with other stations with comparable programming formats in many of our markets, any one of our stations could suffer a reduction in ratings or revenue and could require increased promotion and other expenses, and, consequently, could experience reduced operating results, if:
another radio station in the market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to our station or launch aggressive promotional campaigns;
a new station were to adopt a competitive format;
we experience increased competition from non-radio sources;
there is a shift in population, demographics, audience tastes or other factors beyond our control;
an existing competitor were to strengthen its operations; or
any one or all of our stations were unable to maintain or increase advertising revenue or market share for any other reasons.
The Telecom Act may allow for the further consolidation of ownership of radio broadcasting stations in markets in which we operate or may operate in the future, which could further increase competition in these markets. In addition, some competing owners may be larger and have substantially more financial and other resources than we do, which could provide them with certain advantages in competing against us. As a result of all the foregoing, there can be no assurance that the competitive environment will not affect us, and that any one or all of our stations will be able to maintain or increase advertising revenue market share.
The loss of affiliation agreements by our radio networks could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We have more than 8,200 broadcast radio stations affiliated with our Westwood One network. Westwood One receives advertising inventory from its affiliated stations, either in the form of stand-alone advertising time within a specified time period or commercials inserted by its radio networks into their programming. In addition, primarily with respect to satellite radio providers, we receive a fee for providing such programming. The loss of network affiliation agreements by Westwood One could adversely affect our results of operations by reducing the reach of our network programming and, therefore, its attractiveness to advertisers. Renewals of such agreements on less favorable terms may also adversely affect our results of operations through reductions of advertising revenue.
We must continue to respond to the rapid changes in technology, services and standards that characterize our industry in order to remain competitive. Our failure to timely or appropriately respond to any such changes could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The radio broadcasting industry is subject to technological change, evolving industry standards and the emergence of other media technologies and services with which we compete for listeners and advertising dollars. We may not have the resources to acquire and deploy other technologies or to create or introduce new services that could effectively compete with these other technologies. Competition arising from other technologies or regulatory change may have a material adverse effect

23

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on us, and on the radio broadcasting industry as a whole. Various other audio technologies and services have been developed which compete for listeners and advertising dollars traditionally spent on radio advertising including:
personal digital audio and video devices (e.g. smart phones, tablets);
satellite delivered digital radio services that offer numerous programming channels such as Sirius Satellite Radio;
audio programming by internet content providers, internet radio stations such as Pandora Internet Radio, cable systems, direct broadcast satellite systems and other digital audio broadcast formats;
low power FM radio stations, which are non-commercial FM radio broadcast outlets that serve small, localized areas;
applications that permit users to listen to programming on a time-delayed basis and to fast-forward through programming and/or advertisements (e.g. podcasts); and
search engine and e-commerce websites where a significant portion of their revenues are derived from advertising dollars such as Google and Yelp.
These or other new technologies have the potential to change the means by which advertisers can reach target audiences most effectively. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from these or other technologies or regulatory change may have on the radio broadcasting industry as a whole.
Disruptions or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations, compromise client information and expose us to liability, possibly causing our business and reputation to suffer.
Any internal technology error or failure impacting systems hosted internally or externally, or any large scale external interruption in technology infrastructure we depend on, such as power, telecommunications or the Internet, may disrupt our technology network. Any individual, sustained or repeated failure of technology could impact our customer service and result in increased costs or reduced revenues. Our technology systems and related data also may be vulnerable to a variety of sources of interruption due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers and other security issues. While we have in place, and continue to invest in, technology security initiatives and disaster recovery plans, these measures may not be adequate or implemented properly to prevent a business disruption and its adverse financial impact and consequences to our business's reputation.
In addition, as a part of our ordinary business operations, we may collect and store sensitive data, including personal information of our clients, listeners and employees. The secure operation of the networks and systems on which this type of information is stored, processed and maintained is critical to our business operations and strategy. Any compromise of our technology systems resulting from attacks by hackers or breaches due to employee error or malfeasance could result in the loss, disclosure, misappropriation of or access to clients’, listeners’, employees’ or business partners’ information. Any such loss, disclosure, misappropriation or access could result in legal claims or proceedings, significant liability or regulatory penalties under laws protecting the privacy of personal information, disrupt operations and damage our reputation, any or all of which could adversely affect our business.
We have written off, and could in the future be required to write off a significant portion of the fair value of our FCC licenses and goodwill, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
As of December 31, 2016 , our FCC licenses and goodwill comprised 69.4% of our assets. Each year, and more frequently on an interim basis if appropriate, we are required by Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), to assess the fair value of our FCC broadcast licenses and goodwill to determine whether the carrying value of those assets is impaired. Significant judgments are required to estimate the fair value of reporting units including estimating future cash flows, near-term and long-term revenue growth, and determining appropriate discount rates, among other assumptions. During the year ended December 31, 2016 , we recorded an impairment charge of $603.1 million on our FCC licenses and goodwill. Future impairment reviews could result in additional impairment charges. Any such impairment charges could materially adversely affect our financial results for the periods in which they are recorded.
Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could restrict our ability to access further financing.
We may rely in a significant part on the capital and credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs if internal funds from operations are not sufficient for these purposes in the future. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our ability to draw on our credit facilities or access capital. Our access to funds under credit facilities is dependent on, among other things, the ability of our lenders to meet their funding commitments. Those lenders may not be able or willing to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from their borrowers within a short period of time. Disruptions in the

24

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

capital and credit markets may also result in increased costs associated with bank credit facilities. Continued disruptions could increase our interest expense and adversely affect our results of operations.
Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, or reduced financing alternatives could adversely affect our ability to access any financing. Any such disruption could increase our costs, require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding could be arranged. Such measures could include higher cost financings, deferring capital expenditures and reducing or eliminating future uses of cash, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are exposed to credit risk on our accounts receivable. This risk is heightened during periods of uncertain economic conditions.
Our outstanding accounts receivable are not covered by collateral or credit insurance. While we have procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on our receivables, which risk is heightened during periods of uncertain economic conditions, there can be no assurance such procedures will effectively limit our credit risk and enable us to avoid losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
We are dependent on key personnel.
Our business is managed by a small number of key management and operating personnel, and our loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel and to effectively train and manage our employee base. Although we have entered into employment agreements with some of our key management personnel that include provisions restricting their ability to compete with us under specified circumstances, we cannot be assured that all of those restrictions would be enforced if challenged in court.
We also from time to time enter into agreements with on-air personalities with large loyal audiences in their individual markets to protect our interests in those relationships that we believe to be valuable. The loss of one or more of these personalities could result in losses of audience share in that particular market which, in turn, could adversely affect revenues in that particular market.
The broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing federal regulation.
The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. We are required to obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our stations. Licenses are normally granted for a term of eight years and are renewable. Although the vast majority of FCC radio station licenses are routinely renewed, we cannot assure you that the FCC will grant our existing or future renewal applications or that the renewals will not include conditions out of the ordinary course. The non-renewal, or renewal with conditions, of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on us.
We must also comply with the extensive FCC regulations and policies on the ownership and operation of our radio stations. FCC regulations limit the number of radio stations that a licensee can own in a market, which could restrict our ability to acquire radio stations that could be material to our overall financial performance or our financial performance in a particular market.
The FCC also requires radio stations to comply with certain technical requirements to limit interference between two or more radio stations. Despite those limitations, a dispute could arise whether another station is improperly interfering with the operation of one of our stations or another radio licensee could complain to the FCC that one our stations is improperly interfering with that licensee’s station. There can be no assurance as to how the FCC might resolve that dispute. These FCC regulations and others may change over time, and we cannot assure you that those changes would not have a material adverse effect on us.
Legislation and regulation of digital media businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, could create unexpected costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or cause us to change our digital media technology platform or business model.

U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered or are currently considering legislation or regulations that relate to digital advertising, including, for example, the online collection and use of anonymous user data and unique device identifiers, such as IP address or unique mobile device identifiers, geo-location data and other privacy and data protection regulation. Such legislation or regulations could affect the costs of doing business online, and could reduce the demand for our

25

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

digital solutions or otherwise harm our digital operations. For example, a wide variety of state, national and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data. While we take measures to protect the security of information that we collect, use and disclose in the operation of our business, such measures may not always be effective. Data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and could result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. In addition, it is possible that these laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our business practices. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations governing privacy, data security or consumer protection, could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities, consumers or others. Any such proceedings could force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, result in fines or require us to pay significant monetary damages, damage our reputation, adversely affect the demand for our services, increase our costs of doing business or otherwise cause us to change our business practices or limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our digital operations.
The FCC has been vigorous in its enforcement of its rules and regulations, including its indecency, sponsorship identification and EAS rules, violations of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The Company is subject to many rules and regulations that govern the operations of its radio stations. The FCC has previously imposed, or sought to impose, fines on the Company, such as a $540,000 penalty imposed on us in early 2016 for sponsorship identification violations occurring in 2011, nearly all of which occurred prior to the Company’s ownership of the station and continued for approximately one month thereafter.  The FCC also has shortened the renewal terms for certain of our radio stations in response to rule violations. It also is not uncommon for a radio station and the FCC to seek to settle alleged rule violations prior to the issuance of an order that would impose fines and other penalties, but such settlements or consent decrees usually result in the station owner paying money to the FCC. Notwithstanding the efforts by the Company to prevent violations of FCC rules and regulations, however, it is likely that the Company will continue to be subject to such penalties (whether through the issuance of orders by the FCC or the execution of settlement agreements) given the number of radio stations owned and/or operated by the Company, and those penalties can be substantial.
The FCC’s regulations, for instance, prohibit the broadcast of “obscene” material at any time, and “indecent” material between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Violations of this rule can result in fines up to $325,000 for each violation. While we have no knowledge of any pending complaints before the FCC alleging that obscene or indecent material has been broadcast on any of our stations, such complaints may have been, or in the future may be, filed against our stations.
The FCC has recently increased its enforcement of regulations requiring a radio station to include an on-air announcement which identifies the sponsor of all advertisements and other matter broadcast by any radio station for which any money, service or other valuable consideration is received. Fines for such violations can be substantial as they are dependent on the number of times a particular advertisement is broadcast. Similarly, the FCC has recently sought to impose substantial fines on broadcasters who transmit Emergency Alert System (“EAS”) codes, or simulations thereof, in the absence of an actual emergency or authorized test of the EAS. In 2014, for instance, the FCC imposed a fine of $1.9 million on three media companies, and last year imposed a fine of $1 million on a radio broadcaster, in each case based on a determined misuse of EAS tones.
The Company is currently subject to, and may become subject to new, FCC inquiries or proceedings related to our stations’ broadcasts or operations. We cannot predict the outcome of such inquiries and proceedings, but to the extent that such inquiries or proceedings result in the imposition of fines (alone or in the aggregate), a settlement with the FCC, revocation of any of our station licenses or denials of license renewal applications, our results of operation and business could be materially adversely affected.
Legislation could require radio broadcasters to pay royalties to record labels and recording artists.
We currently pay royalties to song composers and publishers through Broadcast Music Inc., the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers and SESAC, Inc. but not to record labels or recording artists for exhibition or use of over the air broadcasts of music. From time to time, Congress considers legislation which could change the copyright fees and the procedures by which the fees are determined. The legislation historically has been the subject of considerable debate and activity by the broadcast industry and other parties affected by the proposed legislation. It cannot be predicted whether any proposed legislation will become law or what impact it would have on our results from operations, cash flows or financial position.

26

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are a holding company with no material independent assets or operations and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. Because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances to us by our subsidiaries to fund our obligations. These payments could be or become subject to restrictions under applicable laws in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. Payments by our subsidiaries are also contingent upon the subsidiaries’ earnings. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funds from our subsidiaries to fund our obligations, our financial condition and ability to meet our obligations may be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Lower than expected financial performance and the amount of our outstanding debt may make it more difficult to comply with the covenants in our debt instruments, including the financial covenant in our Credit Agreement (defined below), which could cause a default or an event of default under such debt instruments and a related acceleration of our indebtedness and, in some instances, the foreclosure on some or all of our assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The instruments governing our outstanding indebtedness contain a number of restrictive covenants, some of which become more restrictive in the future. For example, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the "Credit Agreement"), dated as of December 23, 2013, among the Company, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Cumulus Holdings"), as borrower, and certain lenders and agents, requires us to comply with a maximum first lien leverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if any amounts are outstanding under the revolving credit facility thereunder ( the “Revolving Credit Facility”) or any letters of credit are outstanding that have not been collateralized by cash. The first lien leverage ratio impacts the availability of funding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The first lien leverage ratio covenant periodically decreases over time until it reaches 4.0 to 1 on March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2017, the required ratio covenant will be 4.5 to 1. While we currently have no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (and therefore the first lien leverage covenant does not apply), if the applicable ratio were to apply, we would not have access to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our inability to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility would continue until we were able to satisfy the applicable ratio requirement.
Our ability to comply with the covenants in (i) the Credit Agreement, and (ii) the indenture governing our 7.75% Senior Notes due May 1, 2019 (the “Indenture”), will depend upon our future financial and operating performance and various other factors, such as business, competitive, technological, legislative and regulatory factors, some of which are beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain compliance with certain covenants in the future.
If 91 days prior to the stated maturity date of the Indenture (the "Springing Maturity Date") the aggregate principal amount of the Notes under the Indenture outstanding exceeds $200.0 million , the Term Loan under the Credit Agreement maturity date shall be accelerated to the Springing Maturity Date.
An event of default could result, subject to applicable notice and cure provisions, which would likely result in a material adverse impact on our financial position. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. In addition, lenders under any of our indebtedness to which a cross-default or cross-acceleration provision applies may then be entitled to take certain similar actions. In the event any of our lenders or note holders accelerate the required repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness.
The lenders under the Credit Agreement have taken security interests in substantially all of our consolidated assets, and we have pledged the stock of certain of our subsidiaries to secure the debt under the Credit Agreement. If the lenders accelerate the required repayment of borrowings, we may be forced to liquidate certain assets to repay all or part of such borrowings, and we cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain to continue operations after we have paid all of the borrowings under such Credit Agreement. We do not know what value we would receive upon such liquidation and we may receive values significantly below market values.  Depending on the timing of such liquidation sales, we cannot predict what market, if any, will exist for our assets. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Our ability to liquidate assets could also be affected by the regulatory restrictions associated with radio stations, including FCC licensing, which may make the market for these assets less liquid and increase the chances that these assets would be liquidated at a significant loss. Any requirement for us to liquidate assets would likely have a material adverse effect on our business.
We require substantial cash flows to service our debt and other obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows could have a material adverse effect on our business.

27

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In order to service our significant indebtedness, we require, and will continue to require, significant cash flows. Our revenue is subject to such factors as shifts in population, station listenership, demographics, competition and audience tastes, and fluctuations in preferred advertising media. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to make required principal and interest payments on, or refinance, our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing micro-economic and macro-economic and competitive conditions, which are beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain or derive a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to seek to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash from operations to service our debt and other obligations would lead to a material adverse effect on our business.
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur additional debt from time to time in the future. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.
We may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Indenture and the Credit Agreement contain, and credit facilities we enter into in the future may contain, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and any additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be material. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. As a result, a significant increase in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
The terms of the Indenture and the Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The Indenture and the Credit Agreement contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:
incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;
pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem capital stock;
prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;
issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;
make loans and investments;
sell assets;
incur liens;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
alter the businesses we conduct;
enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
In addition, as described above, the restrictive covenants in the Credit Agreement require us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests.
As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
limited in how we conduct our business;
unable to raise additional debt or equity financing; or
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

28

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

These restrictions may adversely affect our ability to operate our current and planned business, or make certain changes in our business and to respond to changing circumstances, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock
Our Class A common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, but we cannot guarantee that we will be able to satisfy the continued listing standards going forward, and if our Class A common stock is delisted, it could have a material adverse effect on the liquidity of our common stock.
Although our Class A common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we cannot ensure that we will be able to satisfy the continued listing standards of the NASDAQ Capital Market going forward. If we cannot satisfy the continued listing standards going forward, the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC may commence delisting procedures against us, which could result in our Class A common stock being removed from listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. If our Class A common stock were to be delisted, the liquidity of our common stock would be adversely affected and the market price of our common stock could decrease. Delisting could also adversely affect our stockholders' ability to trade or obtain quotations on our shares because of lower trading volumes and transaction delays. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the minimum bid price requirement, or any other continued listing requirements in the future.
The public market for our Class A Common Stock may be volatile.
We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will not decline further. The market price for our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to such factors as:
the total amount of our indebtedness and our ability to service that debt;
conditions and trends in the radio broadcasting industry;
actual or anticipated variations in our operating results, including audience share ratings and financial results;
estimates of our future performance and/or operations;
changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
technological innovations;
competitive developments;
adoption of new accounting standards affecting companies in general or affecting companies in the radio broadcasting industry in particular; and
general market conditions and other factors.
Further, the stock markets, and in particular the NASDAQ Capital Market, the market on which our Class A common stock is listed, from time to time have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that were not necessarily related or proportionate to the operating performance of the affected companies. In addition, general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate movements or international currency fluctuations, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
Certain stockholders or groups of stockholders have, and will have, the right to appoint members to our board of directors and, consequently, the ability to exert significant influence over us.
As of December 31, 2016 , Crestview Radio Investors, LLC ("Crestview") was our largest shareholder and, based on its most recent filing on Schedule 13D/A, beneficially owned shares representing approximately 30.2% of our outstanding Class A common stock on a fully converted basis.
In addition, in connection with the financing transactions undertaken in connection with the completion of our acquisition of Citadel Broadcasting Company on September 16, 2011, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) with, among others, Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. a member of the Board and certain members of his family (the "Dickeys") and Crestview. Under the Stockholders Agreement, the size of our board was increased to seven members, and the two vacancies on our board created thereby were filled by individuals designated by Crestview. In accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, Crestview maintains the right to designate two individuals for nomination to our board, and the Dickeys maintain the right to designate one individual for nomination to our board. The Stockholders Agreement provides that the other three positions on our board will be filled by directors who meet applicable independence criteria. The Stockholders Agreement also provides that, for so long as Crestview is our largest stockholder, it will have the right to have one of its designees, who shall meet the definition of an independent director and who is elected to our board, and is selected by it, appointed as the “lead director” of our board. Further, the parties to the Stockholders Agreement (other than the Company) have

29

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreed to support such directors (or others as may be designated by the relevant stockholders) as nominees to be presented to the Company’s stockholders for approval at subsequent stockholder meetings for the term set out in the Stockholders Agreement. Each stockholder party’s respective director nomination rights will generally survive for so long as it continues to own a specified percentage of our stock, subject to certain exceptions.
As a result of these significant stockholdings, and their right to designate members of our board, these stockholders are expected to be able to continue to exert significant influence over our policies and management, potentially in a manner which may not be in our best interests or the best interests of the other shareholders, lenders or debtholders.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains and incorporates by reference “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of federal and state securities laws, forward-looking statements are all statements other than those of historical fact and are typically identified by the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “continues,” “intends,” “likely,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or the affirmative. These statements include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of Cumulus and its directors and officers with respect to, among other things, future events, financial results and financial trends expected to impact Cumulus.
Such forward-looking statements are and will be, as the case may be, subject to change and subject to many risks, uncertainties and other factors relating to our operations and business environment, which may cause our actual results to be materially different from any future results, expressed or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
the possibility that we may be unable to achieve certain expected revenue results, including as a result of factors or events that are unexpected or otherwise outside of our control;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to service our debt and other obligations and our ability to access capital, including debt or equity;
general economic or business conditions affecting the radio broadcasting industry being less favorable than expected, including the impact of decreased spending by advertisers;
changes in market conditions that could impair our goodwill or intangible assets and the effects of any material impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets;
our ability to execute our business plan and strategy;
our ability to attract, motivate and/or retain key executives and associates;
increased competition in the radio broadcasting industry and our ability to respond to changes in technology in order to remain competitive;
disruptions or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure;
the impact of current or pending legislation and regulations, antitrust considerations, and pending or future litigation or claims;
changes in regulatory or legislative policies or actions or in regulatory bodies;
changes in uncertain tax positions and tax rates;
changes in the financial markets;
changes in capital expenditure requirements;
changes in interest rates;
volatility in the price of our Class A common stock and the inability to comply with continued listing standards of NASDAQ;
our ability to execute and implement our acquisition and divestiture strategies;
the possibility that we may be unable to achieve any expected cost-saving or operational synergies in connection with any acquisitions or business improvements, or achieve them within the expected time periods; and
other risks and uncertainties referenced from time to time in this Form 10-K and other filings of ours with the SEC or not currently known to us or that we do not currently deem to be material.
Many of these factors are beyond our control or are difficult to predict, and their ultimate impact could be material. We caution you not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K. Except as may be required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 2.
Properties

30

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include studios, sales offices, and tower sites. A station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in a business district within the station’s community of license or largest nearby community. The tower sites are generally located in an area to provide maximum market coverage.
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned 49 studio facilities and 151 tower sites in our 90 markets. We lease additional studio, office facilities, and tower sites throughout all of our markets. We also lease corporate office space in Atlanta, Georgia, and office space in New York, New York; Dallas, Texas; Denver, Colorado and Los Angeles, California for the production and distribution of our radio network. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing any facility leases or in leasing alternative or additional space, if required. We own substantially all of our other equipment, consisting principally of transmitting antennae, transmitters, studio equipment, and general office equipment.
No single property is material to our operations. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition and suitable for our operations; however, we continually look for opportunities to upgrade our studios, office space and transmission facilities.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
    
In March 2011, the Company and certain of our subsidiaries were named as defendants along with other radio companies, including Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc., CBS Radio, Inc., Entercom Communications, Greater Media, Inc. and Townsquare Media, LLC in a patent infringement suit. The case, Mission Abstract Data L.L.C., d/b/a Digimedia v. Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc., et. al., Civil Action Case No: 1:99-mc-09999, U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (filed March 1, 2011), alleges that the defendants are infringing or have infringed on plaintiff’s patents entitled “Selection and Retrieval of Music from a Digital Database.” Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified damages. This case has been stayed, and is awaiting further action by the court.

In August 2015, we were named as a defendant in two separate putative class action lawsuits relating to our use and public performance of certain sound recordings fixed prior to February 15, 1972 (the "Pre-1972 Recordings"). The first suit, ABS Entertainment, Inc., et. al. v, Cumulus Media Inc., was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and alleged, among other things, copyright infringement under California state law, common law conversion, misappropriation and unfair business practices. On December 11, 2015, this suit was dismissed without prejudice. The second suit, ABS Entertainment, Inc., v. Cumulus Media Inc., was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and alleges, among other things, common law copyright infringement and unfair competition. The New York lawsuit was stayed pending an appeal before the Second Circuit involving unrelated third parties over whether the owner of a Pre-1972 Recording holds an exclusive right to publicly perform that recording under New York common law. On December 20, 2016, in a case not involving Cumulus Media, Inc., the New York Court of Appeals held that New York common law does not recognize a right of public performance for owners of pre-1972 Recordings. The stay remains in effect in our New York lawsuit until appeal rights are exhausted and the Second Circuit issues a mandate in the unrelated case.

The pending suit seeks unspecified damages. The Company is evaluating the suit, and intends to defend itself vigorously. The Company is not yet able to determine what effect the lawsuit will have, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In the first quarter of 2016, CBS Radio Inc. ("CBS") filed a demand for arbitration against certain of our
subsidiaries. This action alleged that certain of our subsidiaries breached the terms of one or more contracts with CBS relating
to sports network radio programming and content. As previously disclosed, in the third quarter of 2016, the Company settled these claims in exchange for a one-time payment of $13.3 million. This payment was classified as a content cost in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company currently is, and expects that from time to time in the future it will be, party to, or a defendant in, various other claims or lawsuits that are generally incidental to its business. The Company expects that it will vigorously contest any such claims or lawsuits and believes that the ultimate resolution of any such known claim or lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

31

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information For Common Stock
Shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol CMLS. There is no established public trading market for our Class C common stock. On October 12, 2016, we effected a one-for-eight (1:8) reverse stock split (the "Reverse Stock Split"). As a result of the Reverse Stock Split, every eight shares of each class of the Company's outstanding common stock were combined into one share of the same class of common stock and the authorized shares of each class of the Company's common stock were reduced by the same ratio. The price of the Company's outstanding stock was adjusted proportionally. The par value of the Company's common stock was not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.
The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices of the Class A common stock as reported in published financial sources. Sales prices have been adjusted for all periods presented to reflect the impact of the Reverse Stock Split.
Year
High
 
Low
2015
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
4.51

 
$
2.35

Second Quarter
$
2.65

 
$
1.90

Third Quarter
$
2.08

 
$
0.68

Fourth Quarter
$
0.82

 
$
0.18

2016
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
0.60

 
$
0.18

Second Quarter
$
0.50

 
$
0.26

Third Quarter
$
0.45

 
$
0.29

Fourth Quarter
$
2.40

 
$
0.30

Holders
As of March 9, 2017 , there were approximately 1,497 holders of record of our Class A common stock and one holder of record of our Class C common stock. The number of holders of our Class A common stock does not include any estimate of the number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms or clearing agencies.
Dividends
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business. We are currently subject to restrictions under the terms of the Credit Agreement that limit the amount of dividends that we may pay on our common stock. For a more detailed discussion of the restrictions in our Credit Agreement, see Note 8, “Long-Term Debt” in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the total stockholder return on our Class A common stock for the five-year period ended December 31, 2016 with that of (1) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”); (2) the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (the “NASDAQ”); and (3) an index (the “Radio Index”) comprised of radio broadcast and media companies (see note (1) below). The total return calculation set forth below assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2010 with reinvestment of dividends into additional shares of the same class of securities at the frequency with, and in the amounts on, which dividends were paid on such securities through December 31, 2016 . The stock price performance shown in the graph below should not be considered indicative of expected future stock price performance.

32

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CMLS201612_CHART-59032.JPG
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
 
12/31/2013
 
12/31/2014
 
12/31/2015
 
12/31/2016
Cumulus
$
100.00

 
$
61.95

 
$
179.53

 
$
98.14

 
$
7.66

 
$
23.67

S&P 500
100.00

 
113.40

 
146.97

 
163.71

 
162.52

 
178.02

NASDAQ
100.00

 
113.82

 
157.44

 
178.53

 
188.75

 
209.51

Radio Index (1)
100.00

 
103.62

 
158.17

 
131.44

 
103.63

 
146.87

 
(1)
The Radio Index consists of the following companies: Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc., iHeartMedia, Inc. (formerly Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.), Emmis Communications Corp., Entercom Communications Corp., Radio One, Inc., and Saga Communications, Inc.
Pursuant to SEC rules, this “Stock Performance Graph” section of this Form 10-K is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Set forth below is selected historical consolidated financial information for Cumulus as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , 2014 , 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands, except per share data). The selected historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , has been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-2 of this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , has been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as adjusted for discontinued operations, and related notes previously filed with the SEC but not included or incorporated by reference herein.
Primarily as a result of our completion of a number of significant transactions in various of the periods reported, including the December 12, 2013 completion of our acquisition of Westwood One, Inc. (the "Westwood One Acquisition"), the November 14, 2013 completion of the sale to Townsquare Media, LLC (“Townsquare”) of 53 radio stations in twelve small and mid-sized markets for $235.0 million in cash and the swap with Townsquare of 15 radio stations in two small and mid-sized markets in exchange for 5 radio stations in Fresno, California (the "Townsquare Transaction") (with the stations swapped to Townsquare therein being treated as discontinued operations in all periods presented), each of whose operating results have been included in Cumulus’ financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition, and various refinancing transactions

33

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from time to time, we believe that our results of operations for any period, and our financial condition at any date, provide only limited comparability to other periods. You are cautioned to not place undue reliance on any such comparison.
The selected historical consolidated financial information which has been adjusted to reflect our October 12, 2016 one-for-eight (1:8) reverse stock split, presented below does not contain all of the information you should consider when evaluating Cumulus and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, beginning on page F-2 of this Form 10-K. Various factors are expected to have an effect on our financial condition and results of operations in the future. You should also read this selected historical consolidated financial information in conjunction with the information under “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenue
$
1,141,400

 
$
1,168,679

 
$
1,263,423

 
$
1,026,138

 
$
1,002,272

Content costs
427,780

 
396,426

 
433,596

 
264,871

 
244,082

Selling, general & administrative expenses
472,900

 
477,327

 
470,441

 
403,381

 
378,802

Depreciation and amortization
87,267

 
102,105

 
115,275

 
112,511

 
135,575

LMA fees
12,824

 
10,129

 
7,195

 
3,716

 
3,465

Corporate expenses (including non-cash stock-based compensation expense)
40,148

 
73,403

 
76,428

 
59,830

 
57,438

(Gain) loss on sale of assets or stations
(95,695
)
 
2,856

 
(1,342
)
 
(3,685
)
 

Gain on derivative instrument

 

 

 
(1,852
)
 
(12
)
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (1)
604,965

 
565,584

 

 

 
125,985

Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 
19,364

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income
(408,789
)
 
(478,515
)
 
161,830

 
187,366

 
56,937

Interest expense
(138,634
)
 
(141,679
)
 
(145,533
)
 
(178,274
)
 
(199,574
)
Interest income
493

 
433

 
1,388

 
1,293

 
946

Gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt
8,017

 
13,222

 

 
(34,934
)
 
(2,432
)
Other income (expense), net
2,039

 
14,205

 
4,338

 
(302
)
 
(2,479
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
(536,874
)
 
(592,334
)
 
22,023

 
(24,851
)
 
(146,602
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
26,154

 
45,840

 
(10,254
)
 
68,464

 
34,670

(Loss) income from continuing operations
(510,720
)
 
(546,494
)
 
11,769

 
43,613

 
(111,932
)
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 
132,470

 
79,203

Net (loss) income
(510,720
)
 
(546,494
)
 
11,769

 
176,083

 
(32,729
)
Less: dividends declared and accretion of redeemable preferred stock

 

 

 
10,676

 
21,432

(Loss) income attributable to common shareholders
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

 
$
165,407

 
$
(54,161
)
Basic (loss) income per common share
$
(17.45
)
 
$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

 
$
6.08

 
$
(2.64
)
Diluted (loss) income per common share
$
(17.45
)
 
$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

 
$
6.00

 
$
(2.64
)


34

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
OTHER DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
*

(2)
*

(2)
1.15

 
*

(2)
*

(2)
Cash flows related to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
35,745

 
$
82,432

 
$
136,796

 
$
121,141

 
$
179,490

 
Investing activities
83,854

 
(7,961
)
 
(15,572
)
 
(92,625
)
 
98,143

 
Financing activities
(19,997
)
 
(50,085
)
 
(146,745
)
 
83,774

 
(220,175
)
 
Capital expenditures
(23,037
)
 
(19,236
)
 
(19,006
)
 
(11,081
)
 
(6,607
)
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,412,691

 
$
3,002,388

(3)
$
3,717,572

(3)
$
3,838,128

(3)
$
3,704,723

(3)
Long-term debt (including current portion)
2,384,157

 
2,402,901

(3)
2,457,258

(3)
2,594,586

(3)
2,662,215

(3)
Total stockholders’ equity
$
(491,738
)
 
$
16,032

 
$
541,580

 
$
512,740

 
$
246,633

 
 
(1)
Impairment charge recorded in connection with our interim and annual impairment testing under ASC 350. See Note 4, “Intangible Assets and Goodwill,” in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further discussion.    
(2)
Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2013 and 2012 were inadequate to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency for these years was $536,874 $592,334 , $35,527 and  $168,034 , respectively. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before provision for income taxes, and non-controlling interest, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortized discounts, and preference security dividend requirements.
(3)
Long-term debt reflects the adoption of ASU 2015-03 during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

In the following Management's Discussion and Analysis, we provide information regarding the following areas:
l
General Overview
 
 
 
l
Our Business and Operating Overview
 
 
 
l
Liquidity Considerations
 
 
 
l
Advertising Revenue and Non-GAAP Financial Matters
 
 
 
l
Results of Operations
 
 
 
l
Seasonality and Cyclicality
 
 
 
l
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
 
 
l
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
 
 
l
Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
 
 
l
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
 
 

General Overview
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto beginning on page F-2 in this Form 10-K, as well as the information set forth in Item 1A "Risk Factors." This discussion, as well as various other sections of this Annual Report, contains and refers to statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other federal securities laws. Such statements relate to our intent, belief or current expectations primarily with respect to our future operating, financial and strategic performance. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and may involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those contained in or implied by the

35

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. For more information, see "Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."
On October 12, 2016, the Company effected a one-for-eight (1: 8 ) reverse stock split (the "Reverse Stock Split"). As a result of the Reverse Stock Split, every eight shares of each class of the Company's outstanding common stock were combined into one share of the same class of common stock and the authorized shares of each class of the Company's common stock were reduced by the same ratio. No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. The number and strike price of the Company's outstanding stock options and warrants were adjusted proportionally, as appropriate. The par value of the Company's common stock was not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All authorized, issued and outstanding stock and per share amounts contained within this management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes, have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.
For additional information about certain of the matters discussed and described in the following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, including certain defined terms used herein, see the notes to the accompanying audited condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Our Business and Operating Overview

A leader in the radio broadcasting industry, we combine high-quality local programming with iconic, nationally syndicated media, sports and entertainment brands to deliver premium content choices to the 245 million people reached each week through approximately 445 owned-and-operated stations broadcasting in 90 US media markets (including eight of the top 10), more than 8,200 broadcast radio stations affiliated with its Westwood One network and numerous digital channels. Together, the Cumulus/Westwood One platforms make Cumulus Media one of the few media companies that can provide advertisers with national reach and local impact. Cumulus/Westwood One is the exclusive radio broadcast partner to some of the largest brands in sports, entertainment, news, and talk, including the NFL, the NCAA, the Masters, the Olympics, the GRAMMYs, the Academy of Country Music Awards, the American Music Awards, the Billboard Music Awards, Westwood One News, and more. Additionally, it is the nation's leading provider of country music and lifestyle content through its NASH brand, which serves country fans nationwide through radio programming, exclusive digital content, and live events.


Liquidity Considerations
Historically, our principal needs for funds have been for acquisitions, expenses associated with our stations, network advertising and corporate operations, capital expenditures, and interest and debt service payments. We believe that our funding needs in the future will be for substantially similar matters.
Our principal sources of funds have primarily been cash flow from operations and borrowings under credit facilities in existence from time to time. Our cash flow from operations is subject to factors such as changes in demand due to shifts in population, station listenership, demographics, audience tastes, and fluctuations in preferred advertising media. In addition, our cash flows may be affected if customers are not able to pay, or delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us, which risks may be exacerbated in challenging or otherwise uncertain economic periods. In recent periods, management has taken steps to mitigate these risks through heightened collection efforts and enhancements to our credit approval process, although no assurances as to the longer-term success of these efforts can be provided. In addition, we believe that our national platform and extensive station portfolio representing a broad diversity in format, listener base, geography, and advertiser base helps us maintain a more stable revenue stream by reducing our dependence on any single demographic, region or industry. From time to time we have evaluated, and expect that we will continue to evaluate, opportunities to obtain additional public or private capital from the divestiture of radio stations or other assets that are not a part of, or do not complement, our strategic operations, as well as the issuance of equity and/or debt securities, in each case subject to market and other conditions in existence at the appropriate time.
W e are party to various agreements intended to supplement our cash flows from operations. Our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013 (the "Credit Agreement"), consists of a $2.025 billion term loan (the “Term Loan”) maturing in December 2020 and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") maturing in December 2018. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, up to $30.0 million of availability may be drawn in the form of letters of credit.

36

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company's outstanding $610.0 million of 7.75% senior notes due 2019 (the "7.75% Senior Notes") mature on May 1, 2019. Notwithstanding the stated maturity date of the Term Loan, if 91 days prior to the stated maturity date of the Senior Notes (the "Springing Maturity Date") the aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes outstanding exceeds $200.0 million, the Term Loan maturity date will be accelerated to the Springing Maturity Date.
In the event amounts are outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or any letters of credit are outstanding that have not been collateralized by cash as of the end of each quarter, the Credit Agreement requires compliance with a consolidated first lien leverage ratio covenant. The required ratio at December 31, 2016 was 5.00 to 1 and periodically decreases over time until it reaches 4.0 to 1 on March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2017, the required ratio covenant will be 4.5 to 1. As we currently have no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, we are not required to comply with this ratio. However, as of December 31, 2016, our actual leverage ratio was in excess of the required ratio.

In December 2016, we completed a discounted prepayment of $28.7 million of face value of the Term Loan for $20.0 million, a discount to par value of 30%. The terms of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged. As a result of the prepayment, we recognized a gain, net of transaction costs, of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
We are also party to a 5-year, $50.0 million revolving accounts receivable securitization facility entered into on December 6, 2013 (the “Securitization Facility”) with Wells Fargo (as successor to General Electric Capital Corporation), as a lender, as swing line lender and as administrative agent (together with any other lenders party thereto from time to time, the “Lenders”). In connection with the entry into the Securitization Facility, pursuant to a Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “Sale Agreement”), certain subsidiaries of the Company sell and/or contribute their existing and future accounts receivable to a special purpose entity and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “SPV”). The SPV may thereafter make borrowings from the Lenders, which borrowings are secured by those receivables, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2017.
At December 31, 2016 , our long-term debt consisted of $1.81 billion outstanding under the Term Loan and $610.0 million in 7.75% Senior Notes. No amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Securitization Facility.
We have assessed the current and expected business climate, our current and expected needs for funds and our current and expected sources of funds, and have determined, based on our financial condition as of December 31, 2016 , that cash on hand, cash expected to be generated from operating activities, and cash expected to be available from various financing sources, assuming we do not have access to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated funding needs for working capital, capital expenditures, interest and debt service payments, and any repurchases of securities and other debt obligations for at least the next twelve months after the issuance of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K .
In order to service our significant indebtedness we will continue to require significant cash flows. If we are unable to maintain or derive a level of cash flows from operating and financing activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to seek to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, although no assurances can be provided that any of these remedies could be successful.
We continually evaluate potential transactions and initiatives related to our capital structure that could reduce future interest requirements and amounts due at the maturity on our debt. For example, we have previously sought and in the future may from time to time seek, to refinance, retire, redeem, or repurchase our outstanding debt at or prior to its stated maturity through cash purchases and/or exchanges for other securities, in open market purchases, tender offers, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, as well as equity or debt issuances, debt refinancing transactions (including extensions of maturity dates), asset sales, joint ventures, recapitalizations, business combinations and other strategic transactions, any of which may be commenced or suspended at any time.  The amounts involved in any such transactions could be material and the specific timing, amount and terms of any such transactions, if any, would depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity sources and requirements, the ability and interest of other parties to participate in such transactions, our business and financial performance, contractual and regulatory restrictions and other factors that may be applicable from time to time. There can be no guarantee that any such transactions or initiatives would ultimately be successful or produce the desired outcome, which could affect us in a material and adverse manner.

37

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As previously disclosed, on December 12, 2016, we launched a private exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") for any and all our 7.75% Senior Notes. The purpose of the Exchange Offer was to refinance the 7.75% Senior Notes and thereby reduce, and extend the maturity of our indebtedness.
In connection with the Exchange Offer, on December 12, 2016, we filed a complaint in the United States District Court in the Southern District of New York (the "Court") against J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, seeking, among other things, a declaratory judgment that the Company was authorized under the terms of the Credit Agreement to complete the Exchange Offer. On February 24, 2017, the Court granted summary judgment against the Company, finding that the Company cannot refinance its 7.75% Senior Notes with revolving loans under its Credit Agreement.
As a result of the Court’s ruling, the Company concluded that the conditions to the Exchange Offer had not been, and would not be, satisfied. Accordingly, the Company terminated the Exchange Offer on March 10, 2017. On the same date, the Company also terminated the previously announced support agreement that the Company entered into on December 6, 2016 with certain holders of the 7.75% Senior Notes. In connection with the termination of each of the Exchange Offer and refinancing support agreement, the Company plans to abandon the fourth amendment and restatement of the Company's certificate of incorporation (the "Fourth Amended Certificate"), which was approved by stockholders on January 26, 2017. Accordingly, the Fourth Amended Certificate will not be filed or take effect, and no shares of Class D common stock of the Company or Class E common stock of the Company will be authorized for issuance.
We expect to continue to evaluate alternatives to address our capital structure including through ongoing discussions with our stakeholders.  While discussions may continue and result in an alternative transaction, there are no assurances that the parties will come to an agreement on an alternative transaction.

Advertising Revenue and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Our primary source of revenue is the sale of advertising time. Our sales of advertising time are primarily affected by the demand from local, regional and national advertisers, which impacts the advertising rates charged by us. Advertising demand and rates are based primarily on the ability to attract audiences in the demographic groups targeted by such advertising, as measured principally by various ratings agencies on a periodic basis. We endeavor to provide compelling programming and form connections between our on-air talent and listeners in order to develop strong listener loyalty, and we believe that the diversification of our formats and programs, including non-music formats and proprietary content, helps to insulate us from the effects of changes in the musical tastes of the public with respect to any particular format. In addition, we believe that the platform that we own and operate, which has increased diversity in terms of format, listener base, geography, advertiser base and revenue stream as a result of our acquisitions and the development of our strategy to focus on radio stations in larger markets and geographically strategic regional clusters, further reduces our revenue dependence on any single demographic, region or industry.
We strive to maximize revenue by managing our on-air inventory of advertising time and adjusting prices based on supply and demand. The optimal number of advertisements available for sale depends on the programming format of a particular radio program. Each program has a general target level of on-air inventory available for advertising. This target level of advertising inventory may vary at different times of the day but tends to remain stable over time. We seek to broaden our base of advertisers in each of our markets by providing a wide array of audience demographic segments across each cluster of stations, thereby providing potential advertisers with an effective means to reach a targeted demographic group. Our advertising contracts are generally short-term. We generate most of our revenue from local and regional advertising, which is sold primarily by a station’s sales staff.
In addition to local and regional advertising revenues, we monetize our available inventory in both national spot and network sales marketplaces using our national platform. To effectively deliver network advertising for our customers, we distribute content and programming through third party affiliates in order to reach a broader national audience. Typically, in exchange for the right to broadcast radio network programming, third party affiliates remit a portion of their advertising time to us, which is then aggregated into packages focused on specific demographic groups and sold by us to our advertiser clients that want to reach those demographic groups on a national basis.
In the broadcasting industry, we sometimes utilize trade or barter agreements that exchange advertising time for goods or services such as travel or lodging, instead of for cash. Trade revenue totaled $37.7 million , $39.2 million and $34.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Our advertising revenues vary by quarter throughout the year. As is typical with advertising revenue supported businesses, our first calendar quarter typically produces the lowest revenues of any quarter during the year, as advertising

38

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

generally declines following the winter holidays. The second and fourth calendar quarters typically produce the highest revenues for the year. In addition, our revenues tend to fluctuate between years, consistent with, among other things, increased advertising expenditures in even-numbered years by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter. We continually evaluate opportunities to increase revenues through new platforms, including technology based initiatives. As a result of those revenue increasing opportunities through new platforms, our operating results in any period may be affected by the incurrence of advertising and promotion expenses that typically do not have an effect on revenue generation until future periods, if at all. In addition, as part of this evaluation we also from time to time reorganize and discontinue certain redundant and/or unprofitable content vehicles across our platform which we expect will impact our broadcast revenues in the future. To date inflation has not had a material effect on our revenues or results of operations, although no assurances can be provided that material inflation in the future would not materially adversely affect us.
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and segment Adjusted EBITDA are the financial metrics utilized by management to analyze the performance of the Company as a whole and each of our reportable segments, respectively. These measure isolates the amount of income generated by our core operations after the incurrence of corporate, general and administrative expenses. Management also uses this measure to determine the contribution of our core operations to the funding of our corporate resources utilized to manage our operations and our non-operating expenses including debt service and acquisitions. In addition, consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a key metric for purposes of calculating and determining our compliance with certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement.
In deriving this measure, the Company excludes depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, as these do not represent cash payments for activities directly related to our core operations. The Company also excludes any gain or loss on the exchange or sale of any assets and any gain or loss on derivative instruments, early extinguishment of debt, and LMA Fees as they do not represent cash transactions nor are they associated with core operations. Expenses relating to acquisitions and restructuring costs are also excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as they are not directly related to our ongoing core operations. The Company also excludes any costs associated with impairment of assets as they do not require a cash outlay.
Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA, although not a measure that is calculated in accordance with GAAP, is commonly employed by the investment community as a measure for determining the market value of a media company and comparing the operational and financial performance among media companies. Management has also observed that Adjusted EBITDA is routinely employed to evaluate and negotiate the potential purchase price for media companies. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, excluding the impact of LMA fees, is a key metric for purposes of calculating and determining compliance with certain covenants in our Credit Agreement. Given the relevance to our overall value, management believes that investors consider the metric to be extremely useful.
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure for determining the Company’s operating performance or liquidity that is calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may be defined or calculated differently by other companies, and comparability may be limited.
A quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, follows in this section.


39

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Consolidated Results of Operations
Analysis of Consolidated Statements of Operations
The following selected data from our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and other supplementary data should be referred to while reading the results of operations discussion that follows (dollars in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016 vs 2015
 
2015 vs 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenue
$
1,141,400

 
$
1,168,679

 
$
1,263,423

 
$
(27,279
)
 
-2.3
 %
 
$
(94,744
)
 
-7.5
 %
Content costs
427,780

 
396,426

 
433,596

 
31,354

 
7.9
 %
 
(37,170
)
 
-8.6
 %
Selling, general & administrative expenses
472,900

 
477,327

 
470,441

 
(4,427
)
 
-0.9
 %
 
6,886

 
1.5
 %
Depreciation and amortization
87,267

 
102,105

 
115,275

 
(14,838
)
 
-14.5
 %
 
(13,170
)
 
-11.4
 %
LMA fees
12,824

 
10,129

 
7,195

 
2,695

 
26.6
 %
 
2,934

 
40.8
 %
Corporate expenses (including stock-based compensation expense)
40,148

 
73,403

 
76,428

 
(33,255
)
 
-45.3
 %
 
(3,025
)
 
-4.0
 %
(Gain) loss on sale of assets or stations
(95,695
)
 
2,856

 
(1,342
)
 
(98,551
)
 
**
 
4,198

 
**
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
604,965

 
565,584

 

 
39,381

 
7.0
 %
 
565,584

 
**
Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 
19,364

 

 
(19,364
)
 
**
 
19,364

 
**
Operating (loss) income
(408,789
)
 
(478,515
)
 
161,830

 
69,726

 
14.6
 %
 
(640,345
)
 
**
Interest expense
(138,634
)
 
(141,679
)
 
(145,533
)
 
3,045

 
2.1
 %

3,854


2.6
 %
Interest income
493

 
433

 
1,388

 
60

 
13.9
 %
 
(955
)
 
-68.8
 %
Gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt
8,017

 
13,222

 

 
(5,205
)
 
-39.4
 %
 
13,222

 
**
Other income, net
2,039

 
14,205

 
4,338

 
(12,166
)
 
-85.6
 %
 
9,867

 
**
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
(536,874
)
 
(592,334
)
 
22,023

 
55,460

 
9.4
 %
 
(614,357
)
 
**
Income tax benefit (expense)
26,154

 
45,840

 
(10,254
)
 
(19,686
)
 
-42.9
 %
 
56,094

 
**
Net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

 
$
35,774

 
6.5
 %
 
$
(558,263
)
 
**
OTHER DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
205,867


$
259,145

 
$
329,526

 
$
(53,278
)
 
-20.6
 %
 
$
(70,381
)
 
-21.4
 %
**
Calculation is not meaningful.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015
Net Revenue
Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $27.3 million , or 2.3% , to $1,141.4 million compared to $1,168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The decrease resulted from declines of $27.1 million , $13.7 million and $0.1 million in broadcast advertising, license fees and other revenue and digital advertising, respectively, partially offset by an increase of $13.6 million in political advertising revenue. For a discussion of net revenue by segment and changes therein from the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2016, see the following discussion under "Segment Results of Operations."
Content Costs
Content costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $31.4 million , or 7.9% , to $427.8 million compared to $396.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The increase was primarily driven by an expense of $14.2 million at Westwood One related to payments to CBS to resolve previously disputed syndicated programming and network inventory expenses, as well as increases in the Radio Station Group in music license fees and sports broadcasting rights of $14.9 million,

40


$3.2 million of which was a one time correction for expenses that occurred in prior periods. The remainder of the increase was attributed to other programming related expense increases of $2.3 million.
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses
Selling, general & administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $4.4 million , or 0.9% , to $472.9 million compared to $477.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in selling expenses at the Radio Station Group, partially offset by $0.3 million of legal expenses in Westwood One related to the dispute with CBS described under the heading "Content Costs" above.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $14.8 million , or 14.5% , to $87.3 million compared to $102.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . This decrease was primarily caused by a decrease in amortization expense on our definite-lived intangible assets, which resulted from the accelerated amortization methodology we have applied since acquisition of these assets that is based on the expected pattern in which the underlying assets' economic benefits are being consumed.
LMA Fees
LMA fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $2.7 million , or 26.6% , to $12.8 million compared to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . This increase was related to an expense of $2.7 million for the contract termination with Universal Media in the San Francisco market.
Corporate Expenses, Including Stock-based Compensation Expense
Corporate expenses, including stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $33.3 million , or 45.3% , to $40.1 million compared to $73.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . This decrease was primarily because of one-time compensation expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2015 associated with the departure of certain executives.
Impairment of Intangible Assets and Goodwill
During the year ended December 31, 2016 , we recorded impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets of $568.1 million and $36.9 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , because of the sustained declines in our operating results, we recorded impairment charges related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (FCC Licenses) of $549.7 million and $15.9 million, respectively. For additional information on these charges, see Note 4, Intangible Assets and Goodwill in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
(Gain) Loss on Sale of Assets or Stations
During the year ended December 31, 2016 , we recorded a gain on sale of assets or stations of $95.7 million primarily related to the completed sale of certain land and buildings for $110.6 million in cash. In conjunction with this sale we
recorded a one-time net gain of $94.0 million during the period. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recorded a loss on sale of assets or stations of $2.9 million , related to our sales of individual stations and assets.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $3.1 million to $138.6 million compared to $141.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Interest expense associated with outstanding debt under the Credit Agreement decreased by $2.6 million to $79.5 million as compared to $82.0 million in the prior year because of a lower average amount of indebtedness outstanding in 2016. The following summary details the components of our interest expense (dollars in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016 vs 2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
$ Change
 
% Change
7.75% Senior Notes
$
47,275

 
$
47,275

 
$

 
 %
Bank borrowings – term loans and revolving credit facilities
79,451

 
82,031

 
(2,580
)
 
(3.1
)%
Other, including debt issue cost amortization
11,908

 
12,373

 
(465
)
 
(3.8
)%
Interest expense
$
138,634

 
$
141,679

 
$
(3,045
)
 
(2.1
)%

41


Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
We recorded an income tax benefit on continuing operations of $26.2 million in 2016 as compared to an income tax benefit of $45.8 million during the prior year. The tax benefit recorded in both periods were primarily the result of the pre-tax losses on continuing operations net of the amount of goodwill impairment with no related deferred tax liability.
Adjusted EBITDA
As a result of the factors described above, Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $53.3 million , or 20.6% , to $205.9 million  compared to $259.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measure
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP) as presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (dollars in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
GAAP net loss
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
6.5
 %
Income tax benefit
(26,154
)
 
(45,840
)
 
(42.9
)%
Non-operating expenses, including net interest expense
136,102

 
127,041

 
7.1
 %
LMA fees
12,824

 
10,129

 
26.6
 %
Depreciation and amortization
87,267

 
102,105

 
(14.5
)%
Stock-based compensation expense
2,948

 
21,033

 
(86.0
)%
(Gain) loss on sale of assets or stations
(95,695
)
 
2,856

 
**
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
604,965

 
565,584

 
7.0
 %
Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 
19,364

 
**
Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
1,817

 
16,640

 
(89.1
)%
Franchise and state taxes
530

 
(51
)
 
**
Gain on early extinguishment of debt
(8,017
)
 
(13,222
)
 
(39.4
)%
Adjusted EBITDA
$
205,867

 
$
259,145

 
(20.6
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
** Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 

Intangible Assets (including Goodwill), net. Intangible assets, net of amortization, were $1,791.9 million and $2,456.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. These intangible asset balances primarily consist of broadcast licenses and goodwill. Intangible assets, net, decreased from the prior year primarily due to impairment charges related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and amortization recognized on definite-lived intangible assets.
Our impairment testing requires us to make certain assumptions in determining fair value, including assumptions about the cash flow growth of our businesses. Additionally, fair values are significantly impacted by macroeconomic factors, including market multiples at the time the impairments tests are performed. The following factors could adversely impact the current carrying value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill: (a) a sustained decline in the price of our common stock, (b) the potential for a decline in our forecasted operating profit margins or expected cash flow growth rates, (c) a decline in our industry forecasted operating profit margins, (d) the potential for a continued decline in advertising market revenues within the markets in which we operate stations, or (e) the sustained decline in the selling prices of radio stations.

42


Year Ended December 31, 2015 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014
Net Revenue
Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $94.7 million , or 7.5% , to $1,168.7 million compared to $1,263.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease resulted from decreases of $58.3 million , $16.0 million , $15.9 million and $4.5 million in broadcast advertising, digital advertising, political advertising and license fees and other revenue, respectively. The decreases in national broadcast advertising revenue and network broadcast advertising revenue were a result of three distinct factors. First, national spot advertising sales are heavily dependent on ratings across our stations. Declining ratings in certain key markets resulted in a significant decrease in national spot revenue period over period. Second, our largest competitor has strategically shifted its focus towards national advertising clients, resulting in lower market share and revenues for us and the remainder of the industry. Third, our sales execution in 2015 compared to 2014 was less successful partially due to national advertisers seeking more digital advertising components than we were able to fulfill. Local spot advertising revenue also decreased but at a lesser rate than national spot advertising and network advertising revenue. While local spot advertising is also impacted by ratings changes, it can be more easily augmented through local events and local talent endorsements. Local advertising clients tend to focus more on the direct results of their advertising campaigns, instead of purely basing their decisions on audience metrics. This is particularly true in smaller and mid-sized markets where ratings measurements are taken only two or four times a year, versus weekly ratings measurements in major markets that impact national spot sales. Local advertising clients also place less emphasis on newer digital advertising products, allowing us to retain more revenue than in the national spot marketplace. The decrease in political advertising revenue was due to revenue in 2015 having less activity compared to increased activity associated with mid-term and gubernatorial elections that drove revenue in 2014. The decrease in digital revenue was principally driven by the winding down of our advertising relationship with Rdio.com.
Content Costs
Content costs for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $37.2 million , or 8.6% , to $396.4 million compared to $433.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . This decrease was primarily attributable to our ongoing rationalization of operating costs highlighted by continuing expense synergies resulting from our December 2013 acquisition of Westwood One.
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses
Selling, general & administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $6.9 million , or 1.5% , to $477.3 million compared to $470.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $13.2 million , or 11.4% , to $102.1 million compared to $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in amortization expense on our definite lived intangible assets, which resulted from the accelerated amortization methodology that is based on the expected pattern in which the underlying assets' economic benefits are consumed.
LMA Fees
LMA fees for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $2.9 million , or 40.8% , to $10.1 million compared to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . This increase was primarily related to contractual scheduled increases in LMA fees in certain markets.
Corporate Expenses, Including Stock-based Compensation Expense
Corporate expenses, including stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 , decreased $3.0 million or 4.0% , to $73.4 million compared to $76.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . This decrease was primarily due to the reduction in severance and legal costs which were higher in 2014 due to our acquisition of Westwood One in December 2013, but which decreases were partially offset by one-time compensation expenses associated with the 2015 departure of two of our executives.

43


Impairment of Intangible Assets and Goodwill
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recorded impairment charges related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (FCC Licenses) of $549.7 million and $15.9 million, respectively, due to the sustained declines in our stock price and operating results. There were no similar impairments for the year ended December 31, 2014 . For additional information on these charges, see Note 4, Intangible Assets and Goodwill in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Impairment Charges - Equity Interest In Pulser Media Inc.
Impairment charges on the equity interest in Pulser Media Inc. was $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . There were no impairment charges on the equity interest in Pulser Media Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014 . For additional information on these charges, see Note 7, Fair Value Measurements in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Loss (Gain) on Sale of Assets or Stations
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recorded a loss on sale of assets or stations of $2.9 million . During the year ended December 31, 2014 , we recorded a gain on sale of assets or stations of $1.3 million , in each case related to our sales of individual stations and assets.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $3.9 million to $141.7 million compared to $145.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Interest expense associated with outstanding debt under the Credit Agreement decreased by $4.1 million to $82.0 million as compared to $86.1 million in the prior year due to a lower average amount of indebtedness outstanding in 2015. The following summary details the components of our interest expense (dollars in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015 vs 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
7.75% Senior Notes
$
47,275

 
$
47,275

 
$

 
 %
Bank borrowings — term loans and revolving credit facilities
82,031

 
86,140

 
(4,109
)
 
(4.8
)%
Other, including debt issue cost amortization
12,373

 
12,111

 
262

 
2.2
 %
Change in fair value of interest rate cap

 
7

 
(7
)

(100.0
)%
Interest expense
$
141,679

 
$
145,533

 
$
(3,854
)
 
(2.6
)%
** Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
We recorded an income tax benefit on continuing operations of $45.8 million in 2015 as compared to a $10.3 million expense during the prior year. The tax benefit recorded in 2015 is primarily the result of the pretax loss on continuing operations net of the amount of goodwill impairment with no related deferred tax liability.
Adjusted EBITDA
As a result of the factors described above, Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $70.4 million , or 21.4% , to $259.1 million compared to $329.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measure
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP) as presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (dollars in thousands):  

44


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
GAAP net (loss) income
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

 
**
Income tax (benefit) expense
(45,840
)
 
10,254

 
**
Non-operating expenses, including net interest expense
127,041

 
139,807

 
(9.1
)%
LMA fees
10,129

 
7,195

 
40.8
 %
Depreciation and amortization
102,105

 
115,275

 
(11.4
)%
Stock-based compensation expense
21,033

 
17,638

 
19.2
 %
Loss (gain) on sale of assets or stations
2,856

 
(1,342
)
 
**
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
565,584

 

 
**
Impairment charges -- equity interest in Pulser Media Inc
19,364

 

 
**
Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
16,640

 
28,326

 
(41.3
)%
Franchise and state taxes
(51
)
 
604

 
**
Gain on early extinguishment of debt
(13,222
)
 

 
**
Adjusted EBITDA
$
259,145

 
$
329,526

 
(21.4
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
** Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets (including Goodwill), net. Intangible assets, net of amortization, were $2,456.0 million and $3,094.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. These intangible asset balances primarily consist of broadcast licenses and goodwill. Intangible assets, net, decreased from the prior year primarily as a result of impairment charges related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and amortization recognized on definite-lived intangible assets.
Our impairment testing requires us to make certain assumptions in determining fair value, including assumptions about the cash flow growth of our businesses. Additionally, fair values are significantly impacted by macroeconomic factors, including market multiples at the time the impairments tests are performed. The following factors could adversely impact the current carrying value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill: (a) the potential for a decline in our forecasted operating profit margins or expected cash flow growth rates, (b) a decline in our industry forecasted operating profit margins, (c) the potential for a continued decline in advertising market revenues within the markets in which we operate stations, or (d) the sustained decline in the selling prices of radio stations.
Segment Results of Operations
During the first quarter of 2016 we modified our management reporting framework affecting how we evaluate operating performance and internally report financial information. This modification resulted in a reorganization of our reportable segments. Prior to this reorganization, we operated in one reportable business segment which consisted of, radio broadcasting, advertising and related services. We now operate in two reportable segments, the Radio Station Group and Westwood One, for which there is discrete financial information available and whose operating results are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. Historical information included in these financial statements has been revised to reflect the change to two segments, with no impact to previously disclosed consolidated financial results.
As described above, the Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as the financial metric utilized by us to analyze the cash flow generated by our reportable segments. The reconciliation of segment Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) is presented in Note 16, "Segment Data" of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
The Radio Station Group revenue is derived primarily from the sale of advertising time to local, regional and national advertisers. Westwood One revenue is generated primarily through the sale of network advertising.
Corporate and Other includes overall executive, administrative and support functions for each of the Company’s reportable segments, including finance and administration, legal, human resources and information technology functions.
The Company’s financial data by segment is presented in the tables below:



45


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
802,396

 
$
336,610

 
$
2,394

 
$
1,141,400

% of total revenue
 
70.3
%
 
29.5
 %
 
0.2
 %
 
100.0
 %
$ change from year ended December 31, 2015
 
$
6,013

 
$
(32,358
)
 
$
(934
)
 
$
(27,279
)
% change from year ended December 31, 2015
 
0.8
%
 
(8.8
)%
 
(28.1
)%
 
(2.3
)%

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
796,383

 
$
368,968

 
$
3,328

 
$
1,168,679

% of total revenue
 
68.1
%
 
31.6
%
 
0.3
%
 
100.0
%
Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $27.3 million , or 2.3% , to $1,141.4 million , compared to $1,168.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The decrease resulted from decreases of $32.4 million and $0.9 million in the Westwood One and Corporate and Other revenue, respectively, partially offset by an increase of $6.0 million in the Radio Station Group. The decrease in revenue at Westwood One was primarily driven by industry-wide weakness, lower trade revenue, and the shutdown of the print version of NASH Country Weekly. The increase in revenue at the Radio Station Group was primarily driven by political advertising, digital and national spot revenue, partially offset by declines in local advertising.
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
218,192

 
$
22,984

 
$
(35,309
)
 
$
205,867

$ change from year ended December 31, 2015
 
$
(23,481
)
 
$
(29,974
)
 
$
177

 
$
(53,278
)
% change from year ended December 31, 2015
 
(9.7
)%
 
(56.6
)%
 
0.5
%
 
(20.6
)%

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
241,673

 
$
52,958

 
$
(35,486
)
 
$
259,145

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $53.3 million , or 20.6% , to $205.9 million from $259.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The decrease resulted from Adjusted EBITDA decreases of $23.5 million , $30.0 million and $0.2 million in the Radio Station Group, Westwood One and Corporate and Other, respectively. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA in the Radio Station Group was caused by an increase in operating expenses, partially offset by a small increase in revenue. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA in Westwood One was caused by a decrease in revenue, partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses. Refer to the discussions under the heading "Content Costs" above for an explanation of the increase in operating costs for each segment.

46


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
796,383

 
$368,968
 
$
3,328

 
$
1,168,679

% of total revenue
 
68.1
 %
 
31.6
 %
 
0.3
 %
 
100.0
 %
$ Change from year ended December 31, 2014
 
$
(42,184
)
 
$
(52,032
)
 
$
(528
)
 
$
(94,744
)
% Change from year ended December 31, 2014
 
(5.0
)%
 
(12.4
)%
 
(13.7
)%
 
(7.5
)%
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
838,567

 
$
421,000

 
$
3,856

 
$
1,263,423

% of total revenue
 
66.4
%
 
33.3
%
 
0.3
%
 
100.0
%
Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $94.7 million , or 7.5% , to $1,168.7 million , compared to $1,263.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease resulted from decreases of $42.2 million , $52.0 million and $0.5 million in the Radio Station Group, Westwood One and Corporate and Other revenue, respectively.
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
241,673

 
$
52,958

 
$
(35,486
)
 
$
259,145

$ change from year ended December 31, 2014
 
$
(31,810
)
 
$
(33,273
)
 
$
(5,298
)
 
$
(70,381
)
% change from year ended December 31, 2014
 
(11.6
)%
 
(38.6
)%
 
(17.6
)%
 
(21.4
)%
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
273,483

 
$
86,231

 
$
(30,188
)
 
$
329,526

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $70.4 million , or 21.4% , to $259.1 million from $329.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease resulted from Adjusted EBITDA decreases of $31.8 million , $33.3 million and $5.3 million in the Radio Station Group, Westwood One and Corporate and Other, respectively. The decreases in Adjusted EBITDA in the Radio Station Group and Westwood One were caused by decreases in revenue and increases in operating expenses. Refer to the discussions under the heading "Content Costs" above for an explanation of the increase in operating costs for each segment.
The following tables reconcile segment net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, to segment Adjusted EBITDA, for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 (dollars in thousands):


47


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
GAAP net loss
 
$
(356,198
)
 
$
(11,071
)
 
$
(143,451
)
 
$
(510,720
)
Income tax benefit
 

 

 
(26,154
)
 
(26,154
)
Non-operating expense, including net interest expense
 
13

 
122

 
135,967

 
136,102

LMA fees
 
12,824

 

 

 
12,824

Depreciation and amortization
 
54,071

 
31,178

 
2,018

 
87,267

Stock-based compensation expense
 

 

 
2,948

 
2,948

Gain on sale of assets or stations
 
(95,667
)
 

 
(28
)
 
(95,695
)
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
 
603,149

 
1,816

 

 
604,965

Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
 

 
939

 
878

 
1,817

Franchise and state taxes
 

 

 
530

 
530

Gain on early extinguishment of debt
 

 

 
(8,017
)
 
(8,017
)
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
218,192

 
$
22,984

 
$
(35,309
)
 
$
205,867



 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
GAAP net loss
 
$
(265,263
)
 
$
(141,179
)
 
$
(140,052
)
 
$
(546,494
)
Income tax benefit
 

 

 
(45,840
)
 
(45,840
)
Non-operating (income) expense, including net interest expense
 
(6
)
 
1,247

 
125,800

 
127,041

LMA fees
 
10,127

 

 
2

 
10,129

Depreciation and amortization
 
63,342

 
36,538

 
2,225

 
102,105

Stock-based compensation expense
 

 

 
21,035

 
21,035

Loss on sale of assets or stations
 
668

 
2,081

 
107

 
2,856

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
 
432,805

 
132,671

 
104

 
565,580

Impairment charges -- equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.
 

 
19,364

 

 
19,364

Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
 

 
2,236

 
14,405

 
16,641

Franchise and state taxes
 

 

 
(50
)
 
(50
)
Gain on early extinguishment of debt
 

 

 
(13,222
)
 
(13,222
)
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
241,673

 
$
52,958

 
$
(35,486
)
 
$
259,145



48


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
GAAP net income (loss)
 
$
195,925

 
$
27,247

 
$
(211,403
)
 
$
11,769

Income tax expense
 

 

 
10,254

 
10,254

Non-operating (income) expense, including net interest expense
 
(3,309
)
 
1,265

 
141,851

 
139,807

LMA fees
 
7,188

 

 
7

 
7,195

Depreciation and amortization
 
74,397

 
38,487

 
2,392

 
115,276

Stock-based compensation expense
 

 

 
17,638

 
17,638

Gain on sale of assets or stations
 
(718
)
 

 
(625
)
 
(1,343
)
Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
 

 
19,232

 
9,094

 
28,326

Franchise and state taxes
 

 

 
604

 
604

Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
273,483

 
$
86,231

 
$
(30,188
)
 
$
329,526



Seasonality and Cyclicality
Our operations and revenues tend to be seasonal in nature, with generally lower revenue generated in the first quarter of the year and generally higher revenue generated in the second and fourth quarters of the year. This seasonality causes and will likely continue to cause a variation in our quarterly operating results. Such variations could have a material effect on the timing of our cash flows and cash on hand at the end of any period.
In addition, our revenues tend to fluctuate between years, consistent with, among other things, increased advertising expenditures in even-numbered years by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter. 


Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity Considerations
The following table summarizes our principal funding obligations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands):
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Repayments of bank borrowings
$
20,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
156,125

Interest payments
$
126,515

 
$
129,314

 
$
135,392

Capital expenditures
$
23,037

 
$
19,236

 
$
19,026

Acquisitions and purchase of intangible assets

 

 
8,500

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
35,745

 
$
82,432

 
$
136,796

For the year ended December 31, 2016 , net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $46.7 million over the prior year. The decrease was because of an increase in operating cash flows from changes in our assets and liabilities of $6.4 million, primarily due to the timing of our cash collections and payments of accounts payable and prepaid expenses, and a decrease in operating cash flows from net income and adjustments for depreciation and amortization of intangibles and debt issuance costs/discounts, gain (loss) on sale of assets or stations, impairment charges, deferred income taxes and stock-based compensation expense of $53.1 million, primarily due to the non-cash gain on the August 2016 sale of certain assets in our Los

49


Angeles market. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the decrease was primarily due to a decrease in working capital driven by slightly worse collections and the decline in revenue as compared to the prior year.
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
 
2016

2015

2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
$
83,854

 
$
(7,961
)
 
$
(15,572
)
For the year ended December 31, 2016 , net cash provided by investing activities increased $91.8 million as compared to the prior year, primarily because of the $104.6 million in proceeds from our sale of certain land and buildings in our Los Angeles market. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , net cash used in investing activities decreased $7.6 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to less cash used in acquisitions and reductions in proceeds from the sale and exchange of assets or stations.
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
$
(19,997
)
 
$
(50,085
)
 
$
(146,745
)
For the year ended December 31, 2016 , net cash used in financing activities decreased $30.1 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 . The decrease was primarily the result of a $30.0 million decrease in net repayments on borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , net cash used in financing activities decreased $96.7 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily the result of a $95.6 million decrease in net repayments on borrowings.
For additional detail regarding the Company’s material liquidity considerations, see “Liquidity Considerations” above.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
On December 23, 2013, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among the Company, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Cumulus Holdings”), as borrower, and certain lenders and agents. The Credit Agreement consists of a $2.025 billion term loan maturing in December 2020 and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in December 2018. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, up to $30.0 million of availability may be drawn in the form of letters of credit.
Term Loan borrowings and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the option of Cumulus Holdings, based on the Base Rate (as defined below) or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus 3.25% on LIBOR-based borrowings and 2.25% on Base Rate-based borrowings. LIBOR-based borrowings are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0% under the Term Loan. Base Rate-based borrowings are subject to a Base Rate floor of 2.0% under the Term Loan. Base Rate is defined, for any day, as the rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 1/2 of 1.0% , (ii) the prime commercial lending rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as established from time to time, and (iii) 30 day LIBOR plus 1.0% . Amounts outstanding under the Term Loan amortize at a rate of 1.0% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan, payable quarterly, with the balance payable on the maturity date. The Company's 7.75% Senior Notes (defined below) mature on May 1, 2019. If 91 days prior to the stated maturity date of the 7.75% Senior Notes (the "Springing Maturity Date") the aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes outstanding exceeds $200.0 million , the Term Loan maturity date shall be accelerated to the Springing Maturity Date.
At December 31, 2016 , the Term Loan bore interest at 4.25% per annum.
The representations, covenants and events of default in the Credit Agreement are customary for financing transactions of this nature. Events of default in the Credit Agreement include, among others: (a) the failure to pay when due the obligations owing thereunder; (b) the failure to comply with (and not timely remedy, if applicable) certain covenants; (c) certain defaults and accelerations under other indebtedness; (d) the occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency events; (e) certain judgments against the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries; (f) the loss, revocation or suspension of, or any material impairment in the ability to use one or more of, any material FCC licenses; (g) any representation or warranty made, or report, certificate or financial statement delivered to the lenders subsequently proven to have been incorrect in any material respect; and (h) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders

50


may terminate the loan commitments, accelerate all loans and exercise any of their rights under the Credit Agreement and the ancillary loan documents as a secured party.
In the event amounts are outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or any letters of credit are outstanding that have not been collateralized by cash as of the end of each quarter, the Credit Agreement requires compliance with a consolidated first lien leverage ratio covenant. The required ratio at December 31, 2016 was 5.00 to 1 and periodically decreases over time until it reaches 4.0 to 1 on March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2017, the required ratio covenant will be 4.5 to 1. As we currently have no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, we are not required to comply with this ratio. However, as of December 31, 2016, our actual leverage ratio was in excess of the required ratio.
Certain mandatory prepayments on the Term Loan are required upon the occurrence of specified events, including upon the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, upon the sale of certain assets and upon the occurrence of certain condemnation or casualty events, and from excess cash flow.
The Company’s, Cumulus Holdings’ and their respective restricted subsidiaries’ obligations under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s, Cumulus Holdings’ and their respective restricted subsidiaries’ assets (excluding the Company’s accounts receivable collateralizing the Company's revolving accounts receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance ("Wells Fargo") as described below) in which a security interest may lawfully be granted, including, without limitation, intellectual property and substantially all of the capital stock of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of any future first-tier foreign subsidiaries. In addition, Cumulus Holdings’ obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its restricted subsidiaries, other than Cumulus Holdings.

In December 2016, we completed a discounted prepayment of $28.7 million of face value of the Term Loan for $20.0 million, a discount to par value of 30%. The terms of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged. As a result of the prepayment, we recognized a gain, net of transaction costs, of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
At December 31, 2016 , after giving effect to the prepayment, the Company had $1.810 billion outstanding under the Term Loan and no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
7.75% Senior Notes
On May 13, 2011, the Company issued $610.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Senior Notes. Proceeds from the sale of the 7.75% Senior Notes were used to, among other things, repay the $575.8 million outstanding under the term loan facility under the Company's prior credit agreement.
On September 16, 2011, the Company and Cumulus Holdings entered into a supplemental indenture with the trustee under the indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes which provided for, among other things, the (i) assumption by Cumulus Holdings of all obligations of the Company; (ii) substitution of Cumulus Holdings for the Company as issuer; (iii) release of the Company from all obligations as original issuer; and (iv) Company’s guarantee of all of Cumulus Holdings’ obligations, in each case under the indenture and the 7.75% Senior Notes.
Interest on the 7.75% Senior Notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 7.75% Senior Notes mature on May 1, 2019.
Cumulus Holdings, as issuer of the 7.75% Senior Notes, may redeem all or part of the 7.75% Senior Notes at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a “make-whole” premium. If Cumulus Holdings sells certain assets or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, it will be required to make an offer to purchase the 7.75% Senior Notes.
The indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes contains representations, covenants and events of default customary for financing transactions of this nature. At December 31, 2016 , the Company was in compliance with all required covenants under the indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes.
In connection with the substitution of Cumulus Holdings as the issuer of the 7.75% Senior Notes, the Company has also guaranteed the 7.75% Senior Notes. In addition, each existing and future domestic restricted subsidiary that guarantees the Company’s indebtedness, Cumulus Holdings’ indebtedness or indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiary guarantors (other than the Company’s subsidiaries that hold the licenses for the Company’s radio stations) guarantees, and will guarantee, the 7.75% Senior Notes. The 7.75% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of Cumulus Holdings and rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior unsecured debt of Cumulus Holdings and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated debt of Cumulus Holdings. The 7.75% Senior Notes guarantees are the Company’s and the other guarantors’

51


senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment to all of the Company’s and the other guarantors’ existing and future senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s and the other guarantors’ future subordinated debt. The 7.75% Senior Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of Cumulus Holdings’, the Company’s or the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. In addition, the 7.75% Senior Notes and the guarantees are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including preferred stock, of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, including all of the liabilities of the Company’s and the guarantors’ foreign subsidiaries and the Company’s subsidiaries that hold the licenses for the Company’s radio stations.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
On December 6, 2013, the Company entered into a 5 -year, $50.0 million Securitization Facility with Wells Fargo (as successor to General Electric Capital Corporation), as a lender, as swingline lender and as administrative agent (together with any other lenders party thereto from time to time, the “Lenders”).
In connection with the entry into the Securitization Facility, pursuant to a Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “Sale Agreement”), certain subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Originators”) sell and/or contribute their existing and future accounts receivable (representing all or a portion of the Company’s accounts receivable) to a special purpose entity and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “SPV”). The SPV may thereafter make borrowings from the Lenders, which borrowings will be secured by those receivables, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2017 (the “Funding Agreement”). Cumulus Holdings services the accounts receivable on behalf of the SPV.
Advances available under the Funding Agreement at any time are based on advance rates relating to the value of the eligible receivables held by the SPV at that time. The Securitization Facility matures on December 6, 2018, subject to earlier termination at the election of the SPV. Advances bear interest based on either LIBOR plus 2.50% or the Index Rate (as defined in the Funding Agreement) plus 1.00% . The SPV is also required to pay a monthly fee based on any unused portion of the Securitization Facility. The Securitization Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default that are customary for financings of this type.
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were no amounts outstanding under the Securitization Facility.

Critical Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate estimates, including, among others, those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, intangible assets, income taxes, stock-based compensation, contingencies, litigation, and purchase price allocation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts and results may differ materially from these estimates. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue from the sale of commercial broadcast time to advertisers when the commercials are broadcast, subject to meeting certain conditions such as persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and collection is reasonably assured. These criteria are generally met at the time an advertisement is broadcast.
Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risks
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We determine the allowance based on several factors including the length of time receivables are past due, trends and current economic factors. All balances are reviewed and evaluated on a consolidated basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

52


In the opinion of our management, credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers and the geographic diversification of our customer base. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and believe that adequate allowances for any uncollectible accounts receivable are maintained.
Intangible Assets
We have significant intangible assets recorded in our accounts. These intangible assets are comprised primarily of FCC licenses and goodwill acquired through the acquisition of radio stations. We are required to review the carrying value of certain intangible assets and our goodwill annually for impairment, and more frequently if circumstances warrant, and record any impairment to results of operations in the periods in which the recorded value of those assets is more than their fair value. As of December 31, 2016, we had $1.8 billion in intangible assets and goodwill, which represented approximately 74.3% of our total assets.
We perform our annual impairment tests for FCC licenses and goodwill as of December 31, 2016. The impairment tests require us to make certain assumptions in determining fair value, including assumptions about the cash flow growth rates of our businesses. Additionally, the fair values are significantly impacted by macroeconomic factors outside of our control. More specifically, the following could adversely impact the current carrying value of our FCC licenses and goodwill: (a) a decline in our forecasted operating profit margins or expected cash flow growth rates, (b) a decline in our forecasted industry operating profit margins, (c) a continued decline in advertising market revenues within the markets we operate stations, or (d) the sustained decline in the selling prices of radio stations, which is generally determined as a multiple of EBITDA. The calculation of the fair value is prepared using an income approach and discounted cash flow methodology.
During the first quarter of 2016, the Company modified its management reporting framework. This modification resulted in a reorganization of the Company's reportable segments and reporting units. Prior to this reorganization, the Company had three reporting units for purposes of goodwill allocation. The Company's top 50 Nielsen Audio rated markets and Westwood One comprised one reporting unit, the second reporting unit consisted of all of the Company's other radio markets while the third reporting unit, in which there was no goodwill, consisted of all non-radio lines of business. After the modification, all of the Company's radio markets comprise one reporting unit ("Reporting Unit 1" or the "Radio Station Group"), Westwood One comprises the second reporting unit ("Reporting Unit 2" or "Westwood One") and the third reporting unit in which there is no goodwill, continues to consist of all the Company's non-radio lines of business ("Reporting Unit 3" or "Corporate and Other"). As part of the reorganization, the Company's reporting units more closely align with its reportable segments. The Company allocated goodwill to the new reporting unit structure based upon a relative fair value approach. The Company determined that goodwill was not impaired before or immediately after the allocation.
Annual Impairment Test - Goodwill
For our annual goodwill impairment test, we performed the Step 1 goodwill test (the “Step 1 test”) and compared the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets as of December 31, 2016 as follows:
Step 1 Goodwill Test
In performing our annual impairment testing of goodwill, fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis, which is an income approach. The discounted cash flow analysis requires the projection of future cash flows and the discounting of these cash flows to their present value equivalent via a discount rate. We used a five-year projection period to derive operating cash flow projections. We made certain assumptions regarding future revenue growth based on industry market data and historical and expected performance. We then projected future operating expenses based primarily on historical financial performance in order to derive operating profits, which we combined with expected working capital additions and capital expenditures to determine operating cash flows. Our projections were based on then-current market and economic conditions and our historical knowledge of each of the relevant the reporting units.
During the 2016 year, based on interim financial performance, we determined that no indicators were present which would suggest the fair value of the reporting units may have declined below the carrying value.  However, during the annual impairment test and as part of our 2017 budgeting process, we lowered our forecasted revenue and profitability levels for 2017 and future periods.
The material assumptions utilized in these analyses, for both reporting units that have goodwill, included overall future market revenue growth rates for the residual year of 1.1% and a weighted average cost of capital of 9.3%. The residual year growth rate is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on long-term industry projections obtained from third party sources. The weighted average cost of capital was determined based on (i) the cost of equity, which includes

53


estimates of the risk-free return, stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in capital structures.
The table below presents the percentages by which the fair value was above the carrying value of the Company's reporting units under the Step 1 test as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands).
 
Reporting Unit 1
 
Reporting Unit 2
 
Reporting Unit 3
Goodwill balance
$
568,141

 
$
135,213

 
N/A **
Carrying value (including goodwill)
$
2,040,207

 
$
194,282

 
N/A **
Percentage fair value above carrying value
N/A*

 
63.8
%
 
N/A **
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Reporting Unit 1 failed the Step 1 test
 
 
 
 
 
** Contains no goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
        
The Company's analysis determined that, based on its Step 1 goodwill test, the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 was below its carrying value at December 31, 2016, therefore a Step 2 test was performed. For Reporting Unit 2, no impairment indicator existed in Step 1, therefore the Company determined that a Step 2 test was not required and goodwill was appropriately stated as of December 31, 2016.

As a measure of sensitivity, if the weighted average cost of capital had been 100 basis points higher or lower than management estimates, or the market revenue growth rates were 100 basis points higher or lower than management estimates, there would have been no impact and a Step 2 test would have still been required for Reporting Unit 1 and no Step 2 test would have been required for Reporting Unit 2 as of December 31, 2016.    
Step 2 Goodwill Test
As required by the Step 2 test, the Company prepared an allocation of the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 which was identified in the Step 1 test as containing indications of impairment. The allocation of fair value in the Step 2 test showed that the fair value of the individual assets of Reporting Unit 1 was above the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 calculated in the Step 1 test. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $568.1 million, reducing the goodwill in Reporting Unit 1 to $0.0 million at December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $549.7 million as a result of an interim impairment test of goodwill.

If actual results or events underlying the material assumptions are less favorable than those projected by us or if a triggering event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our goodwill below the amounts reflected in the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges in future periods.              
Annual Impairment Test - FCC Licenses
As part of its annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles, in addition to testing goodwill for impairment, the Company also tests its FCC licenses for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year and on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. As part of the overall planning associated with the test, the Company determined that its geographic markets are the appropriate unit of accounting for FCC license impairment testing and therefore the Company has combined its FCC licenses within each geographic market cluster into a single unit of accounting for impairment testing purposes.
For the impairment test, we utilized the income approach, specifically the Greenfield Method. This approach values a license by calculating the value of a hypothetical start-up company that initially has no assets except the asset to be valued (the license). The value of the asset under consideration (the license) can be considered as equal to the value of this hypothetical start-up company. In completing the appraisals, we conducted a thorough review of all aspects of the assets being valued.
The estimated fair values of our FCC licenses represent the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between the Company and willing market participants at the measurement date. The estimated fair value also assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering a use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible.

54


A basic assumption in our valuation of these FCC licenses was that these radio stations were new radio stations, signing on the air as of the date of the valuation. We assumed the competitive situation that existed in those markets as of that date, except that these stations were just beginning operations.
In estimating the value of the licenses, we began with market revenue projections. Next, we estimated the percentage of the market’s total revenue, or market share, that market participants could reasonably expect an average start-up station to attain, as well as the duration (in years) required to reach the average market share. The estimated average market share was computed based on market share data, by type (i.e., AM and FM).
After market revenue and market shares have been estimated, operating expenses, including depreciation based on assumed investments in fixed assets and future capital expenditures of a start-up station or operation are similarly estimated based on industry-average cost data. Appropriate estimated income taxes are then subtracted, estimated depreciation added back, estimated capital expenditures subtracted, and estimated working capital adjustments are made to calculate estimated free cash flow during the build-up period until a steady state or mature “normalized” operation is achieved.
The analysis included overall future market revenue growth rates for the residual year of 1.1% and a weighted average cost of capital of 9.3%. The residual year growth rate is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on long-term industry projections obtained from third party sources. The weighted average cost of capital was based on (i) the cost of equity, which includes estimates of the risk-free return, stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in other radio broadcasters capital structures.
In order to estimate what listening audience share could be expected to be achieved for each station by market, we analyzed the average local commercial share garnered by similar AM and FM stations competing in those radio markets. We may make adjustments to the listening share and revenue share based on a station's signal coverage within the market and the surrounding area population as compared to the other stations in the market. Based on our knowledge of the industry and familiarity with similar markets, we determined that approximately three years would be required for the stations to reach maturity. We also incorporated the following additional assumptions into the discounted cash flow valuation model:
projected operating revenues and expenses over a five-year period;
the estimation of initial and on-going capital expenditures (based on market size);
depreciation on initial and on-going capital expenditures (we calculated depreciation using accelerated double declining balance guidelines over five years for the value of the tangible assets necessary for a radio station to go on the air);
the estimation of working capital requirements (based on working capital requirements for comparable companies); and
amortization of the intangible asset — the FCC license.
As a result of the impairment test of our FCC licenses, conducted as of December 31, 2016, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $35.0 million.
Sensitivity tests show that if the discount rate had been 100 basis points lower than management estimates, there would have been no impact to the carrying value of our FCC licenses. Had the discount rate been 100 basis points higher than management estimates, we would have recognized an additional $90.6 million impairment charge.
As of December 31, 2016, the FCC license fair value of 11 of the Company's 90 geographical markets exceeded carrying values by less than 10 percent. The aggregated carrying value of these markets was $264.7 million.
Stock-based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Share-Based Payment (“ASC 718”), for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , was $2.9 million , $21.0 million , and $17.6 million , respectively. Upon adopting ASC 718 for awards with service conditions, an election was made to recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. For stock options with service conditions only, we utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options issued. For restricted stock awards with service conditions, we utilize the intrinsic value method. For restricted stock awards with performance conditions, we evaluate the probability of vesting of the awards in each reporting period and adjust compensation cost based on this assessment. The fair value is based on the use of certain assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. If other assumptions are used, the results could differ.


55


Income Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Except for goodwill, deferred income taxes are recognized for all temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded against a deferred tax asset to measure its net realizable value when it is not more likely than not that the benefits of its recovery will be recognized. We continually review the adequacy of our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets and recognize the benefits of deferred tax assets only as the reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be recognized in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740").
    
The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. This assessment, which is completed on a taxing jurisdiction basis, takes into account a number of types of evidence, including the following:
l
Nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting losses. A pattern of objectively-measured recent financial reporting losses is heavily weighted as a source of negative evidence. Three year cumulative pre-tax losses generally are considered to be significant negative evidence regarding future profitability. Also, the strength and trend of the Company's earnings, as well as other relevant factors, are considered. In certain circumstances, historical information may not be as relevant due to changes in the business operations;
 
 
 
l
Sources of future taxable income. Future reversals of existing temporary differences are heavily-weighted sources of objectively verifiable positive evidence. Projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards are a source of positive evidence only when the projections are combined with a history of recent profits and can be reasonably estimated. Otherwise, these projections are considered inherently subjective and generally will not be sufficient to overcome negative evidence that includes relevant cumulative losses in recent years, particularly if the projected future taxable income is dependent on an anticipated turnaround to profitability that has not yet been achieved. In such cases, we generally give these projections of future taxable income limited weight for the purposes of our valuation allowance assessment pursuant to GAAP;
 
 
 
l
Taxable income in prior carryback year(s), if carryback is permitted under the tax law, would be considered significant positive evidence, depending on availability, when evaluating current period losses; and
 
 
 
l
Tax planning strategies. If necessary and available, tax planning strategies would be implemented to accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring carry forwards. These strategies would be a source of additional positive evidence and, depending on their nature, could be heavily weighted.
 
 
 
           
If the company were to determine that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the Company's net recorded amount, an adjustment to the net deferred tax asset would increase income in the period that such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the net deferred tax asset would decrease income in the period such
determination was made. The Company regularly evaluates the need for valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2016 , we continue to maintain and record a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss carryforwards which we do not believe will be able to meet the more likely than not recognition standard for recovery.
Should our judgment about the future profitability of the Company change where we believe it is more likely than not that certain state net operating loss carryovers will be realized, we will record a deferred tax benefit in the period of such change in judgment. Conversely, should our judgment about the future profitability of the Company change where we believe it is not more likely than not that one or all of our deferred tax assets will be recovered, we will record deferred tax expense in the period of such change in judgment.

56


Legal Proceedings
We are currently party to, or a defendant in, various claims or lawsuits that are generally incidental to our business. We also expect that from time to time in the future we will be party to, or a defendant in, various claims or lawsuits that are generally incidental to our business. We expect that we will vigorously contest any such claims or lawsuits and believe that the ultimate resolution of any known claim or lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Trade Transactions
We provide advertising time in exchange for certain products, supplies and services. We include the value of such exchanges in both station revenues and station operating expenses. Trade valuation is based upon our management’s estimate of the fair value of the products, supplies and services received. For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , amounts reflected under trade transactions were: (1) trade revenues of $37.7 million , $39.2 million and $34.9 million , respectively; and (2) trade expenses of $36.2 million , $40.4 million and $36.8 million , respectively.

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following tables reflect a summary of our contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):
Payments Due By Period
Contractual Cash Obligations
Total
 
Less Than 1
Year
 
1 to 3 Years
 
3 to 5 years
 
After 5 Years
Long-term debt (1)
$
2,912,994

 
$
125,430

 
$
250,860

 
$
2,536,704

 
$

Operating leases (2)
111,368

 
22,475

 
36,179

 
22,547

 
30,167

Other contractual obligations (3)
227,631

 
121,308

 
51,886

 
1,462

 
52,975

Total contractual cash obligations
$
3,251,993

 
$
269,213

 
$
338,925

 
$
2,560,713

 
$
83,142

 
(1)
Based on amounts outstanding, interest rates and required repayments as of December 31, 2016 . Also assumes that outstanding indebtedness will not be refinanced prior to scheduled maturity.
(2)
Net of future minimum sublease income.
(3)
Consists of contractual obligations for goods or services including broadcast rights that are enforceable and legally binding obligations that include all significant terms. The potential purchase option related to Merlin Media, LLC, as discussed in more detail in Note 13 "Commitments and Contingencies", has been excluded from the above contractual obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2016 .
New Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 1 "Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2016 , 74.8% of our long-term debt, or $1.810 billion, bore interest at variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings and after-tax cash flow are subject to change based on changes in interest rates and could be materially affected, depending on the timing thereof and the amount of variable interest rate debt we have outstanding. Assuming the level of borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2016 at variable interest rates and assuming a one percentage point increase (decrease) in the 2016 average interest rate payable on these borrowings, it is estimated that our 2016 interest expense would have increased (decreased) and net income would have decreased (increased) by $24.2 million.
From time to time in the past we have managed, and may in the future seek to manage, our interest rate risk on a portion of our variable rate debt by entering into interest rate swap agreements in which we receive payments based on variable interest rates and made payments based on a fixed interest rate. We were not party to any such swap agreements on December 31, 2016 .
Foreign Currency Risk
None of our operations are measured in foreign currencies. As a result, our financial results are not subject to factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets.

57

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information in response to this item is included in our consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, beginning on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which follows the signature page hereto.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) of the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) (the principal executive and principal financial officers, respectively), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. At the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2016 .
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 . In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2016 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
/s/ Mary G. Berner
/s/ John Abbot
 
 
Director and Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2016 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
Other Information

Effective March 14, 2017, the Company entered into indemnification agreements with the Company’s executive vice president, treasurer and chief financial officer and senior vice president, secretary and general counsel and the Company’s directors, including the Company’s chief executive officer. The agreements provide for the indemnification, to the full extent permitted by law, of expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred by the director or applicable executive officer in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding on account of service as a director, officer, employee or agent of Cumulus.


58

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART III
Item 10.
Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item with respect to our directors, compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and our code of ethics is incorporated by reference to the information, to be set forth under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Information about the Board of Directors” and “Code of Ethics” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end (the “ 2017 Proxy Statement”). The required information regarding our executive officers is contained in Part I of this 10-K Report.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information to be set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item with respect to the security ownership of our management and certain beneficial owners is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.
Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Incentive Plans
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2016 , the number of securities outstanding under our equity compensation plans, the weighted average exercise price of such securities and the number of securities available for grant under these plans:
Plan Category
To be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options
Warrants and Rights (a)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options
Warrants and Rights
 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders
3,472,455

 
$
31.46

 
320,865

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders

 

 

Total
3,472,455

 
$
31.46

 
320,865



59

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information to be set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information to be set forth under the caption “Auditor Fees and Services” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.

60

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) (1)-(2)  Financial Statements.  The financial statements and financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed as a part of this report. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission have been omitted either because they are not required under the related instructions or because they are not applicable.
(3)  Exhibits
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 30, 2013, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., Dial Global, Inc., Cardinals Merger Corporation and DG LA Members, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on December 13, 2013).
 
 
 
3.1**
 
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cumulus Media Inc., as amended effective as of October 12, 2016.
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cumulus Media Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-24525, filed on November 14, 2011).
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on August 2, 2002).
 
 
4.2
 
Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-176294, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.3
 
Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2009, among Cumulus Media Inc., the Consenting Lenders signatory thereto and Lewis W. Dickey, Sr., Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., John W. Dickey, Michael W. Dickey, David W. Dickey, Lewis W. Dickey, Sr. Revocable Trust and DBBC, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on June 30, 2009).
 
 
4.4
 
Form of Warrant Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on June 30, 2009).
 
 
4.5
 
Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2011, between Cumulus Media Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Warrant Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.6
 
Form of Warrant Statement (included as Exhibit A-1 in Exhibit 4.5) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.7
 
Form of Global Warrant Certificate (included as Exhibit A-2 in Exhibit 4.5) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.8
 
Warrant, dated as of September 16, 2011, issued to Crestview Radio Investors, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 

61

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4.9
 
Registration Rights Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Inc. and the stockholders (as defined therein) that are parties thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on August 4, 2011).
 
 
4.10
 
Registration Rights Agreement, effective as of September 16, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Inc., Crestview Radio Investors, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and other investors signatory thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.11
 
Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2011, among Cumulus Media Inc., BA Capital Company, L.P. and Banc of America Capital Investors SBIC, L.P., Blackstone FC Communications Partners L.P., Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., John W. Dickey, David W. Dickey, Michael W. Dickey, Lewis W. Dickey, Sr. and DBBC, L.L.C., Crestview Radio Investors, LLC, MIHI LLC, UBS Securities LLC and any other person who becomes a party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.12
 
Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2011, among Cumulus Media Inc., the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8- K, File No. 000-24525, filed on May 16, 2011).
 
 
4.13
 
Form of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (included as Exhibits A and B in Exhibit 4.15) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on May 16, 2011).
 
 
4.14
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., Cumulus Media Inc., the other parties signatory thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
4.15
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. signatory thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-24525, filed on November 14, 2011).
 
 
4.16
 
Third Supplemental Indenture, effective October 17, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. signatory thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Cumulus Media Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, File No. 333-178647, filed on March 5, 2012).
 
 
4.17
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2013, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. signatory thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on March 17, 2014).
 
 
 
4.18
 
First Amendment to Stockholders' Agreement, dated April 27, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed with the SEC on April 28, 2015).
 
 
 
10.1 *
 
Form of Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2015, by and between the Company and Mary G. Berner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 30, 2015).
 
 
 
10.2 *
 
Form of Amendment to Stock Option Award Certificate, dated September 29, 2015, by and between Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 30, 2015).
 
 
 

62

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10.3 *
 
Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement as of October 13, 2015, by and between the Company and Mary G. Berner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A  to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 30, 2015)
 
 
 
10.4 *
 
Form of Stock Option Award Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(8) to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Schedule TO-I, File No. 005-54277, filed on December 1, 2008).
 
 
10.5 *
 
Form of 2008 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on March 4, 2009).
 
 
10.6 *
 
Form of 2008 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on March 16, 2009).
 
 
10.7 *
 
Cumulus Media Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
10.8 *
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
10.9 *
 
Form of Non-employee Director Restricted Stock Agreement under the Cumulus Media Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000- 24525, filed on May 7, 2012).
 
 
10.10 *
 
Form of Employment Agreement with certain executive officers, dated as of November 29, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24525, filed on December 2, 2011).
 
 
10.11
 
Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among each of the originators party thereto, CMI Receivables Funding LLC, as Buyer, and Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., as Servicer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24545, filed on December 12, 2013).
 
 
10.12
 
Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among CMI Receivables Funding LLC, as Borrower, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a lender, as Swing Line Lender and as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24545, filed on December 12, 2013).
 
 
10.13
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013, among Cumulus Media Inc., Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., as Borrower, certain lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and Administrative Agent, Royal Bank of Canada and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., as co-syndication agents, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Fifth Third Bank, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and ING Capital LLC, as co-documentation agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-24545, filed on December 23, 2013).
 
 
10.14
 
First Lien Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2011, made by Cumulus Media Inc., Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Inc. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cumulus Media Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8- K, File No. 000-24525, filed on September 22, 2011).
 
 
 
10.15 *
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2015, between Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. and Cumulus Media Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 28, 2015).
 
 
 
10.16 *
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Richard S. Denning (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 

63

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10.17 *
 
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 26, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Richard S. Denning (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 
10.18 **
 
Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and John Abbot.
 
 
 
10.19 *
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Joseph P. Hannan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K Filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 
10.20 *
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2015, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Suzanne Grimes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 
10.21 *
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Suzanne Grimes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 
10.22 *
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and Mary G. Berner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Cumulus Media Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2016).
 
 
 
10.23**
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and certain executive officers.
 
 
 
10.24**
 
Refinancing Support Agreement, dated December 6, 2016, by and among Cumulus Media Inc., Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and Supporting Noteholders
 
 
 
12.1 **
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
21.1 **
 
Subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Inc.
 
 
23.1 **
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 
 
31.1 **
 
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
31.2 **
 
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32.1 **
 
Officer Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document.
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**
Filed or furnished herewith.

64

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b)
Exhibits. See Exhibits above.
(c)
Financial Statement Schedules. Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary

None.


65

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 16 th day of March 2017.
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
 
 
 
 
By
 
/s/    John Abbot
 
 
 
John Abbot
Executive Vice President, Treasurer
and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Mary G. Berner
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and
 
March 16, 2017
Mary G. Berner
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    John Abbot
 
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
 
March 16, 2017
John Abbot
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Jeffrey Marcus
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
Jeffrey Marcus
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Brian Cassidy
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
Brian Cassidy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Lewis W Dickey
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
Lewis W. Dickey
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Ralph B. Everett
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
Ralph B. Everett
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    Alexis Glick
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
Alexis Glick
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    David M. Tolley
 
Director
 
March 16, 2017
David M. Tolley
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Cumulus Media Inc. are included in Item 8:
 

66

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
 
Page
(1)
Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)
Financial Statement Schedule
 
 

F-1

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cumulus Media Inc.:
    
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ (deficit) equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cumulus Media Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for its debt issuance costs in 2016.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 16, 2017

F-2

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(Dollars in thousands, except for share data)
 
2016
 
2015
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
131,259

 
$
31,657

Restricted cash
8,025

 
7,981

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,691 and $4,923 in 2016 and 2015, respectively
231,585

 
243,428

Trade receivable
4,985

 
4,146

Assets held for sale
30,150

 
45,157

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
33,923

 
26,906

Total current assets
439,927

 
359,275

Property and equipment, net
162,063

 
169,437

Broadcast licenses
1,540,183

 
1,578,066

Other intangible assets, net
116,499

 
174,530

Goodwill
135,214

 
703,354

Other assets
18,805

 
17,726

Total assets
$
2,412,691

 
$
3,002,388

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
96,241

 
$
118,396

Trade payable
4,550

 
4,374

Total current liabilities
100,791

 
122,770

Term loan, net of debt issuance costs/discounts of $29,909 and $37,524 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
1,780,357

 
1,801,416

7.75% senior notes, net of debt issuance costs of $6,200 and $8,515 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
603,800

 
601,485

Other liabilities
31,431

 
44,804

Deferred income taxes
388,050

 
415,881

Total liabilities
2,904,429

 
2,986,356

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
 
 
 
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 93,750,000 shares authorized; 32,031,054 and 31,987,862 shares issued and 29,225,765 and 29,182,118 shares outstanding at 2016 and 2015, respectively
320

 
320

Class C common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 80,609 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at 2016 and 2015
1

 
1

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,806,187 and 2,805,743 shares at 2016 and 2015, respectively
(229,310
)
 
(229,310
)
Additional paid-in-capital
1,624,815

 
1,621,865

Accumulated deficit
(1,887,564
)
 
(1,376,844
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
(491,738
)
 
16,032

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,412,691

 
$
3,002,388

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net revenue
$
1,141,400


$
1,168,679

 
$
1,263,423

Operating expenses:



 
 
Content costs
427,780


396,426

 
433,596

Selling, general & administrative expenses
472,900


477,327

 
470,441

Depreciation and amortization
87,267


102,105

 
115,275

LMA fees
12,824


10,129

 
7,195

Corporate expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $2,948, $21,033, and $17,638, respectively)
40,148


73,403

 
76,428

(Gain) loss on sale of assets or stations
(95,695
)

2,856

 
(1,342
)
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
604,965


565,584

 

Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 
19,364

 

Total operating expenses
1,550,189


1,647,194

 
1,101,593

Operating (loss) income
(408,789
)

(478,515
)
 
161,830

Non-operating expense:



 
 
Interest expense
(138,634
)

(141,679
)
 
(145,533
)
Interest income
493


433

 
1,388

Gain on early extinguishment of debt
8,017


13,222

 

Other income, net
2,039


14,205

 
4,338

Total non-operating expense, net
(128,085
)

(113,819
)
 
(139,807
)
(Loss) income before income taxes
(536,874
)

(592,334
)
 
22,023

Income tax benefit (expense)
26,154


45,840

 
(10,254
)
Net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)

$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

Basic and diluted (loss) income per common share   (see Note 11, “Earnings (Loss) Per Share”):



 
 
Basic:     (Loss) income per share
$
(17.45
)

$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

Diluted:   (Loss) income per share
$
(17.45
)

$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
29,270,455


29,176,930

 
28,267,807

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
29,270,455


29,176,930

 
28,620,395

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Class A
Common Stock

Class B
Common Stock

Class C
Common Stock

Treasury
Stock






 
Number of
Shares
 
Par
Value

Number of
Shares

Par
Value

Number of
Shares

Par
Value

Number of
Shares

Value

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Balance at December 31, 2013
27,799,878

 
$
278

 
1,928,118

 
$
19

 
80,609

 
$
1

 
3,025,650

 
$
(251,193
)
 
$
1,605,754

 
$
(842,119
)
 
$
512,740

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
11,769

 
11,769

Conversion of equity upon exercise of warrants
1,990,123

 
20

 

 

 

 

 
5,115

 
(270
)
 
363

 

 
113

Shares returned in lieu of tax payments

 

 

 

 

 

 
24,859

 
(1,332
)
 

 

 
(1,332
)
Restricted shares issued from treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 
(11,664
)
 
956

 
(956
)
 

 

Stock option exercises
156,623

 
2

 

 

 

 

 
88,273

 
(4,730
)
 
5,348

 

 
620

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
17,638

 

 
17,638

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
32

 

 
32

Stock conversion
1,928,117

 
19

 
(1,928,118
)
 
(19
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Citadel Bankruptcy shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

 
(304,789
)
 
24,981

 
(24,981
)
 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014
31,874,741

 
319

 

 

 
80,609

 
1

 
2,827,444

 
(231,588
)
 
1,603,198

 
(830,350
)
 
541,580

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(546,494
)
 
(546,494
)
Conversion of equity upon exercise of warrants
113,121

 
$
1

 

 
$

 

 
$

 
6,288

 
$
(115
)
 
$
120

 
$

 
$
6

Shares returned in lieu of tax payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(93
)
 

 

 
(93
)
Restricted shares issued from treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 
(27,989
)
 
2,486

 
(2,486
)
 

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
21,033

 

 
21,033

Balance at December 31, 2015
31,987,862

 
320

 

 

 
80,609

 
1

 
2,805,743

 
(229,310
)
 
1,621,865

 
(1,376,844
)
 
16,032

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(510,720
)
 
(510,720
)
Conversion of equity upon exercise of warrants
43,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2

 

 
2

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,948

 

 
2,948

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 
444

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016
32,031,054

 
$
320

 

 
$

 
80,609

 
$
1

 
2,806,187

 
$
(229,310
)
 
$
1,624,815

 
$
(1,887,564
)
 
$
(491,738
)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-5

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
87,267

 
102,105

 
115,275

Amortization of debt issuance costs/discounts
9,961

 
9,541

 
9,493

Provision for doubtful accounts
1,103

 
4,501

 
4,302

(Gain) loss on sale of assets or stations
(95,695
)
 
2,856

 
(1,342
)
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
604,965

 
565,584

 

Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 
19,364

 

Fair value adjustment of derivative instruments

 

 
21

Deferred income taxes
(27,831
)
 
(48,262
)
 
6,902

Stock-based compensation expense
2,948

 
21,033

 
17,638

Gain on early extinguishment of debt
(8,017
)
 
(13,222
)
 

Changes in assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions and dispositions):
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
10,740

 
371

 
12,195

Trade receivable
(839
)
 
(1,691
)
 
1,964

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(7,017
)
 
16,983

 
(14,750
)
Other assets
(1,106
)
 
(6,208
)
 
(6,716
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(16,816
)
 
(34,122
)
 
7,074

Trade payable
176

 
410

 
118

Other liabilities
(13,374
)
 
(10,317
)
 
(27,147
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
35,745

 
82,432

 
136,796

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash
(44
)
 
2,074

 
(3,909
)
Proceeds from sale of assets or stations
106,935

 
9,201

 
15,843

Capital expenditures
(23,037
)
 
(19,236
)
 
(19,006
)
Acquisitions less cash acquired

 

 
(8,500
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
83,854

 
(7,961
)
 
(15,572
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of borrowings under term loans and revolving credit facilities
(20,000
)
 
(50,000
)
 
(156,125
)
Proceeds from borrowings under term loans and revolving credit facilities

 

 
10,000

Tax withholding payments on behalf of employees

 
(93
)
 
(1,332
)
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
3

 
8

 
113

Proceeds from exercise of options

 

 
620

Deferred financing costs

 

 
(21
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(19,997
)
 
(50,085
)
 
(146,745
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
99,602

 
24,386

 
(25,521
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
31,657

 
7,271

 
32,792

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
131,259

 
$
31,657

 
$
7,271

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
126,515

 
$
129,314

 
$
135,392

Income taxes paid
4,451

 
2,620

 
9,633

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Trade revenue
$
37,691

 
$
39,237

 
$
34,876

Trade expense
36,158

 
40,427

 
36,753

Equity interest in Pulser Media, Inc.

 
2,025

 
17,235

Transfer of deposit from escrow - Los Angeles land and building sale
6,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business
Cumulus Media Inc. (and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context may otherwise require, “Cumulus,” “Cumulus Media,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation, organized in 2002, and successor by merger to an Illinois corporation with the same name that had been organized in 1997.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reverse Stock Split
On October 12, 2016, the Company effected a one-for-eight (1: 8 ) reverse stock split (the "Reverse Stock Split"). As a result of the Reverse Stock Split, every eight shares of each class of the Company's outstanding common stock were combined into one share of the same class of common stock and the authorized shares of each class of the Company's common stock were reduced by the same ratio. No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. The number and strike price of the Company's outstanding stock options and warrants were adjusted proportionally, as appropriate. The par value of the Company's common stock was not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All authorized, issued and outstanding stock and per share amounts contained within the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and these footnotes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.
Out of Period Adjustment
In connection with the preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, we recorded a correction of an immaterial misstatement that occurred in prior periods, which resulted in an increase in content costs of $3.6 million in the second quarter of 2016. The correction related to the Radio Station Group segment only and was not material to the prior year quarterly or annual results. The effect of this correction is not material to the 2016 annual financial statements.
Reportable Segments
During the first quarter of 2016, the Company modified its management reporting framework affecting how the Company evaluates operating performance and internally reports financial information. This modification resulted in a reorganization of the Company's reportable segments. Prior to this reorganization, the Company operated in one reportable business segment which consisted of radio broadcasting, advertising and related services. The Company now operates in two reportable segments, the Radio Station Group and Westwood One, for which there is discrete financial information available and whose operating results are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. Historical information included in these financial statements has been revised to reflect the change to two segments, with no impact to previously disclosed consolidated results (See Note 4, "Intangible Assets and Goodwill" and Note 16, "Segment Data").
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluated its estimates, including significant estimates related to revenue recognition, bad debts, intangible assets, income taxes, stock-based compensation, contingencies, litigation, and, if applicable, purchase price allocation. The Company based its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts and results may differ materially from these estimates.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and certain items that are excluded from net income (loss) and recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity (deficit). During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no items of other comprehensive income (loss) and, therefore, comprehensive income does not differ from reported net income (loss).

F-7

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considered all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Concentration of Credit Risk
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company determined the allowance based on several factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, trends and current economic factors. All balances are reviewed and evaluated quarterly on a consolidated basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.
In the opinion of management, credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers and the geographic diversification of the Company’s customer base. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and believes that adequate allowances for any uncollectible accounts receivable are maintained.
Assets Held for Sale
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain land in the Company's Washington, DC market to a third party. The closing of the transaction is subject to various conditions and approvals, which remain pending. The identified assets have been classified as held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 . The estimated fair value of the land and buildings to be disposed of are in excess of their carrying value.
Dispositions

On August 30, 2016, the Company completed the sale of certain land and buildings in Los Angeles for $110.6 million in cash. In conjunction with this sale, the Company recorded a net gain of $94.0 million , which is included in (gain) loss on sale of assets or stations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year-ended December 31, 2016. The identified assets were classified as held for sale in the accompanying December 31, 2015 consolidated balance sheet.
Insurance Recoveries
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company received $14.6 million of insurance proceeds related to a business interruption claim arising from Hurricane Katrina in 2005. The Company recorded $12.4 million in other income (expense), net and $2.2 million as an offset to corporate expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment acquired in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. Equipment held under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum future lease payments.
Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. Depreciation of construction in progress is not recorded until the assets are placed into service.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill

F-8

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of broadcast licenses, certain other intangible assets and goodwill. Goodwill is equal to the difference between the purchase price and the value assigned to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Intangible assets and goodwill acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life, which include the Company’s broadcast licenses, are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually, or if a triggering event occurs. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.
In determining that the Company’s broadcast licenses qualified as indefinite lived intangibles, management considered a variety of factors including the Federal Communications Commission’s (“FCC”) historical record of renewing broadcast licenses, the cost to the Company of renewing such licenses, the relative stability and predictability of the radio industry and the relatively low level of capital investment required to maintain the physical plant of a radio station. The Company's evaluation of the recoverability of its indefinite-lived assets, which include FCC licenses and goodwill, is based on certain judgments and estimates. Future events may impact these judgments and estimates. If events or changes in circumstances were to indicate that an asset’s carrying value is not recoverable, a write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations.
Investments
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 325-20, Cost Method Investments (“ASC 325-20”) to account for its ownership interest in noncontrolled entities. Under ASC 325-20, equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values (i.e., non-marketable equity securities) and are not required to be accounted for under the equity method are typically carried at cost (i.e., cost method investments). Investments of this nature are initially recorded at cost. Income is recorded for dividends received that are distributed from net accumulated earnings of the noncontrolled entity subsequent to the date of investment. Dividends received in excess of earnings subsequent to the date of investment are considered a return of investment and are recorded as reductions in the cost of the investment. Investments are written down only when there is clear evidence that a decline in value that is other than temporary has occurred. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $19.4 million related to the decline in the fair value of a cost-method investment. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company sold one of its cost method investments for $13.0 million , recognizing a gain on sale of $3.2 million , which is included in other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were no cost-method investments in the consolidated balance sheets.
Debt Issuance Costs
The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-03. The amendments in this ASU required that debt issuance costs be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of long-term debt, consistent with debt discounts or premiums. We adopted this standard retrospectively in the first quarter of 2016. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 was retrospectively adjusted, which resulted in reductions to other assets of  $22.4 million  and long-term debt of  $22.4 million .
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company recognizes all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Fair value changes are recorded as income for any contracts not classified as qualifying hedging instruments.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is derived primarily from the sale of commercial airtime to local and national advertisers. Revenue is recognized as commercials are broadcast. Revenues presented in the financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction of advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies, usually at a rate of 15.0% , which is the industry standard.
In those instances in which we function as the principal in the transaction, the revenue and associated operating costs are presented on a gross basis. In those instances where we function as an agent or sales representative, our effective commission is presented as revenue with no corresponding operating expenses.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , the costs incurred were $4.9 million , $3.9 million and $1.9 million , respectively.
Local Marketing Agreements

F-9

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In certain circumstances, the Company may enter into a local marketing agreement (“LMA”) or time brokerage agreement with an FCC licensee of a radio station. In a typical LMA, the licensee of the station makes available, for a fee, airtime on its station to a party, which supplies programming to be broadcast on that airtime, and collects revenues from advertising aired during such programming. Revenues earned and fees incurred pursuant to LMAs or time brokerage agreements are recognized at their gross amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2016 , the Company operated five radio stations under LMAs. At each of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company operated six radio stations under LMAs. The stations operated under LMAs contributed $23.2 million , $24.5 million , and $22.6 million in 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively, to the consolidated net revenue of the Company.
Stock-based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Share-Based Payment (“ASC 718”), for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , was $2.9 million , $21.0 million , and $17.6 million , respectively. Upon adopting ASC 718 for awards with service conditions, an election was made to recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. For stock options with service conditions only, the Company utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options issued. For restricted stock awards with service conditions, the Company utilized the intrinsic value method. For restricted stock awards with performance conditions, the Company evaluated the probability of vesting of the awards in each reporting period and adjusted compensation cost based on this assessment. The fair value is based on the use of certain assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. If other assumptions are used, the results could differ.
Trade Transactions
The Company provided commercial airtime in exchange for goods and services used principally for promotional, sales, programming and other business activities. An asset and liability is recorded at the fair value of the goods or services received. Trade revenue is recorded and the liability is relieved when commercials are broadcast and trade expense is recorded and the asset relieved when goods or services are consumed. Trade valuation is based upon management’s estimate of the fair value of the products, supplies and services received. For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , amounts reflected under trade transactions were: (1) trade revenues of $37.7 million , $39.2 million and $34.9 million , respectively; and (2) trade expenses of $36.2 million , $40.4 million and $36.8 million , respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company used the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for all temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded for a net deferred tax asset balance when it is more likely than not that the benefits of the tax asset will not be realized. The Company continues to assess the need for its deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded in the income statement of the period that the adjustment is determined to be required. See Note 13, “Income Taxes” for further discussion.
Earnings per Share
Basic income (loss) per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company allocated undistributed net income (loss) from continuing operations between each class of common stock on an equal basis after any allocations for preferred stock dividends in accordance with the terms of the Company’s third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Third Amended and Restated Charter”).
Non-vested restricted shares of Class A common stock and Company Warrants (defined below) are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating basic weighted average common shares outstanding in periods in which the Company recorded net income. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share after assuming the issuance of common stock for all potentially dilutive equivalent shares, which included stock options and certain other outstanding warrants to purchase common stock. Antidilutive instruments are not considered in this calculation. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated to common stock and participating securities to the extent that each security may share in earnings, as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Earnings are allocated to each participating security and common share equally, after deducting dividends declared or accreted on preferred stock.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments

F-10

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The carrying values of cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivables, accounts payable, trade payables and receivables and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short term to maturity of these instruments (See Note 7, "Fair Value Measurements").
Accounting for National Advertising Agency Contract
The Company has engaged Katz Media Group, Inc. (“Katz”) as its national advertising sales agent. The Company’s contract with Katz has several economic elements that principally reduce the overall expected commission rate below the stated base rate. The Company estimates the overall expected commission rate over the entire contract period and applies that rate to commissionable revenue throughout the contract period with the goal of estimating and recording a stable commission rate over the life of the contract.
The potential commission adjustments are estimated and combined in the consolidated balance sheets with the contractual termination liability. That liability is accreted to commission expense to effectuate the stable commission rate over the term of the Katz contract. Over the term of the contract with Katz, management updates its assessment of the effective commission expense attributable to national sales in an effort to record a consistent commission rate in each period.
The Company’s accounting for and calculation of commission expense to be realized over the life of the Katz contract requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts of commission expense in each period. Actual results in any period may differ from management’s estimates.
Variable Interest Entities
The Company accounted for entities qualifying as variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in accordance with ASC Topic 810, Consolidation (“ASC 810”). VIEs are required to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that holds the majority of the beneficial interests in the VIE. A VIE is an entity for which the primary beneficiary’s interest in the entity can change with changes in factors other than the amount of investment in the entity. From time to time, the Company enters into LMAs in connection with pending acquisitions or dispositions of radio stations and the requirements of ASC 810 may apply, depending on the facts and circumstances related to each transaction.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
ASU 2015-03. In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-03. The amendments in this ASU require that debt issuance costs be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of long-term debt, consistent with debt discounts or premiums. We adopted this standard retrospectively in the first quarter of 2016. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 was retrospectively adjusted, which resulted in reductions to other assets of  $22.4 million  and long-term debt of  $22.4 million .
ASU 2014-15. In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance in GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued. These amendments should standardize the timing and content of footnote disclosures. The Company adopted this ASU effective December 31, 2016. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.     
Recent Accounting Standards Updates     
ASU 2014-09 and related updates. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09. The amended guidance under this ASU outlines a single comprehensive revenue model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The guidance supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the single comprehensive revenue model is that “an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.” In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which delayed the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. Transition to the new guidance may be done using either a full or modified retrospective method. ASU 2014-09, as amended, is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08 which clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10 which amends the revenue recognition guidance on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations as well as clarifies when a promised good or service is separately identifiable. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12 which provides clarifying guidance in certain narrow areas such as an assessment of collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition as well as adds some practical expedients. In

F-11

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20 which provides technical corrections and improvements to Topic 606. The amendments in ASU 2014-09, ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09, ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and 2016-20 at the date of initial application.
The new standard permits adoption either by using (i) a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not plan to early adopt, and accordingly, will adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2018.

The Company is currently evaluating the adoption approach. The Company's final determination will depend on a number of factors, such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on our financial results, system readiness, and our ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements and the Company's ability to maintain two sets of financials under current and new standards if we were to adopt the full retrospective approach. The Company is in the initial stages of our evaluation of the impact of the new standard on our accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources to the evaluation to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard.

The Company continues to assess the potential impacts of the new standard, including the areas described above, and anticipate this standard could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, we do not know or cannot reasonably estimate quantitative information related to the impact of the new standard on our financial statements at this time.
ASU 2016-01. In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01. The amendments in this ASU enhance the reporting model for financial instruments including aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. The new guidance revises the accounting requirements related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. The update also changes certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. These changes will require an entity to measure, at fair value, investments in equity securities and other ownership interests in an entity - including investments in partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures and limited liability companies that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method - and recognize the changes in fair value within net income. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is not permitted, except for certain amendments within the ASU. The Company is currently assessing the expected impact, if any, that this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-02. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance for accounting for leases. This update requires lessees to recognize, on the balance sheet, assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leases of greater than twelve months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods thereafter. A modified retrospective transition method is required, with the option to elect a package of practical expedients. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the expected impact that this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-09. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance for employee share-based payment accounting. This update removes the requirement that reporting entities present tax benefits as excess cash flows from financing activities and cash flows from operating activities. As a result of this amendment, cash flows related to excess tax benefits will be classified only in operating activities. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. The Company does not expect that this ASU will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-15 . In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15. The amendments in the ASU provide guidance for several new and/or revised disclosures pertaining to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows, including contingent consideration payments made after a business acquisition. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operation or disclosures.
ASU 2016-16 . In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16. The amendments in the ASU provide guidance for the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs

F-12

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

between entities in different tax jurisdictions. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operation or disclosures.
ASU 2016-18 . In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18. The amendments in the ASU provide guidance for the accounting for the disclosure of restricted cash on the Statement of Cash Flows. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operation or disclosures.
ASU 2017-01. In January 2017, the FASB issued final guidance that revises the definition of a business. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting (e.g., acquisitions, disposals, goodwill impairment, consolidation). According to feedback received by the FASB, application of the current guidance is commonly thought to be too complex and results in too many transactions qualifying as business combinations. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operation or disclosures.
ASU 2017-04. In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. All other goodwill impairment guidance will remain largely unchanged. Entities will continue to have the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company intends to early adopt this ASU effective January 1, 2017. As this standard is prospective in nature, the impact to our financial statements by not performing Step 2 to measure the amount of any potential goodwill impairment will depend on various factors. However, the elimination of Step 2 will reduce the complexity and cost of subsequent measurements of goodwill.

2. Restricted Cash
As of both years, December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company’s balance sheets included approximately $8.0 million in restricted cash of which $6.5 million and $7.4 million , respectively, relating to collateralizing standby letters of credit pertaining to certain leases and insurance policies. In addition, $1.5 million and $0.6 million , respectively, related to securing the maximum exposure generated by automated clearinghouse transactions in the Company's operating bank accounts and as dictated by the Company's banks' internal policies with respect to cash.
3. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):
 
Estimated Useful Life
 
2016
 
2015
Land
 
 
$
63,484

 
$
63,627

Broadcasting and other equipment
3 to 30 years
 
234,760

 
229,989

Computer and capitalized software costs
1 to 3 years
 
29,591

 
28,959

Furniture and fixtures
5 years
 
14,899

 
14,183

Leasehold improvements
5 years
 
40,242

 
36,242

Buildings
9 to 20 years
 
46,351

 
45,988

Construction in progress
 
 
14,036

 
2,043

 
 
 
443,363

 
421,031

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
(281,300
)
 
(251,594
)
 
 
 
$
162,063

 
$
169,437

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $31.1 million , $33.0 million and $35.3 million , respectively.

F-13

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following tables present goodwill balances and accumulated impairment losses on a segment and consolidated basis as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):
Radio Station Group
Goodwill:
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015:
 
       Goodwill
$
1,278,526

Accumulated impairment losses
(710,386
)
Total
$
568,140

Balance as of December 31, 2016:
 
Goodwill
1,278,526

Accumulated impairment losses
(1,278,526
)
Total
$

Westwood One
Goodwill:
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015:
 
       Goodwill
$
304,280

Accumulated impairment losses
(169,066
)
Total
$
135,214

Balance as of December 31, 2016:
 
Goodwill
304,280

Accumulated impairment losses
(169,066
)
Total
$
135,214

Consolidated
Goodwill:
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015:
 
       Goodwill
$
1,582,806

Accumulated impairment losses
(879,452
)
Total
$
703,354

Balance as of December 31, 2016:
 
Goodwill
1,582,806

Accumulated impairment losses
(1,447,592
)
Total
$
135,214







F-14

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents the changes in intangible assets, other than goodwill, on a consolidated basis during the period December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 , and balances as of such dates (dollars in thousands):
 
FCC Licenses
 
Definite-Lived
 
Total
Intangible Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2015
$
1,596,715

 
$
243,640

 
$
1,840,355

Impairment
(15,873
)
 

 
(15,873
)
Disposition
(2,776
)
 

 
(2,776
)
Amortization

 
(69,110
)
 
(69,110
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
1,578,066

 
$
174,530

 
$
1,752,596

Balance as of January 1, 2016
$
1,578,066

 
$
174,530

 
$
1,752,596

Impairment
(35,000
)
 
(1,816
)
 
(36,816
)
Disposition
(2,883
)
 

 
(2,883
)
Amortization

 
(56,215
)
 
(56,215
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
1,540,183

 
$
116,499

 
$
1,656,682

The Company's definite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of broadcast advertising and affiliate relationships. Total amortization expense related to the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets was $56.2 million , $69.1 million and $80.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , estimated future amortization expense related to the Company's definite-lived intangible assets was as follows (dollars in thousands):
2017
$
33,505

2018
18,201

2019
17,257

2020
17,197

2021
17,114

Thereafter
13,225

Total other intangibles, net
$
116,499

The Company performs its annual impairment testing of FCC licenses and goodwill as of December 31 and on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate that FCC licenses or goodwill may be impaired. The Company reviews the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability prior to its annual impairment test of goodwill and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.
Impairment Test - Definite-Lived Intangibles
The Company tested definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to its undiscounted cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, the Company considered the lower than expected revenue and profitability levels as business indicators of impairment for its definite-lived intangible assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, however, the Company determined that the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the continued use of the assets and their eventual disposition continued to exceed the carrying value of the applicable asset groups and were therefore recoverable. The Company did not recognize any impairment charges for its definite-lived intangible assets in 2016 as a result of this analysis.
During the second quarter of 2016, the Company recorded an impairment charge to its definite-lived intangible assets of $1.8 million at the Westwood One segment for all customer lists and trademark definite-lived intangible assets related to the print publication of NASH Country Weekly as the Company re-positioned the print publication to a digital only medium. There were no similar impairments in 2015.





F-15

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements


Annual Impairment Test - Goodwill

As described in Note 1, "Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 16 "Segment Data," during the first quarter of 2016 the Company modified its management reporting framework. This modification resulted in a reorganization of the Company's reportable segments and reporting units. Prior to this reorganization, the Company had three reporting units for purposes of goodwill allocation. The Company's top 50 Nielsen Audio rated markets and Westwood One comprised one reporting unit, the second reporting unit consisted of all of the Company's other radio markets while the third reporting unit, in which there was no goodwill, consisted of all non-radio lines of business. After the modification, all of the Company's radio markets comprise one reporting unit ("Reporting Unit 1" or the "Radio Station Group"), Westwood One comprises the second reporting unit ("Reporting Unit 2" or "Westwood One") and the third reporting unit, in which there is no goodwill, continues to consist of all of the Company's non-radio lines of business ("Reporting Unit 3"). As part of the reorganization, the Company's reporting units more closely align with its reportable segments. The Company allocated goodwill to the new reporting unit structure based upon a relative fair value approach. The Company determined that goodwill was not impaired before or immediately after the allocation.

For the Company's annual goodwill impairment test, we performed the Step 1 goodwill test (the “Step 1 test”) and compared the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets as of December 31, 2016 as follows:
Step 1 Goodwill Test
In performing our annual impairment testing of goodwill, fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis, which is an income approach. The discounted cash flow analysis requires the projection of future cash flows and the discounting of these cash flows to their present value equivalent via a discount rate. We used a five-year projection period to derive operating cash flow projections. We made certain assumptions regarding future revenue growth based on industry market data and historical and expected performance. We then projected future operating expenses based primarily on historical financial performance in order to derive operating profits, which we combined with expected working capital additions and capital expenditures to determine operating cash flows. Our projections were based on then-current market and economic conditions and our historical knowledge of each of the relevant the reporting units.
During the 2016 year, based on interim financial performance, we determined that no indicators were present which would suggest the fair value of the reporting units may have declined below the carrying value.  However, during the annual impairment test and as part of our 2017 budgeting process, we lowered our forecasted revenue and profitability levels for 2017 and future periods.
The material assumptions utilized in these analyses, for both reporting units that have goodwill, included overall future market revenue growth rates for the residual year of 1.1% and a weighted average cost of capital of 9.3% . The residual year growth rate is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on long-term industry projections obtained from third party sources. The weighted average cost of capital was determined based on (i) the cost of equity, which includes estimates of the risk-free return, stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in capital structures.
The table below presents the percentages by which the fair value was above the carrying value of the Company's reporting units under the Step 1 test as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands).
 
Reporting Unit 1
 
Reporting Unit 2
 
Reporting Unit 3
Goodwill balance
$
568,141

 
$
135,213

 
N/A **
Carrying value (including goodwill)
$
2,040,207

 
$
194,282

 
N/A **
Percentage fair value above carrying value
N/A*

 
63.8
%
 
N/A **
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Reporting Unit 1 failed the Step 1 test
 
 
 
 
 
** Contains no goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
        
The Company's analysis determined that, based on its Step 1 goodwill test, the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 was below its carrying value at December 31, 2016, therefore a Step 2 test was performed. For Reporting Unit 2, no impairment

F-16

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

indicator existed in Step 1, therefore the Company determined that a Step 2 test was not required and goodwill was appropriately stated as of December 31, 2016.    
Step 2 Goodwill Test
As required by the Step 2 test, the Company prepared an allocation of the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 which was identified in the Step 1 test as containing indications of impairment. The allocation of fair value in the Step 2 test showed that the fair value of the individual assets of Reporting Unit 1 was above the fair value of Reporting Unit 1 calculated in the Step 1 test. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $568.1 million , reducing the goodwill in Reporting Unit 1 to $0.0 million at December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $549.7 million as a result of an interim impairment test of goodwill.

If actual results or events underlying the material assumptions are less favorable than those projected by us or if a triggering event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our goodwill below the amounts reflected in the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges in future periods.         
Annual Impairment Test - FCC Licenses
As part of its annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles, in addition to testing goodwill for impairment, the Company also tests its FCC licenses for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year and on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. As part of the overall planning associated with the test, the Company determined that its geographic markets are the appropriate unit of accounting for FCC license impairment testing and therefore the Company has combined its FCC licenses within each geographic market cluster into a single unit of accounting for impairment testing purposes.
For the impairment test, we utilized the income approach, specifically the Greenfield Method. This approach values a license by calculating the value of a hypothetical start-up company that initially has no assets except the asset to be valued (the license). The value of the asset under consideration (the license) can be considered as equal to the value of this hypothetical start-up company. In completing the appraisals, we conducted a thorough review of all aspects of the assets being valued.
The estimated fair values of our FCC licenses represent the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between the Company and willing market participants at the measurement date. The estimated fair value also assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering a use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible.
A basic assumption in our valuation of these FCC licenses was that these radio stations were new radio stations, signing on the air as of the date of the valuation. We assumed the competitive situation that existed in those markets as of that date, except that these stations were just beginning operations.
In estimating the value of the licenses, we began with market revenue projections. Next, we estimated the percentage of the market’s total revenue, or market share, that market participants could reasonably expect an average start-up station to attain, as well as the duration (in years) required to reach the average market share. The estimated average market share was computed based on market share data, by type (i.e., AM and FM).
After market revenue and market shares have been estimated, operating expenses, including depreciation based on assumed investments in fixed assets and future capital expenditures of a start-up station or operation are similarly estimated based on industry-average cost data. Appropriate estimated income taxes are then subtracted, estimated depreciation added back, estimated capital expenditures subtracted, and estimated working capital adjustments are made to calculate estimated free cash flow during the build-up period until a steady state or mature “normalized” operation is achieved.
The analysis included overall future market revenue growth rates for the residual year of 1.1% and a weighted average cost of capital of 9.3% . The residual year growth rate is estimated based on a perpetual nominal growth rate, which is based on long-term industry projections obtained from third party sources. The weighted average cost of capital was based on (i) the cost of equity, which includes estimates of the risk-free return, stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in other radio broadcasters capital structures.
In order to estimate what listening audience share could be expected to be achieved for each station by market, we analyzed the average local commercial share garnered by similar AM and FM stations competing in those radio markets. We may make adjustments to the listening share and revenue share based on a station's signal coverage within the market and the

F-17

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

surrounding area population as compared to the other stations in the market. Based on our knowledge of the industry and familiarity with similar markets, we determined that approximately three years would be required for the stations to reach maturity. We also incorporated the following additional assumptions into the discounted cash flow valuation model:
projected operating revenues and expenses over a five -year period;
the estimation of initial and on-going capital expenditures (based on market size);
depreciation on initial and on-going capital expenditures (we calculated depreciation using accelerated double declining balance guidelines over five years for the value of the tangible assets necessary for a radio station to go on the air);
the estimation of working capital requirements (based on working capital requirements for comparable companies); and
amortization of the intangible asset — the FCC license.
As a result of the impairment test of our FCC licenses, conducted as of December 31, 2016 , we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $35.0 million .


5. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Accrued employee costs
$
30,887

 
$
22,169

Accrued third party content costs
29,285

 
36,166

Accounts payable
12,739

 
11,492

Accrued other
14,494

 
23,998

Accrued interest
8,334

 
8,106

Accrued retention and severance costs
502

 
10,465

Advance deposit received

 
6,000

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
96,241

 
$
118,396


6. Long-Term Debt
The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015
Term Loan
$
1,810,266


$
1,838,940

     Less: unamortized term loan discount and debt issuance costs
(29,909
)

(37,524
)
Total term loan
1,780,357


1,801,416

7.75% Senior Notes
610,000


610,000

     Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
(6,200
)
 
(8,515
)
Total 7.75% Senior Notes
603,800

 
601,485

Less: Current portion of long-term debt



Long-term debt, net
$
2,384,157


$
2,402,901


F-18

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements


A summary of the future maturities of long-term debt follows, exclusive of the discount and issuance costs of debt (dollars in thousands):
2017
$

2018

2019
610,000

2020
1,810,266

2021

Thereafter

 
$
2,420,266

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
On December 23, 2013, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), among the Company, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Cumulus Holdings”), as borrower, and certain lenders and agents. The Credit Agreement consists of a $2.025 billion term loan (the “Term Loan”) maturing in December 2020 and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing in December 2018. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, up to $30.0 million of availability may be drawn in the form of letters of credit.
Notwithstanding the stated maturity date of the Term Loan, if 91 days prior to the stated maturity date of the 7.75% Senior Notes (the "Springing Maturity Date") the aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes outstanding exceeds $200.0 million , the Term Loan maturity date shall be accelerated to the Springing Maturity Date. Term Loan borrowings and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the option of Cumulus Holdings, based on the Base Rate (as defined below) or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus 3.25% on LIBOR-based borrowings and 2.25% on Base Rate-based borrowings. LIBOR-based borrowings are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0% under the Term Loan. Base Rate-based borrowings are subject to a Base Rate floor of 2.0% under the Term Loan. Base Rate is defined, for any day, as the rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 1/2 of 1.0% , (ii) the prime commercial lending rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as established from time to time, and (iii) 30 day LIBOR plus 1.0% . Amounts outstanding under the Term Loan amortize at a rate of 1.0% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan, payable quarterly, with the balance payable on the maturity date. The Company's 7.75% Senior Notes (defined below) mature on May 1, 2019.
At December 31, 2016 , the Term Loan bore interest at 4.25% per annum.
The representations, covenants and events of default in the Credit Agreement are customary for financing transactions of this nature. Events of default in the Credit Agreement include, among others: (a) the failure to pay when due the obligations owing thereunder; (b) the failure to comply with (and not timely remedy, if applicable) certain covenants; (c) certain defaults and accelerations under other indebtedness; (d) the occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency events; (e) certain judgments against the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries; (f) the loss, revocation or suspension of, or any material impairment in the ability to use one or more of, any material FCC licenses; (g) any representation or warranty made, or report, certificate or financial statement delivered to the lenders subsequently proven to have been incorrect in any material respect; and (h) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders may terminate the loan commitments, accelerate all loans and exercise any of their rights under the Credit Agreement and the ancillary loan documents as a secured party.
In the event amounts are outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or any letters of credit are outstanding that have not been collateralized by cash as of the end of each quarter, the Credit Agreement requires compliance with a consolidated first lien leverage ratio covenant. The required ratio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 5.0 0 to 1 and 5.50 to 1, respectively. The ratio periodically decreases until it reaches to 4.0 to 1 on March 31, 2018. As the Company currently has no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company is not required to comply with this ratio. However, as of December 31, 2016 , the Company's actual leverage ratio was in excess of that ratio.
Certain mandatory prepayments on the Term Loan are required upon the occurrence of specified events, including upon the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, upon the sale of certain assets and upon the occurrence of certain condemnation or casualty events, and from excess cash flow.

F-19

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company’s, Cumulus Holdings’ and their respective restricted subsidiaries’ obligations under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s, Cumulus Holdings’ and their respective restricted subsidiaries’ assets (excluding the Company’s accounts receivable collateralizing the Company's revolving accounts receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance ("Wells Fargo") as described below) in which a security interest may lawfully be granted, including, without limitation, intellectual property and substantially all of the capital stock of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of any future first-tier foreign subsidiaries. In addition, Cumulus Holdings’ obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its restricted subsidiaries, other than Cumulus Holdings.

In December 2016, we completed a discounted prepayment of $28.7 million of face value of the Term Loan for
$20.0 million , a discount to par value of 30% . The terms of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged. As a result of the
prepayment, we recognized a gain, net of transaction costs, of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
At December 31, 2016 , after giving effect to the prepayment, the Company had $1.810 billion outstanding under the Term Loan and no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
7.75% Senior Notes
On May 13, 2011, the Company issued $610.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ 7.75% Senior Notes”). Proceeds from the sale of the 7.75% Senior Notes were used to, among other things, repay the $575.8 million outstanding under the term loan facility under the Company's prior credit agreement.
On September 16, 2011, the Company and Cumulus Holdings entered into a supplemental indenture with the trustee under the indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes which provided for, among other things, the (i) assumption by Cumulus Holdings of all obligations of the Company; (ii) substitution of Cumulus Holdings for the Company as issuer; (iii) release of the Company from all obligations as original issuer; and (iv) Company’s guarantee of all of Cumulus Holdings’ obligations, in each case under the indenture and the 7.75% Senior Notes.
Interest on the 7.75% Senior Notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 7.75% Senior Notes mature on May 1, 2019.
Cumulus Holdings, as issuer of the 7.75% Senior Notes, may redeem all or part of the 7.75% Senior Notes at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a “make-whole” premium. If Cumulus Holdings sells certain assets or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, it will be required to make an offer to purchase the 7.75% Senior Notes.
The indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes contains representations, covenants and events of default customary for financing transactions of this nature. At December 31, 2016 , the Company was in compliance with all required covenants under the indenture governing the 7.75% Senior Notes.
In connection with the substitution of Cumulus Holdings as the issuer of the 7.75% Senior Notes, the Company also guaranteed the 7.75% Senior Notes. In addition, each existing and future domestic restricted subsidiary that guarantees the Company’s indebtedness, Cumulus Holdings’ indebtedness or indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiary guarantors (other than the Company’s subsidiaries that hold the licenses for the Company’s radio stations) guarantees, and will guarantee, the 7.75% Senior Notes. The 7.75% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of Cumulus Holdings and rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior unsecured debt of Cumulus Holdings and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated debt of Cumulus Holdings. The 7.75% Senior Notes guarantees are the Company’s and the other guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment to all of the Company’s and the other guarantors’ existing and future senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s and the other guarantors’ future subordinated debt. The 7.75% Senior Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of Cumulus Holdings’, the Company’s or the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. In addition, the 7.75% Senior Notes and the guarantees are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including preferred stock, of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, including all of the liabilities of the Company’s and the guarantors’ foreign subsidiaries and the Company’s subsidiaries that hold the licenses for the Company’s radio stations.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
On December 6, 2013, the Company entered into a 5 -year, $50.0 million Securitization Facility with Wells Fargo (as successor to General Electric Capital Corporation), as a lender, as swingline lender and as administrative agent (together with any other lenders party thereto from time to time, the “Lenders”).

F-20

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with the entry into the Securitization Facility, pursuant to a Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “Sale Agreement”), certain subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Originators”) sell and/or contribute their existing and future accounts receivable (representing all of the Company’s accounts receivable) to a special purpose entity and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “SPV”). The SPV may thereafter make borrowings from the Lenders, which borrowings will be secured by those receivables, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2017 (the “Funding Agreement”). Cumulus Holdings services the accounts receivable on behalf of the SPV.
Advances available under the Funding Agreement at any time are based on advance rates relating to the value of the eligible receivables held by the SPV at that time. The Securitization Facility matures on December 6, 2018, subject to earlier termination at the election of the SPV. Advances bear interest based on either LIBOR plus 2.50% or the Index Rate (as defined in the Funding Agreement) plus 1.00% . The SPV is also required to pay a monthly fee based on any unused portion of the Securitization Facility. The Securitization Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default that are customary for financings of this type.
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were no amounts outstanding under the Securitization Facility.
Amortization of Debt Discount and Debt Issuance Costs
For each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company recorded an aggregate of $10.0 million and $9.5 million , respectively, of amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs related to its Term Loan and 7.75% Senior Notes.
7. Fair Value Measurements
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy to be applied when determining fair value of financial instruments are described below:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access;
Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
The reconciliation below contains the components of the change in fair value associated with the equity interest in Pulser Media Inc. ("Pulser") for the year ended December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):
Description
Equity Interest in Pulser
Fair value balance at January 1, 2015
$
17,339

Add: Additions to equity interest in Pulser
2,025

Less: Impairment charge
(19,364
)
Fair value balance at December 31, 2015
$

The following table shows the gross amount and fair value of the Company’s Term Loan and 7.75% Senior Notes (dollars in thousands):
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Term Loan:
 
 
 
Carrying value
$
1,810,266

 
$
1,838,940

Fair value — Level 2
1,226,455

 
1,360,816

7.75% Senior Notes:

 
 
Carrying value
$
610,000

 
$
610,000

Fair value — Level 2
249,673

 
204,350


F-21

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2016 , the Company used the closing trading prices as of the balance sheet date of 67.8% to calculate the fair value of the Term Loan, and 40.9% to calculate the fair value of the 7.75% Senior Notes.
As of December 31, 2015 , the Company used the closing trading prices as of the balance sheet date of 74.0% to calculate the fair value of the Term Loan, and 33.5% to calculate the fair value of the 7.75% Senior Notes.
During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company recorded impairment charges related to goodwill and FCC licenses of $568.1 million and $35.0 million , respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recorded impairment charges related to goodwill and FCC licenses of $549.7 million and $15.9 million , respectively. The fair value of goodwill and FCC licenses were measured using a discounted cash flow analysis and the Greenfield Method, respectively, both of which are Level 3 measurements.


8. Stockholders’ Equity

For information on the Company's October 12, 2016, Reverse Stock Split and the resulting adjustments to authorized, issued and outstanding common stock, warrants and options, see Note 1, "Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Reverse Stock Split."

The Company is authorized to issue an aggregate of 268,830,609 shares of stock divided into four classes consisting of:
(i)  93,750,000 shares designated as Class A common stock;
(ii)  75,000,000 shares designated as Class B common stock;
(iii)  80,609 shares designated as Class C common stock, and
(iv)  100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $0.01 per share.

Common Stock
Except with regard to voting and conversion rights, shares of Class A, Class B and Class C common stock are identical in all respects. The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, and the special or relative rights in respect of the common stock and the various classes of common stock are as follows:
Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company, and the holders of shares of Class C common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class C common stock held. Generally, the holders of shares of Class B common stock are not entitled to vote on any matter. However, holders of Class B common stock and Class C common stock are entitled to a separate class vote on any amendment or modification of any specific rights or obligations of the holders of Class B common stock or Class C common stock, respectively, that does not similarly affect the rights or obligations of the holders of Class A common stock. The holders of Class A common stock and of Class C common stock vote together, as a single class, on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.
Conversion. Each holder of Class B common stock and Class C common stock is entitled to convert at any time all or any part of such holder’s shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock; provided, however, that to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder holding more than 4.99% of the shares of Class A common stock immediately following such conversion, the holder shall first deliver to the Company an ownership certification to enable the Company (a) to determine that such holder does not have an attributable interest in another entity that would cause the Company to violate applicable FCC rules and regulations and (b) to obtain any necessary approvals from the FCC or the Department of Justice. During the year ended December 31, 2014, all of the approximately 1.9 million shares of outstanding Class B common stock were converted into shares of Class A common stock. There were no shares of Class B common stock issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
The holders of all classes of common stock are entitled to share ratably in any dividends that may be declared by the board of directors of the Company, to date, no dividends have been declared by the board of directors.
2009 Warrants
In June 2009, in connection with the execution of an amendment to the Company's then-existing credit agreement, the Company issued warrants to the lenders thereunder that allow them to acquire up to 156,250 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $1.17 per share (the “2009 Warrants”). The 2009 Warrants expire on June 29, 2019. The number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the 2009 Warrants is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, including upon the payment of a dividend in shares of Class A common stock. None of the 2009 warrants were converted during the year ended December 31, 2016 , and as of December 31, 2016, 40,057 of the 2009 Warrants remained outstanding.
Equity Held in Reserve
Pursuant to the agreement governing the Company's acquisition of Citadel Broadcasting Company ("Citadel") on September 16, 2011 (the "Citadel Merger"), warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for potential future issuance in connection with the settlement of certain remaining allowed, disputed or not reconciled claims related to Citadel's bankruptcy. As part of the June 2014 completion of proceedings related to Citadel's bankruptcy, the 300,000 shares were issued from treasury stock for $25.0 million . The equity held in reserve was included in additional paid-in-capital on the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2014 .

F-22

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company Warrants
As a component of the Citadel Merger and the related financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 9.0 million shares of Class A common stock (the "Company Warrants") under a warrant agreement dated September 16, 2011 (the "Warrant Agreement"). The Company Warrants are exercisable at any time prior to June 3, 2030, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share with each Company Warrant providing the right to purchase one share. The number of shares for which the Company Warrants are exercisable is not subject to any anti-dilution protection, other than standard adjustments in the case of stock splits, dividends and certain other similar events. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement, upon the request of a holder, the Company has the discretion to issue, upon exercise of the Company Warrants, shares of Class B common stock in lieu of an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and, upon request of a holder and at the Company’s discretion, the Company has the right to exchange such warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock for outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock.
Conversion of the Company Warrants is subject to compliance with applicable FCC regulations, and the Company Warrants are exercisable provided that ownership of the Company’s securities by the holder does not cause the Company to violate applicable FCC rules and regulations relating to foreign ownership of broadcasting licenses.
Holders of Company Warrants are entitled to participate ratably in any distributions on the Company’s common stock on an as-exercised basis. No distribution will be made to holders of Company Warrants or common stock if (i) an FCC ruling, regulation or policy prohibits such distribution to holders of Company Warrants or (ii) the Company’s FCC counsel opines that such distribution is reasonably likely to cause (a) the Company to violate any applicable FCC rules or regulations or (b) any holder of Company Warrants to be deemed to hold an attributable interest in the Company.
Company Warrants to purchase 43,192 shares of Class A common stock were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2016 . As of December 31, 2016 , 31,955 Company Warrants remained outstanding.
Crestview Warrants
Also on September 16, 2011, but pursuant to a separate warrant agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1.0 million shares of Class A common stock with an exercise price, as adjusted to date, of $34.56 per share (the "Crestview Warrants"). The Crestview Warrants are exercisable until September 16, 2021, and the per share exercise price is subject to standard weighted average adjustments in the event that the Company issues additional shares of common stock or common stock derivatives for less than the fair market value per share, as defined in the Crestview Warrants, as of the date of such issuance. In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Crestview Warrants, and the exercise price of the Crestview Warrants, are subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, dividends and certain other similar events. As of December 31, 2016 , all 1.0 million Crestview Warrants remained outstanding.

9. Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value on the date of grant of stock options issued. The determination of the fair value of stock options is affected by the Company’s stock price, historical stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. With respect to restricted stock awards, the Company recognized compensation expense over the vesting period equal to the grant date fair value of the shares awarded. To the extent non-vested restricted stock awards include performance or market vesting conditions, management uses the requisite service period to recognize the cost associated with the award. There were no changes to the Black-Scholes calculations or assumptions during the year.
Generally, the Company’s grants of stock options vest over four years and have a maximum contractual term of ten years. The Company estimated the volatility of its common stock by using a weighted average of historical stock price volatility over the expected term of the options. The Company based the risk-free interest rate that it used in its option pricing model on United States Treasury issues with terms similar to the expected term of the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the class of stock subject to granted stock options in the foreseeable future and therefore used an expected dividend yield of zero in the option pricing model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those awards that are expected to vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards.
On May 22, 2014, the Company granted 11,664 shares of time-vesting restricted Class A common stock, with an aggregate grant date fair value of $0.6 million , to the non-employee directors of the Company with a cliff vesting term of one year.

F-23

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On May 14, 2015, the Company granted 30,365 shares of time-vesting restricted Class A common stock, with an aggregate grant date fair value of $0.6 million , to the non-employee directors of the Company with a cliff vesting term of one year.
During 2015 , the Company granted 0.6 million stock options with an aggregate grant date fair value of $2.2 million . The options range in exercise price from $3.84 to $34.72 per share, and provide for vesting on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, with 30% of each award vesting on each of the first two anniversaries thereof, and 20% of each award vesting on each of the next two anniversaries thereof.
During 2016 , the Company granted 0.4 million stock options with an aggregate grant date fair value of $0.6 million . The options range in exercise price from $1.34 to $24.00 per share, and provide for vesting on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, with 30% of each award vesting on each of the first two anniversaries thereof, and 20% of each award vesting on each of the next two anniversaries thereof.
The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $0.03 million and $0.6 million , respectively.
In connection with the September 2015 announced departures from the Company of its then-President and CEO and Executive Vice President of Content and Programming, the Company recorded accelerated stock compensation costs of $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. These costs are included in corporate expenses and additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company recognized approximately $2.9 million , $21.0 million and $17.6 million in non-cash stock-based compensation expense, respectively, related to equity awards. The associated tax benefits related to these non-cash stock-based compensation awards for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 were $0.2 million , $8.4 million and $7.1 million , respectively.
As of December 31, 2016 , unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2.8 million related to equity awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining life of 1.40 years. Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for equity awards will continue to be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.
As of December 31, 2016 , the total number of shares of common stock that remain authorized, reserved and available for issuance under any of the Company’s equity incentive plans was approximately 30,000 , not including shares underlying outstanding awards. The Company is only authorized to make additional award grants under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
There were no stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015 .
The following tables summarize the Company’s equity award activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 :
 
Options
 
Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Options to Purchase Class A Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2016
3,216,193

 
$
34.88

 
 
 
 
Granted
389,938

 
5.96

 
 
 
 
Exercised

 

 
 
 
 
Forfeited/Canceled
(41,523
)
 
42.85

 
 
 
 
Expired
(92,153
)
 
37.61

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
3,472,455

 
$
31.46

 
6.36
 
$
392

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016
3,472,455

 
$
31.46

 
6.36
 
$
18,081

Exercisable at December 31, 2016
2,620,358

 
$
36.94

 
5.55
 
$
668


F-24

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
 
Number of
Restricted
Stock
Awards
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 (in thousands)
Restricted Common Stock Awards
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2016
30,365

 
$
19.76

Granted

 

Vested
(30,365
)
 
19.76

Forfeited

 

Outstanding awards at December 31, 2016

 
$

2011 Equity Incentive Plan
The Board adopted the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan on July 8, 2011. Also, on July 8, 2011, stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company, upon the recommendation of the Board, approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of equity-based compensation in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, performance units, and other awards for the purpose of providing Cumulus Media’s non-employee directors, consultants, officers and other employees incentives and rewards that are aligned with the economic interests of the Company's shareholders.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
Total awards under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan are limited to 4,375,000 shares (the “Authorized Plan Aggregate”) of Class A common stock. The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan also provides that: (i) the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock actually issued or transferred upon the exercise of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) will not exceed 2,187,500 shares; (ii) the number of shares of Class A common stock issued as restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, performance units and other awards (after taking into account any forfeitures and cancellations) will not, during the term of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, in the aggregate exceed 1,500,000 shares of Class A common stock; (iii) no participant will be granted stock options or SARs, in the aggregate, for more than 1,437,500 shares of Class A common stock during any calendar year; (iv) no participant will be granted awards of restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares or other awards that are intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the aggregate, for more than 375,000 shares of Class A common stock during any calendar year; and (v) no participant during any calendar year will be granted awards of performance units that are intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, in the aggregate, for more than a maximum value of $5,000,000 as of their respective dates of grant.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides that only shares with respect to awards that expire or are forfeited or canceled, or shares that were covered by an award the benefit of which is paid in cash instead of shares, will again be available for issuance under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The following shares are not added back to the Authorized Plan Aggregate: (i) shares tendered in payment of a stock option exercise price; (ii) shares withheld by the Company to satisfy tax withholding obligations; and (iii) shares repurchased by the Company with stock option proceeds. Further, all shares covered by a SAR that is exercised and settled in shares, and whether or not all shares are actually issued to the participant upon exercise of the right, will be considered issued or transferred pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides that generally: (i) stock options and SARs may not become exercisable by the passage of time sooner than one-third per year over three years except in the event of retirement, death or disability of a participant or in the event of a change in control (described below); (ii) stock options and SARs that become exercisable upon the achievement of Management Objectives (as defined below) cannot become exercisable sooner than one year from the date of grant except in the event of retirement, death or disability of a participant or in the event of a change in control; (iii) restricted stock and RSUs may not become unrestricted by the passage of time sooner than one-third per year over three years unless restrictions lapse sooner by virtue of retirement, death or disability of a participant or in the event of a change in control; (iv) the period of time within which Management Objectives relating to performance shares and performance units must be achieved will be a minimum of one year, subject to earlier lapse or modification by virtue of retirement, death or disability of a participant or in the event of a change in control; (v) restricted stock and RSUs that vest upon the achievement of

F-25

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management Objectives cannot vest sooner than one year from the date of grant, but may be subject to earlier lapse or modification by virtue of retirement, death or disability of a participant or in the event of a change in control; and, (vi) as described below, a limited number of awards, however, including restricted stock and RSUs granted to non-employee directors, may be granted without regard to the above minimum vesting periods. Repricing of options and SARs is prohibited without stockholder approval under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
In general, a change in control will be deemed to have occurred if: (i) there is a consummation of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any person or group; (ii) a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company is adopted; (iii) there is a consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person or group becomes the beneficial owner (excluding any options to purchase equity securities of the Company held by such person or group) of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company having the right to elect directors under ordinary circumstances; or (iv) a majority of the members of the Board are not Continuing Directors. For purposes of this definition, a “Continuing Director” is, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board who (1) was a member of the Board on July 8, 2011 or (2) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the approval of either two-thirds of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election or two-thirds of those Company directors who were previously approved by Continuing Directors.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides that dividends or other distributions on performance shares, restricted stock or RSUs that are earned or that have restrictions that lapse as a result of the achievement of Management Objectives will be deferred until and paid contingent upon the achievement of the applicable Management Objectives. The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan also provides that dividends and dividend equivalents will not be paid on stock options or SARs.
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides that no stock options or SARs will be granted with an exercise or base price less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date of grant. The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan is designed to allow awards to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
The following performance metrics may be used as “Management Objectives”: profits, cash flow, returns, working capital, profit margins, liquidity measures, sales growth, gross margin growth, cost initiative and stock price metrics, and strategic initiative key deliverable metrics.
As of December 31, 2016 , there were outstanding options to purchase a total of 3,421,986 shares of Class A common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.34 to $51.68 per share under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 852,097 options are unvested and 2,569,889 options were vested.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
As of December 31, 2016 , there were outstanding options to purchase a total of 50,469 shares of Class A common stock at exercise prices ranging from $20.32 to $26.40 per share under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2016 , all of such outstanding options had vested. The Company is not authorized to issue additional grants under this plan.


F-26

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10. Income Taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Current income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local
 
$
1,678

 
$
2,422

 
$
3,352

Total current income tax expense
 
$
1,678

 
$
2,422

 
$
3,352

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
(19,496
)
 
$
(48,123
)
 
$
7,172

State and local
 
(8,336
)
 
(139
)
 
(270
)
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense
 
(27,832
)
 
(48,262
)
 
6,902

Total income tax (benefit) expense
 
$
(26,154
)
 
$
(45,840
)
 
$
10,254

Total income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations differed from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 because of the following (dollars in thousands):


2016
 
2015
 
2014
Pretax (loss) income at federal statutory rate

$
(187,906
)

$
(207,317
)

$
7,707

State income tax (benefit) expense, net federal (benefit) expense

(1,812
)

(1,385
)

992

Meals and entertainment
 
429

 
380

 
424

Change in state tax rates

(1,618
)

1,605


(1,580
)
Section 162 disallowance

538


110


562

Impairment charges on goodwill with no tax basis

163,630


153,371



Increase in valuation allowance

32


190


2,189

Other

553

 
7,206

 
(40
)
Net income tax (benefit) expense

$
(26,154
)

$
(45,840
)

$
10,254


F-27

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below (dollars in thousands):
 
 
2016
 
2015
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

 
 
Accounts receivable
$
1,422

 
$
1,849

Advertising relationships
2,548

 
3,686

Other liabilities
27,014

 
28,140

AMT tax credit
2,042

 
2,042

Net operating loss
111,778

 
155,475

Noncurrent deferred tax assets
144,804

 
191,192

Less: valuation allowance
(17,205
)
 
(17,173
)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets
127,599

 
174,019

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:

 
 
Intangible assets
482,620

 
527,775

Property and equipment
20,485

 
30,260

Cancellation of debt income
12,544

 
31,865

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
515,649

 
589,900

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
388,050

 
415,881

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
388,050

 
$
415,881


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed by applying the federal and state income tax rates in effect to the gross amounts of temporary differences and other tax attributes, such as net operating loss carry-forwards. In assessing if the deferred tax assets will be realized, the Company considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of these deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the period in which these deductible temporary differences reverse. Based upon the Company's analysis of all sources of positive and negative evidence, including the expected generation of taxable income in future years in certain jurisdictions, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not certain deferred tax assets will be realized.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the valuation allowance decreased by $1.8 million to $17.2 million . The $1.8 million decrease to the valuation allowance relates to an increase of $0.3 million related to state rate changes, an increase of $0.2 million related to the Company's estimates of its inability to recover certain state net operating losses and a decrease of $2.3 million related to the write off of certain state net operating losses expected to expire in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the valuation allowance remained at $17.2 million . The changes in the valuation allowance relate to a decrease of $0.2 million related to state rate changes, an increase of $0.8 million related to the Company's estimates of its inability to recover certain state net operating losses and a decrease of $0.6 million related to the write off of certain state net operating losses expected to expire in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2016, $0.6 million of the change in valuation allowance was recorded to deferred tax expense as $0.6 million of the overall zero change in valuation allowance related directly to the write off of net operating losses with an existing valuation allowance.
At December 31, 2016 , the Company had federal net operating loss carry forwards, which are available to offset future taxable income, of approximately $271.4 million which will expire in the years 2030 through 2032. At December 31, 2016 , the Company had state net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future income of approximately $1.2 billion which, if not utilized, will expire in the years 2017 through 2036. In addition to the federal and state net operating loss carry forwards noted above, approximately $1.5 million of net operating loss carry forwards relate to windfall tax benefits associated with the Company's equity based compensation plan for which no deferred tax asset is recognized. The Company's policy is to treat these equity based net operating loss carry forwards as the last net operating loss carry forwards to be consumed.
The Company recorded interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. Of this amount, $2.9 million was recorded to expense in 2016 . The total interest and penalties accrual as of December 31, 2016 is $2.1 million . The overall decrease in accrued interest and penalty in 2016 of $2.9 million is due to additional accruals for interest and penalty on prior year positions of $0.4 million , and reductions to interest and penalty accruals of $3.3 million related to the reversal of positions associated with the expiration of certain statues of limitations. The total unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2016 was $14.0 million . Of this total, $12.4 million represented the

F-28

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. Of the $14.0 million total unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties, $13.3 million relates to items which are not expected to change significantly within the next 12 months. Substantially all federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns have been closed for the tax years through 2012; however, the various tax jurisdictions may adjust the Company's net operating loss carry forwards. The following table reconciles unrecognized tax benefits during the relevant years:
Balance at January 1, 2015
 
$
14,466

Settlements
 
(1,180
)
Lapse of statute of limitations
 
(657
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
12,629

Increase for prior year positions
 
275

Lapse of statute of limitations
 
(1,014
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
 
$
11,890


11. (Loss) Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
For all periods presented, the Company has disclosed basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share utilizing the two-class method. In accordance with, ASC Topic 260, "Earnings per Share," the presentation of basic and diluted EPS is required only for common stock and not for participating securities.
Non-vested restricted shares of Class A common stock are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating basic weighted average common shares outstanding in periods in which the Company recorded net (loss) income. In addition, Company Warrants are accounted for as participating securities, as holders of such Warrants, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement, are entitled to receive ratable distributions of the Company's earnings concurrently with such distributions made to the holders of Class A common stock.
Basic (loss) earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. In accordance with the terms of the Company's certificate of incorporation, the Company allocated undistributed net income (loss) after any allocation for preferred stock dividends between each class of common stock on an equal basis per share. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings applicable to the non-vested restricted shares of Class A common stock and Company Warrants are excluded from the computation of basic EPS.
Diluted (loss) earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic (loss) earnings per share after assuming issuance of common stock for all potentially dilutive equivalent shares, which included stock options and certain warrants to purchase common stock. Antidilutive instruments are not considered in this calculation. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated to common stock to the extent that each security may share in earnings, as if all of the (loss) earnings for the period had been distributed. (Loss) earnings are allocated to each class of common stock equally per share. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

F-29

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Basic (Loss) Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Undistributed net (loss) income continuing operations
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Participation rights of the Company Warrants in undistributed earnings

 

 
358

Participation rights of unvested restricted stock in undistributed earnings

 

 
12

Basic undistributed net (loss) income from operations — attributable to common shares
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,399

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
29,270

 
29,177

 
28,268

Basic (loss) income from operations per share — attributable to common shares
$
(17.45
)
 
$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Undistributed net (loss) income from operations
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Participation rights of the Company Warrants in undistributed net income

 

 
354

Participation rights of unvested restricted stock in undistributed earnings

 

 
12

Basic undistributed net (loss) income from continuing operations — attributable to common shares
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,403

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
29,270

 
29,177

 
28,268

Effect of dilutive options and warrants

 

 
352

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
29,270

 
29,177

 
28,620

Diluted (loss) income from operations per share — attributable to common shares
$
(17.45
)
 
$
(18.72
)
 
$
0.40

Potentially dilutive equivalent shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016 , excluded from the computation of diluted (loss) income per share consisted of approximately 0.01 million shares of common stock underlying outstanding warrants and stock options.

12. Leases
The Company has non-cancelable operating leases, primarily for land, tower space, office-space, certain office equipment and vehicles. The operating leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from one to ten years and require the Company to pay all executory costs such as maintenance and insurance. Rental expense for operating leases was approximately $25.2 million , $27.9 million , and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

F-30

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year), future minimum sublease income to be received and a lease commitment under a sale leaseback agreement as of December 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31:
 
Future Minimum Rent Under Operating Leases
 
Future Minimum Sublease Income
 
Future Minimum Commitments Under Sale Leaseback Agreement
 
Net Commitments
2017
 
23,503

 
(1,028
)
 
1,114

 
23,589

2018
 
20,540

 
(1,028
)
 
1,153

 
20,665

2019
 
17,695

 
(1,028
)
 
1,193

 
17,860

2020
 
13,723

 
(1,028
)
 

 
12,695

2021
 
10,880

 
(1,028
)
 

 
9,852

Thereafter
 
32,481

 
(2,314
)
 

 
30,167

 
 
$
118,822

 
$
(7,454
)
 
$
3,460

 
$
114,828

13. Commitments and Contingencies
Future Commitments
The radio broadcast industry’s principal ratings service is Nielsen Audio, which publishes surveys for domestic radio markets. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have agreements with Nielsen Audio under which they receive programming ratings materials in a majority of their respective markets. The remaining aggregate obligation under the agreements with Nielsen Audio is approximately $46.2 million and is expected to be paid in accordance with the agreements through December 2017.
The Company engages Katz Media Group, Inc. ("Katz") as its national advertising sales agent. The national advertising agency contract with Katz contains termination provisions that, if exercised by the Company during the term of the contract, would obligate the Company to pay a termination fee to Katz, calculated based upon a formula set forth in the contract.
The Company is committed under various contractual agreements to pay for broadcast rights that include sports and news services and to pay for talent, executives, research, weather information and other services.
The Company from time to time enters into radio network contractual obligations to guarantee a minimum amount of revenue share to contractual counterparties on certain programming in future years. Generally, these guarantees are subject to decreases dependent on clearance targets achieved. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company believes that it will meet all such material minimum obligations.
On January 2, 2014 (the "Commencement Date”), Merlin Media, LLC (“Merlin”) and the Company entered into an LMA. Under this LMA, the Company is responsible for operating two FM radio stations in Chicago, Illinois, for monthly fees payable to Merlin of approximately $0.3 million , $0.4 million , $0.5 million and $0.6 million in the first, second, third and fourth years following the Commencement Date, respectively, in exchange for the Company retaining the operating profits from these radio stations.
In connection therewith, the Company and Merlin also entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company has the right to purchase these two FM radio stations until October 4, 2017, for an amount in cash equal to the greater of (i) $70.0 million minus the aggregate amount of monthly fees paid by the Company on or prior to the earlier of the closing date or the date that is four years after the Commencement Date; or (ii) $50.0 million , and Merlin has the right to require the Company to purchase these two FM radio stations at any time during a ten -day period commencing October 4, 2017 for $71.0 million , minus the aggregate amount of monthly fees paid by the Company on or prior to the earlier of the closing date and January 2, 2018.
The Company determined through its review of the requirements of ASC Topic 810, Consolidation ("ASC 810") that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the LMA with Merlin, and, therefore, consolidation of the stations is not required.
On April 1, 2014, the Company initiated an exit plan for a lease because of a restructuring in connection with the acquisition of Westwood One (the "Exit Plan"), which included charges related to terminated contract costs. In connection with the Exit Plan, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , which costs are

F-31

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

included in corporate expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016 , liabilities related to the Exit Plan of $0.5 million were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and are expected to be paid within one year and $3.4 million of non-current liabilities are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. We anticipate no additional future charges for the Exit Plan other than true-ups to closed facilities lease charges and accretion expense.
Legal Proceedings

In March 2011, the Company and certain of our subsidiaries were named as defendants along with other radio companies, including Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc., CBS Radio, Inc., Entercom Communications, Greater Media, Inc. and Townsquare Media, LLC in a patent infringement suit. The case, Mission Abstract Data L.L.C., d/b/a Digimedia v. Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc., et. al., Civil Action Case No: 1:99-mc-09999, U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (filed March 1, 2011), alleges that the defendants are infringing or have infringed on plaintiff’s patents entitled “Selection and Retrieval of Music from a Digital Database.” Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified damages. This case has been stayed, and is awaiting further action by the court.

In August 2015, we were named as a defendant in two separate putative class action lawsuits relating to our use and public performance of certain sound recordings fixed prior to February 15, 1972 (the "Pre-1972 Recordings"). The first suit, ABS Entertainment, Inc., et. al. v, Cumulus Media Inc., was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and alleged, among other things, copyright infringement under California state law, common law conversion, misappropriation and unfair business practices. On December 11, 2015, this suit was dismissed without prejudice. The second suit, ABS Entertainment, Inc., v. Cumulus Media Inc., was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and alleges, among other things, common law copyright infringement and unfair competition. The New York lawsuit was stayed pending an appeal before the Second Circuit involving unrelated third parties over whether the owner of a Pre-1972 Recording holds an exclusive right to publicly perform that recording under New York common law. On December 20, 2016, in a case not involving Cumulus Media, Inc., the New York Court of Appeals held that New York common law does not recognize a right of public performance for owners of pre-1972 Recordings. The stay remains in effect in our New York lawsuit until appeal rights are exhausted and the Second Circuit issues a mandate in the unrelated case.

The pending suit seeks unspecified damages. The Company is evaluating the suit, and intends to defend itself vigorously. The Company is not yet able to determine what effect the lawsuit will have, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In the first quarter of 2016, CBS Radio Inc. ("CBS") filed a demand for arbitration against certain of our
subsidiaries. This action alleged that certain of our subsidiaries breached the terms of one or more contracts with CBS relating
to sports network radio programming and content. As previously disclosed, in the third quarter of 2016, the Company settled these claims in exchange for a one-time payment of $13.3 million . This payment was classified as a content cost in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company currently is, and expects that from time to time in the future it will be, party to, or a defendant in, various other claims or lawsuits that are generally incidental to its business. The Company expects that it will vigorously contest any such claims or lawsuits and believes that the ultimate resolution of any such known claim or lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

14. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
The following table presents the Company’s selected unaudited quarterly results for each of the quarters ended during 2015 and 2016 (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

F-32

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31,
 
June 30,
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenue
$
268,530

 
$
287,193

 
$
286,136

 
$
299,541

Operating income (loss)
$
10,114

 
$
36,665

 
$
113,017

 
$
(568,585
)
(Loss) income before income taxes
$
(23,562
)
 
$
2,315

 
$
79,109

 
$
(594,736
)
Net (loss) income
$
(14,429
)
 
$
1,066

 
$
46,321

 
$
(543,677
)
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per share
$
(0.49
)
 
$
0.04

 
$
1.58

 
$
(18.57
)
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per share
$
(0.49
)
 
$
0.04

 
$
1.58

 
$
(18.57
)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenue
$
271,079

 
$
299,334

 
$
289,441

 
$
308,825

Operating income (loss)
$
11,875

 
$
48,003

 
$
(567,214
)
 
$
28,821

(Loss) income before income taxes
$
(22,372
)
 
$
24,991

 
$
(603,034
)
 
$
8,081

Net (loss) income
$
(12,015
)
 
$
12,299

 
$
(542,179
)
 
$
(4,599
)
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per share
$
(0.40
)
 
$
0.40

 
$
(18.56
)
 
$
(0.16
)
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income per share
$
(0.40
)
 
$
0.40

 
$
(18.56
)
 
$
(0.16
)


F-33

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

15. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
At December 31, 2016 , Cumulus (the "Parent Guarantor") and certain of its 100% owned subsidiaries (such subsidiaries, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) provided guarantees of the obligations of Cumulus Holdings (the "Subsidiary Issuer") under the 7.75% Senior Notes. These guarantees are full and unconditional (subject to customary release provisions) as well as joint and several. Certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors may be subject to restrictions on their respective ability to distribute earnings to Cumulus Holdings or the Parent Guarantor. Not all of the subsidiaries of Cumulus and Cumulus Holdings guarantee the 7.75% Senior Notes (such non-guaranteeing subsidiaries, collectively, the “Subsidiary Non-guarantors”).
The following tables present (i) condensed consolidating statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , (ii) condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and (iii) condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 of each of the Parent Guarantor, Cumulus Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Subsidiary Non-guarantors.
Investments in consolidated subsidiaries are held primarily by the Parent Guarantor in the net assets of its subsidiaries and have been presented using the equity method of accounting. The “Eliminations” entries in the following tables primarily eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions. The columnar presentations in the following tables are not consistent with the Company’s business groups; accordingly, this basis of presentation is not intended to present the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows on a consolidated basis.

F-34

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements




CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary Non-
guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Net revenue
$

 
$
165

 
$
1,141,235

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,141,400

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Content costs

 

 
427,780

 

 

 
427,780

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

 
470,546

 
2,354

 

 
472,900

Depreciation and amortization

 
1,530

 
85,737

 

 

 
87,267

LMA fees

 

 
12,824

 

 

 
12,824

Corporate expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $2,948)

 
40,148

 

 

 

 
40,148

Gain on sale of assets or stations

 

 
(95,695
)
 

 

 
(95,695
)
Impairment on intangible assets and goodwill

 

 
604,965

 

 

 
604,965

Total operating expenses

 
41,678

 
1,506,157

 
2,354

 

 
1,550,189

Operating loss

 
(41,513
)
 
(364,922
)
 
(2,354
)
 

 
(408,789
)
Non-operating (expense) income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Interest (expense) income, net
(8,711
)
 
(129,733
)
 
493

 
(190
)
 

 
(138,141
)
Gain on early extinguishment of debt

 
8,017

 

 

 

 
8,017

Other income, net

 

 
2,039

 

 

 
2,039

Total non-operating (expense) income, net
(8,711
)
 
(121,716
)
 
2,532

 
(190
)
 

 
(128,085
)
Loss before income taxes
(8,711
)
 
(163,229
)
 
(362,390
)
 
(2,544
)
 

 
(536,874
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
3,484

 
65,292

 
(43,640
)
 
1,018

 

 
26,154

(Loss) earnings from consolidated subsidiaries
(505,493
)
 
(407,556
)
 
(1,526
)
 

 
914,575

 

Net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(505,493
)
 
$
(407,556
)
 
$
(1,526
)
 
$
914,575

 
$
(510,720
)

F-35

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus Media
Inc. (Parent
Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary Non-
guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Net revenue
$

 
$
500

 
$
1,168,179

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,168,679

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Content costs

 

 
396,426

 

 

 
396,426

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

 
475,268

 
2,059

 

 
477,327

Depreciation and amortization

 
1,525

 
100,580

 

 

 
102,105

LMA fees

 

 
10,129

 

 

 
10,129

Corporate expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $21,033)

 
73,403

 

 

 

 
73,403

Loss on sale of assets or stations

 

 
2,856

 

 

 
2,856

Impairment on intangible assets and goodwill

 

 
565,584

 

 

 
565,584

Impairment charges - equity interest Pulser Media Inc.

 

 
19,364

 

 

 
19,364

Total operating expenses

 
74,928

 
1,570,207

 
2,059

 

 
1,647,194

Operating loss

 
(74,428
)
 
(402,028
)
 
(2,059
)
 

 
(478,515
)
Non-operating (expense) income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest (expense) income, net
(8,735
)
 
(132,754
)
 
433

 
(190
)
 

 
(141,246
)
Gain on early extinguishment of debt

 
13,222

 

 

 

 
13,222

Other income, net

 

 
14,205

 

 

 
14,205

Total non-operating (expense) income, net
(8,735
)
 
(119,532
)
 
14,638

 
(190
)
 

 
(113,819
)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
(8,735
)
 
(193,960
)
 
(387,390
)
 
(2,249
)
 

 
(592,334
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
3,494

 
77,584

 
(36,138
)
 
900

 

 
45,840

Loss from continuing operations
(5,241
)
 
(116,376
)
 
(423,528
)
 
(1,349
)
 

 
(546,494
)
(Loss) earnings from consolidated subsidiaries
(541,253
)
 
(424,877
)
 
(1,349
)
 

 
967,479

 

Net (loss) income
$
(546,494
)
 
$
(541,253
)
 
$
(424,877
)
 
$
(1,349
)
 
$
967,479

 
$
(546,494
)

F-36

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary Non-guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Net revenue
$

 
$
479

 
$
1,262,944

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,263,423

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Content costs

 

 
433,596

 

 

 
433,596

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

 
468,349

 
2,092

 

 
470,441

Depreciation and amortization

 
1,619

 
113,656

 

 

 
115,275

LMA fees

 

 
7,195

 

 

 
7,195

Corporate expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $17,638)

 
76,428

 

 

 

 
76,428

Gain on sale of assets or stations

 

 
(1,342
)
 

 

 
(1,342
)
Total operating expenses

 
78,047

 
1,021,454

 
2,092

 

 
1,101,593

Operating (loss) income

 
(77,568
)
 
241,490

 
(2,092
)
 

 
161,830

Non-operating (expense) income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest (expense) income, net
(9,349
)
 
(135,920
)
 
1,388

 
(264
)
 

 
(144,145
)
Other expense, net

 

 
4,338

 

 

 
4,338

Total non-operating (expense) income, net
(9,349
)
 
(135,920
)
 
5,726

 
(264
)
 

 
(139,807
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
(9,349
)
 
(213,488
)
 
247,216

 
(2,356
)
 

 
22,023

Income tax benefit (expense)
3,739

 
81,993

 
(96,928
)
 
942

 

 
(10,254
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations
(5,610
)
 
(131,495
)
 
150,288

 
(1,414
)
 

 
11,769

Earnings (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries
17,379

 
148,874

 
(1,414
)
 

 
(164,839
)
 

Net income (loss)
$
11,769

 
$
17,379

 
$
148,874

 
$
(1,414
)
 
$
(164,839
)
 
$
11,769


F-37

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent
Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary
Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary
Non-guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
$

 
$
131,259

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
131,259

Restricted cash

 
8,025

 

 

 

 
8,025

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,691

 

 

 
231,585

 

 
231,585

Trade receivable

 

 
4,985

 

 

 
4,985

Assets held for sale

 

 
30,150

 

 

 
30,150

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 
17,321

 
16,602

 

 

 
33,923

Total current assets

 
156,605

 
51,737

 
231,585

 

 
439,927

Property and equipment, net

 
4,431

 
157,632

 

 

 
162,063

Broadcast licenses

 

 

 
1,540,183

 

 
1,540,183

Other intangible assets, net

 

 
116,499

 

 

 
116,499

Goodwill

 

 
135,214

 

 

 
135,214

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries
(388,509
)
 
3,348,992

 
1,012,947

 

 
(3,973,430
)
 

Intercompany receivables

 
103,593

 
1,848,263

 

 
(1,951,856
)
 

Other assets

 
21,631

 
135,996

 
364

 
(139,186
)
 
18,805

Total assets
$
(388,509
)
 
$
3,635,252

 
$
3,458,288

 
$
1,772,132

 
$
(6,064,472
)
 
$
2,412,691

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

 
$
19,994

 
$
76,247

 
$

 
$

 
$
96,241

Trade payable

 

 
4,550

 

 

 
4,550

Total current liabilities

 
19,994

 
80,797

 

 

 
100,791

Term loan, net of debt issuance costs/discounts of $29,909

 
1,780,357

 

 

 

 
1,780,357

7.75% senior notes, net of debt issuance costs of $6,200

 
603,800

 

 

 

 
603,800

Other liabilities

 
2,932

 
28,499

 

 

 
31,431

Intercompany payables
103,229

 
1,616,678

 

 
231,949

 
(1,951,856
)
 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 
527,236

 
(139,186
)
 
388,050

Total liabilities
103,229

 
4,023,761

 
109,296

 
759,185

 
(2,091,042
)
 
2,904,429

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 93,750,000 shares authorized; 32,031,054 shares issued and 29,225,765 shares outstanding
320

 

 

 

 

 
320

Class C common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 80,609 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
1

 

 

 

 

 
1

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,806,187 shares
(229,310
)
 

 

 

 

 
(229,310
)
Additional paid-in-capital
1,624,815

 
275,107

 
4,191,057

 
1,991,009

 
(6,457,173
)
 
1,624,815

Accumulated (deficit) equity
(1,887,564
)
 
(663,616
)
 
(842,065
)
 
(978,062
)
 
2,483,743

 
(1,887,564
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
(491,738
)
 
(388,509
)
 
3,348,992

 
1,012,947

 
(3,973,430
)
 
(491,738
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity
$
(388,509
)
 
$
3,635,252

 
$
3,458,288

 
$
1,772,132

 
$
(6,064,472
)
 
$
2,412,691



F-38

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary
Non-guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$

 
$
31,657

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
31,657

Restricted cash

 
7,981

 

 

 

 
7,981

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,923

 

 

 
243,428

 

 
243,428

Trade receivable

 

 
4,146

 

 

 
4,146

Asset held for sale

 

 
45,157

 

 

 
45,157

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 
6,375

 
20,531

 

 

 
26,906

Total current assets

 
46,013

 
69,834

 
243,428

 

 
359,275

Property and equipment, net

 
3,685

 
165,752

 

 

 
169,437

Broadcast licenses

 

 

 
1,578,066

 

 
1,578,066

Other intangible assets, net

 

 
174,530

 

 

 
174,530

Goodwill

 

 
703,354

 

 

 
703,354

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries
110,550

 
3,784,551

 
1,056,150

 

 
(4,951,251
)
 

Intercompany receivables

 
95,072

 
1,650,829

 

 
(1,745,901
)
 

Other assets

 
27,491

 
95,716

 
554

 
(106,035
)
 
17,726

Total assets
$
110,550

 
$
3,956,812

 
$
3,916,165

 
$
1,822,048

 
$
(6,803,187
)
 
$
3,002,388

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

 
$
31,997

 
$
86,399

 
$

 
$

 
$
118,396

Trade payable

 

 
4,374

 

 

 
4,374

Total current liabilities

 
31,997

 
90,773

 

 

 
122,770

Term loan, net of debt issuance costs/discounts of $37,524

 
1,801,416

 

 

 

 
1,801,416

7.75% senior notes, net of debt issuance costs of $8,515

 
601,485

 

 

 

 
601,485

Other liabilities

 
3,963

 
40,841

 

 

 
44,804

Intercompany payables
94,518

 
1,407,401

 

 
243,982

 
(1,745,901
)
 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 
521,916

 
(106,035
)
 
415,881

Total liabilities
94,518

 
3,846,262

 
131,614

 
765,898

 
(1,851,936
)
 
2,986,356

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 93,750,000 shares authorized; 31,987,862 shares issued and 29,182,118 shares outstanding
320

 

 

 

 

 
320

Class C common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 80,609 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
1

 

 

 

 

 
1

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,805,743 shares
(229,310
)
 

 

 

 

 
(229,310
)
Additional paid-in-capital
1,621,865

 
268,673

 
4,219,060

 
2,032,686

 
(6,520,419
)
 
1,621,865

Accumulated (deficit) equity
(1,376,844
)
 
(158,123
)
 
(434,509
)
 
(976,536
)
 
1,569,168

 
(1,376,844
)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
16,032

 
110,550

 
3,784,551

 
1,056,150

 
(4,951,251
)
 
16,032

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
110,550

 
$
3,956,812

 
$
3,916,165

 
$
1,822,048

 
$
(6,803,187
)
 
$
3,002,388



F-39

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary
Non-guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(505,493
)
 
$
(407,556
)
 
$
(1,526
)
 
$
914,575

 
$
(510,720
)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization

 
1,530

 
85,737

 

 

 
87,267

Amortization of debt issuance costs/discounts

 
9,771

 

 
190

 

 
9,961

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 
1,103

 

 

 
1,103

Gain on sale of assets or stations

 

 
(95,695
)
 

 

 
(95,695
)
Impairment on intangible assets and goodwill

 

 
604,965

 

 

 
604,965

Deferred income taxes
(3,484
)
 
(65,292
)
 
41,963

 
(1,018
)
 

 
(27,831
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 
2,948

 

 

 

 
2,948

Gain on early extinguishment of debt

 
(8,017
)
 

 

 

 
(8,017
)
Earnings (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries
505,493

 
407,556

 
1,526

 

 
(914,575
)
 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 
361,825

 
(392,415
)
 
2,354

 

 
(28,236
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(8,711
)
 
204,828

 
(160,372
)
 

 

 
35,745

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of assets or stations

 

 
106,935

 

 

 
106,935

Restricted cash

 
(44
)
 

 

 

 
(44
)
Capital expenditures

 
(2,276
)
 
(20,761
)
 

 

 
(23,037
)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 
(2,320
)
 
86,174

 

 

 
83,854

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intercompany transactions, net
8,708

 
(82,906
)
 
74,198

 

 

 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 
(20,000
)
 

 

 

 
(20,000
)
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
3

 

 

 

 

 
3

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
8,711

 
(102,906
)
 
74,198

 

 

 
(19,997
)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 
99,602

 

 

 

 
99,602

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 
31,657

 

 

 

 
31,657

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$

 
$
131,259

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
131,259


F-40

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus Media
Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary
Non-
guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(546,494
)
 
$
(541,253
)
 
$
(424,877
)
 
$
(1,349
)
 
$
967,479

 
$
(546,494
)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization

 
1,525

 
100,580

 

 

 
102,105

Amortization of debt issuance costs/discount

 
9,351

 

 
190

 

 
9,541

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 
4,501

 

 

 
4,501

Gain on sale of assets or stations

 

 
2,856

 

 

 
2,856

Impairment on intangible assets and goodwill

 

 
565,584

 

 

 
565,584

Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media Inc.

 

 
19,364

 

 

 
19,364

Deferred income taxes
(3,494
)
 
(77,584
)
 
33,716

 
(900
)
 

 
(48,262
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 
21,033

 

 

 

 
21,033

Gain on early extinguishment of debt

 
(13,222
)
 

 

 

 
(13,222
)
Earnings from consolidated subsidiaries
541,253

 
424,877

 
1,349

 

 
(967,479
)
 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 
306,482

 
(343,115
)
 
2,059

 

 
(34,574
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(8,735
)
 
131,209

 
(40,042
)
 

 

 
82,432

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of assets or stations

 

 
9,201

 

 

 
9,201

Restricted cash

 
2,074

 

 

 

 
2,074

Capital expenditures

 
(2,557
)
 
(16,679
)
 

 

 
(19,236
)
Net cash used in investing activities

 
(483
)
 
(7,478
)
 

 

 
(7,961
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intercompany transactions, net
8,727

 
(56,244
)
 
47,517

 

 

 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 
(50,000
)
 

 

 

 
(50,000
)
Tax withholding paid on behalf of employees

 
(93
)
 

 

 

 
(93
)
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
8

 

 

 

 

 
8

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
8,735

 
(106,337
)
 
47,517

 

 

 
(50,085
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 
24,389

 
(3
)
 

 

 
24,386

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 
7,268

 
3

 

 

 
7,271

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$

 
$
31,657


$


$


$


$
31,657


F-41

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulus
Media Inc.
(Parent Guarantor)
 
Cumulus Media
Holdings Inc.
(Subsidiary Issuer)
 
Subsidiary
Guarantors
 
Subsidiary
Non-
guarantors
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
11,769

 
$
17,379

 
$
148,874

 
$
(1,414
)
 
$
(164,839
)
 
$
11,769

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization

 
1,619

 
113,656

 

 

 
115,275

Amortization of debt issuance costs/discounts

 
9,302

 

 
191

 

 
9,493

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 
4,302

 

 

 
4,302

Gain on sale of assets or stations

 

 
(1,342
)
 

 

 
(1,342
)
Fair value adjustment of derivative instruments

 
21

 

 

 

 
21

Deferred income taxes
(3,739
)
 
(81,993
)
 
93,576

 
(942
)
 

 
6,902

Stock-based compensation expense

 
17,638

 

 

 

 
17,638

Earnings from consolidated subsidiaries
(17,379
)
 
(148,874
)
 
1,414

 

 
164,839

 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 
349,463

 
(368,911
)
 
(7,814
)
 

 
(27,262
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(9,349
)
 
164,555

 
(8,431
)
 
(9,979
)
 

 
136,796

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Restricted cash

 
(3,909
)
 

 

 

 
(3,909
)
Capital expenditures

 
(1,000
)
 
(18,006
)
 

 

 
(19,006
)
Proceeds from exchange of assets or stations

 

 
15,843

 

 

 
15,843

Acquisition less cash required

 

 
(8,500
)
 

 

 
(8,500
)
Net cash used in investing activities

 
(4,909
)
 
(10,663
)
 

 

 
(15,572
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Intercompany transactions, net
(3,188
)
 
(50,909
)
 
19,097

 
35,000

 

 

Repayment of borrowings under term loans and revolving credit facilities

 
(121,125
)
 

 
(35,000
)
 

 
(156,125
)
Proceeds from borrowings under term loans and revolving credit facilities

 

 

 
10,000

 

 
10,000

Tax withholding payments on behalf of employees

 
(1,332
)
 

 

 

 
(1,332
)
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
113

 

 

 

 

 
113

Proceeds from exercise of options
620

 

 

 

 

 
620

Deferred financing costs

 

 

 
(21
)
 


 
(21
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(2,455
)
 
(173,366
)
 
19,097

 
9,979

 

 
(146,745
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(11,804
)
 
(13,720
)
 
3

 

 

 
(25,521
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
11,804

 
20,988

 

 

 

 
32,792

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$

 
$
7,268

 
$
3

 
$

 
$

 
$
7,271



16. Segment Data
As described above, during the first quarter of 2016 the Company modified its management reporting framework, affecting how the Company evaluates operating performance and internally reports financial information. This modification resulted in a reorganization of its reportable segments.
Historical information has been revised to reflect the change in segments, with no impact on consolidated results.
The Company presents segment adjusted EBITDA ("Adjusted EBITDA") as the financial metric utilized by management and the chief operating decision maker to allocate resources of the Company and to analyze the performance of the Company’s reportable segments. This measure isolates the amount of income generated by our core operations before the incurrence of corporate expenses. Management also uses this measure to determine the contribution of our core operations to the funding of

F-42

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our corporate resources utilized to manage our operations and our non-operating expenses including debt service and acquisitions. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, excluding the impact of LMA fees, is a key metric for purposes of calculating and determining compliance with certain covenants in our Credit Agreement. In deriving this measure, the Company excludes depreciation, amortization, and stock-based compensation expense, as these do not represent cash payments for activities directly related to our core operations. The Company also excludes any gain or loss on the exchange or sale of any assets or stations and any gain or loss on derivative instruments, early extinguishment of debt, and LMA Fees as they do not represent cash transactions nor are they associated with core operations. Expenses relating to acquisitions and restructuring costs are also excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as they are not directly related to our core operations. The Company excludes any costs associated with impairment of assets as they do not require a cash outlay.
The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA, although not a measure that is calculated in accordance with GAAP, nevertheless is commonly employed by the investment community as a measure for determining the market value of a media company. The Company has also observed that Adjusted EBITDA is routinely employed to evaluate and negotiate the potential purchase price for media companies. Given the relevance to the Company’s overall value, the Company believes that investors consider the metric to be extremely useful.
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure for determining the Company’s operating performance or liquidity that is calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may be defined or calculated differently by other companies, and comparability may be limited.
The Company’s financial data by segment is presented in the tables below:    

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
802,396

 
$
336,610

 
$
2,394

 
$
1,141,400


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
796,383

 
$
368,968

 
$
3,328

 
$
1,168,679


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Radio Station Group
 
Westwood One
 
Corporate and Other
 
Consolidated
Net revenue
 
$
838,567

 
$
421,000

 
$
3,856

 
$
1,263,423



F-43

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Adjusted EBITDA by segment
 
 
 
 
 
     Radio Station Group
$
218,192

 
$
241,673

 
$
273,483

     Westwood One
22,984

 
52,958

 
$
86,231

Segment Adjusted EBITDA
241,176

 
294,631

 
359,714

Adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
     Corporate and other
(35,309
)
 
(35,486
)
 
$
(30,188
)
     Income tax benefit (expense)
26,154

 
45,840

 
(10,254
)
     Non operating expense, including net interest expense
(136,102
)
 
(127,041
)
 
(139,807
)
     LMA fees
(12,824
)
 
(10,129
)
 
(7,195
)
     Depreciation and amortization
(87,267
)
 
(102,105
)
 
(115,276
)
     Stock-based compensation expense
(2,948
)
 
(21,035
)
 
(17,638
)
     Gain (loss) on sale of assets or stations
95,695

 
(2,856
)
 
1,343

     Impairment of intangible assets
(604,965
)
 
(565,580
)
 

     Impairment charges - equity interest in Pulser Media

 
(19,364
)
 

     Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
(1,817
)
 
(16,641
)
 
(28,326
)
     Franchise and state taxes
(530
)
 
50

 
(604
)
     Gain on early extinguishment of debt
8,017

 
13,222

 

Consolidated net (loss) income
$
(510,720
)
 
$
(546,494
)
 
$
11,769





F-44

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SCHEDULE II
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Fiscal Year
 
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
 
Charged to Costs and Expenses
 
Deductions
 
Balance
at End
of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
$
4,923

 
$
1,103

 
$
(1,335
)
 
$
4,691

2015
 
$
6,004

 
$
4,501

 
$
(5,582
)
 
$
4,923

2014
 
$
5,306

 
$
4,302

 
$
(3,604
)
 
$
6,004

Valuation allowance on deferred taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
$
17,173

 
$
32

 
$

 
$
17,205

2015
 
$
18,991

 
$
517

 
$
(2,335
)
 
$
17,173

2014
 
$
16,802

 
$
2,189

 
$

 
$
18,991


S-1

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
 
3.1
 
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cumulus Media Inc.
 
 
 
10.18
 
Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. and John Abbot.
 
 
 
10.23
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and certain executive officers.
 
 
 
10.24
 
Refinancing Support Agreement, dated December 6, 2016, by and among Cumulus Media Inc., Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and Supporting Noteholders
 
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Cumulus Media Inc.
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 
 
31.1
 
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
31.2
 
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32.1
 
Officer Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document.
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.




Exhibit 3.1
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
Cumulus Media Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
1. The name of the corporation is “Cumulus Media Inc.” (referred to herein as the “Company”).
2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company originally was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 8, 2001.
3. The name under which the Company was originally incorporated was “AA Blocker Acquisition Corp.,” which was changed by amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to “Cumulus Delaware Inc.” on May 30, 2002, and which was changed by amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to “Cumulus Media Inc.” on July 31, 2002. The Certificate of Amendment of the Company was amended and restated on July 31, 2002, and further amended and restated on July 29, 2011.
4. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the provisions of the second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company and duly executed and acknowledged by the officers of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103, 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
5. The text of the second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:


ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the Company is Cumulus Media Inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE
The registered agent of the Company is The Corporation Trust Company and the registered office of the Company is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose or purposes for which the Company is organized is the transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the DGCL. The Company shall have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED SHARES

The aggregate number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 268,830,609, divided into four classes consisting of: (i) 93,750,000 shares designated as Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class A Common Stock”); (ii) 75,000,000 shares designated as Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class B Common Stock”); (iii) 80,609 shares designated as Class C Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class C Common Stock”); and (iv) 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock”). The Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and





Class C Common Stock shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Common Stock”. Effective upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of this Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”) each eight shares of each class of Common Stock shall, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be reclassified and converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of the same class of Common Stock, subject to the treatment of fractional share interests as described below (the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares shall be issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. A holder of record of Common Stock at the Effective Time who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Common Stock shall, in lieu of such fractional share, be entitled to receive one more share of the same class of Common Stock by virtue of rounding up such fractional share to the next highest whole share. Until surrendered, each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock (“Old Certificates”) shall only represent the number of whole shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock into which the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock formerly represented by such Old Certificate were converted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.  


ARTICLE V
TERMS OF COMMON STOCK
Except with regard to voting and conversion rights, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock are identical in all respects. The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, and the special or relative rights in respect of the Common Stock and the various classes of Common Stock shall be as follows:
SECTION 1. VOTING RIGHTS.
(a) General Rights . The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held on the record date therefor on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. Except as may be required by law or by Section 1(b) of this Article V, the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. The holders of shares of Class C Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class C Common Stock held on the record date therefor on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding Sections 1(a) and 1(c) of this Article V, holders of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock shall each be entitled to a separate class vote on any amendment or modification of any specific rights or obligations of the holders of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, respectively, that does not similarly affect the rights or obligations of the holders of Class A Common Stock.
(c) Voting in General . The holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class C Common Stock shall vote together, as a single class, on all matters submitted for a vote to the stockholders of the Company.
(d) No Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . All actions of the stockholders of the Company must be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company and may not be taken by written consent without a meeting.
(e) Special Meeting of Stockholders . Special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or (iii) by the Board of Directors upon the demand, in accordance with procedures in Section 2.2 of the by-laws of the Company, of the holders of record of shares representing at least 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting.
SECTION 2. DIVIDENDS.
After payment of the preferential amounts to which the holders of any shares ranking prior to the Common Stock shall be entitled, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, from funds lawfully available therefor, such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time. When and as dividends are declared on Common Stock, the holders of shares of each class of Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in such dividend according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them; provided , however , that in the case of dividends or other distributions payable on Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, including distributions pursuant to share splits or dividends, only Class A Common Stock will be distributed with respect to Class A Common Stock, only Class B Common Stock will be distributed with respect to Class B Common Stock, and only Class A Common Stock will be distributed with respect to Class C Common Stock. In the event any class of Common Stock is split, divided or combined, each other class of Common Stock simultaneously shall be proportionately split, divided or combined. The holders of shares of Common Stock and, to the extent required by the warrant agreement or agreements, entered into between the Company and the warrant agent thereunder on or about the date of the Effective Time (as amended, modified





or otherwise restated from to time to time collectively referred to as the “Warrant Agreements”), the holders of warrants to purchase Common Stock issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreements (the “Warrants”) shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably on a per share basis (in the case of holders of Warrants, based upon their ownership of Common Stock underlying their Warrants on an as-exercised basis); provided, that no such distribution shall be made to holders of Warrants, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock if (i) an FCC ruling, regulation or policy prohibits such distribution to holders of Warrants or (ii) the Company’s FCC counsel opines that such distribution is reasonably likely to cause (a) the Company to violate any applicable FCC rules or regulations or (b) any such holder of Warrants to be deemed to hold an attributable interest in the Company.
SECTION 3. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING-UP.
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company and the preferential amounts to which the holders of any shares ranking prior to the Common Stock in the distribution of assets shall be entitled upon liquidation, the holders of shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock, and the Class C Common Stock shall be entitled to share pro rata in the remaining assets of the Company in proportion to the respective number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder compared to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.
SECTION 4. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.
In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall be treated identically, except with respect to voting and conversion rights as specifically described in this Article V; provided, however, that, in all cases without exception, the consideration received for each share of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock as part of any such merger or consolidation shall be identical.
SECTION 5. CONVERTIBILITY AND TRANSFER.
(a) Conversion of Class B Common Stock . Each holder of Class B Common Stock is entitled to convert at any time or times all or any part of such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , however , that to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder holding more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock following such conversion, the holder shall first deliver to the Company an ownership certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company for the purpose of enabling the Company (a) to determine that such holder does not have an attributable interest in another entity that would cause the Company to violate applicable FCC rules and regulations and (b) to obtain any necessary approvals from the FCC or the United States Department of Justice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to convert (including upon transfer as set forth in Section 5(c)(i) of this Article V) any share of Class B Common Stock if the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that such conversion would result in a violation of the Communications Act, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated under either such Act.
(b) Conversion of Class C Common Stock . Each holder of Class C Common Stock is entitled to convert at any time or times all or any part of such holder’s shares of Class C Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , however , that to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder holding more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock following such conversion, the holder shall first deliver to the Company an ownership certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company for the purpose of enabling the Company (a) to determine that such holder does not have an attributable interest in another entity that would cause the Company to violate applicable FCC rules and regulations and (b) to obtain any necessary approvals from the FCC or the United States Department of Justice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to convert (including upon transfer as set forth in Section 5(c)(ii) of this Article V) any share of Class C Common Stock if the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that such conversion would result in a violation of the Communications Act, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated under either such Act. In the event of the death of any Principal or the Disability of any Principal which results in termination of such Principal’s employment with the Company, each share of Class C Common Stock held by such deceased or disabled Principal or any Related Party or Affiliate of such deceased or disabled Principal shall automatically be converted into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. The holder of such converted shares shall have no further rights as a holder of Class C Common Stock with respect to such converted shares, but shall be deemed to have become the holder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class C Common Stock have converted pursuant to this Section 5(b). Such holder shall exchange the certificates representing such converted Class C Common Stock for certificates representing Class A Common Stock.
(c) Transfer of Certain Shares .





(i) Subject to Section 6 of this Article V, a record or beneficial owner of shares of Class B Common Stock may transfer such shares (whether by sale, assignment, gift, bequest, appointment or otherwise) to any transferee. Concurrently with any such transfer, each such transferred share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. The holder of such converted shares shall have no further rights as a holder of Class B Common Stock with respect to such converted shares but shall be deemed to have become the holder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Common Stock have converted pursuant to this Section 5(c)(i). Such holder shall exchange the certificates representing such converted shares of Class B Common Stock for certificates representing Class A Common Stock.
(ii) Subject to Section 6 of this Article V, a record or beneficial owner of shares of Class C Common Stock may transfer such shares (whether by sale, assignment, gift, bequest, appointment or otherwise) to any transferee; provided , however , that if the transferee is not an Affiliate or a Related Party of a Principal, then, concurrently with any such transfer, each such transferred share of Class C Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. The holder of such converted shares shall have no further rights as a holder of Class C Common Stock with respect to such converted shares but shall be deemed to have become the holder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class C Common Stock have converted pursuant to this Section 5(c)(ii). Such holder shall exchange the certificates representing such converted Class C Common Stock for certificates representing Class A Common Stock.
(d) Condition Precedent to Transfer or Conversion . As a condition precedent to any transfer or conversion of any shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, the transferor shall give the Company not less than five (5) business days’ prior written notice of any intended transfer or conversion and the intended transferee or the Person who will hold the converted shares, as applicable, and shall promptly provide the Company, in addition to the information required in Section 5(a) and Section 5(b), with any information reasonably requested by the Company to ensure compliance with applicable law.
(e) Conversion .
(i) Effective Time of Conversion . Subject to Section 5(a) and 5(b), the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as the case may be, will be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which occurs the last to occur of the following events:
(A) The certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock to be converted have been surrendered to the principal office of the Company with duly executed conversion instructions and, if applicable, transfer instructions; and
(B) All information requested by the Company has been provided to the Company and Company has made a reasonable and good faith determination that such conversion does not violate the FCC ownership and transfer restrictions set forth in Section 6 of this Article V.
At such time as such conversion has been effected, the rights of the holder of such shares will cease and the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued upon such conversion will be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares of the Class A Common Stock so issuable by reason of the conversion.
 
(ii) Deliveries Upon Conversion . As soon as possible after a conversion has been effected (but in any event within five (5) business days), the Company will deliver to the converting holder:
(A) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by reason of such conversion, or as the case may be, the book entry into the stock ledger of the Company for shares issuable upon conversion shall be deemed to have been made, in such name or names and such denominations as the converting holder has specified; and
(B) a certificate representing any shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Company, or as the case may be, the book entry into the stock ledger of the Company, in connection with such conversion but which were not converted.
(iii) No Charges . The issuance of certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock upon conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock will be made without charge to the holders of such Common Stock for any issuance tax in respect of such issuance or other costs incurred by the Company in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock, except for any transfer taxes that may be payable if certificates are to be issued in a name other than that in which the surrendered certificate is registered. Upon conversion of a share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, the Company will take all such actions as are necessary in order to ensure that the Class A Common





Stock issued or issuable with respect to such conversion will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(iv) No Adverse Action . The Company will not close its books against the transfer of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock.
(v) Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times have authorized, reserved and set aside a sufficient number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock then outstanding.
SECTION 6. FCC MATTERS.
To the extent necessary to comply with the Communications Act and FCC Regulations, the Board of Directors may (i) take any action it believes necessary to prohibit the ownership or voting of more than 25% of the Company’s outstanding Capital Stock by or for the account of aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any entity organized under the laws of a foreign country (collectively “Aliens”), or by any other entity (a) that is subject to or deemed to be subject to control by Aliens on a de jure or de facto basis or (b) owned by, or held for the benefit of, Aliens in a manner that would cause the Company to be in violation of the Communications Act or FCC Regulations; (ii) prohibit any transfer of the Company’s stock which the Company believes could cause more than 25% of the
 
Company’s outstanding Capital Stock to be owned or voted by or for any person or entity identified in the foregoing clause (i); (iii) prohibit the ownership, voting or transfer of any portion of its outstanding Capital Stock to the extent the ownership, voting or transfer of such portion would cause the Company to violate or would otherwise result in violation of any provision of the Communications Act or FCC Regulations; and (iv) redeem Capital Stock to the extent necessary to bring the Company into compliance with the Communications Act or FCC Regulations or to prevent the loss or impairment of any of the Company’s FCC licenses.
SECTION 7. LEGEND.
Each Certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall bear a legend setting forth the restrictions on transfer and ownership which apply to the shares represented by such Certificate.
SECTION 8. DEFINITIONS.
For the purposes of this certificate of incorporation, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Advancement of Expenses” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.
“Affiliate” shall be defined as set forth in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Aliens” shall be defined as set forth in Section 6 of this Article V.
“Capital Stock” means all shares now or hereafter authorized of any class or series of capital stock of the Company which has the right to participate in the distribution of the assets and earnings of the Company, including Common Stock and any shares of capital stock into which Common Stock may be converted (as a result of recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or are issued with respect to Common Stock, including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security.
“Class A Common Stock” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.
“Class B Common Stock” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.
“Class C Common Stock” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.
“Common Stock” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.
“Communications Act” shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
“Company” shall mean Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
“DGCL” shall mean General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time.





 
“Disability” shall mean the inability of the Principal to perform his duties to the Company on account of physical or mental illness or incapacity for a period of four and one-half (4 1/2) consecutive months, or for a period of one hundred thirty-five (135) calendar days, whether or not consecutive, during any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period, as a result of a condition that is treated as a total or permanent disability under the long-term disability insurance policy of the Company that covers the Principal.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission.
“FCC Approvals” shall be defined as set forth in Section 6 of this Article V.
“FCC Regulations” shall mean the rules, regulations or policies promulgated by the FCC and in effect from time to time.
“Final Adjudication” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.
“Indemnitee” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.
“Person” shall include any individual, entity, or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
“Preferred Stock” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.
“Principal” means Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.
“Proceeding” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.
“Related Party” with respect to any Principal means (a) any spouse or immediate family member of such Principal, or (b) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an eighty percent (80%) or more controlling interest of which consist of such Principal and/or other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (a).
“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Undertaking” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.
“Voting Securities” means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company of any kind or class having power generally to vote for the election of Directors.
“Warrant” shall be as defined in Section 2 of this Article V.
“Warrant Agreements” shall be as defined in Section 2 of this Article V.
 
ARTICLE VI
TERMS OF PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to issue shares of undesignated Preferred Stock in such series and to fix from time to time before issuance the number of shares to be included in any series and the designation, relative powers, preferences and rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of all shares of such series. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the determination of any or all of the following:
(a) the number of shares of any series and the designation to distinguish the shares of such series from the shares of all other series;
(b) the voting powers, if any, and whether such voting powers are full or limited in such series;
(c) the redemption provisions, if any, applicable to such series, including the redemption price or prices to be paid;
(d) whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative, the dividend rate of such series, and the dates and preferences of dividends on such series;





(e) the rights of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Company;
(f) the provisions, if any, pursuant to which the shares of such series are convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Company or any other corporation, and the price or prices or the rates of exchange applicable thereto;
(g) the right, if any, to subscribe for or to purchase any securities of the Company or any other corporation;
(h) the provisions, if any, of a sinking fund applicable to such series; and
(i) any other relative, participating, optional or other special powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof;
all as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock and set forth in a certificate of designations.
 
ARTICLE VII
NO CUMULATIVE VOTING
No holder of any shares of any class of stock of the Company shall be entitled to cumulative voting rights in any circumstances.
ARTICLE VIII
NO PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS
No stockholders shall have any pre-emptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the Company or securities of the Company convertible into or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire shares.
ARTICLE IX
ELECTION BY WRITTEN BALLOT NOT REQUIRED
Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the by-laws of the Company.
ARTICLE X
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
To the full extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law currently or hereafter in effect, no Director of the Company will be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for or with respect to any acts or omissions in the performance of his or her duties as a Director of the Company. Any repeal or modification of this Article X will not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Company existing prior to such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
(a) Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’





fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this Article XI with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b) Right to Advancement of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in paragraph (a) of this Article XI shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in such person’s capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this paragraph (b) or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article XI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
(c) Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article XI is not paid in full by the Company within 60 calendar days after a written claim has been received by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 calendar days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the Company.
(d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article XI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
(e) Insurance . The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL.
(f) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Company . The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article XI with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors and officers of the Company.
ARTICLE XII
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by and under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by





statute or this certificate of incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the then authorized number of directors of the Company, whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships, but in no event shall the number of directors be fewer than seven or greater than eleven. No director need be a stockholder.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, powers, privileges, and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the DGCL or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Company, without any action on the part of the stockholders, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter, amend or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise. The Company may in its by-laws confer powers upon the Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the 16th day of September, 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Richard S. Denning
 
 
 
 
 
Name: Richard S. Denning
 
 
 
 
 
Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
Cumulus Media Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is Cumulus Media Inc. (the “Company”).
SECOND: The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended by changing ARTICLE IV so that, as amended, ARTICLE IV shall be and read as follows:
“The aggregate number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 268,830,609, divided into four classes consisting of: (i) 93,750,000 shares designated as Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class A Common Stock”); (ii) 75,000,000 shares designated as Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class B Common Stock”); (iii) 80,609 shares designated as Class C Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Class C Common Stock”); and (iv) 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock”). The Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Common Stock”. Effective upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of this Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”) each





eight shares of each class of Common Stock shall, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be reclassified and converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of the same class of Common Stock, subject to the treatment of fractional share interests as described below (the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares shall be issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. A holder of record of Common Stock at the Effective Time who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Common Stock shall, in lieu of such fractional share, be entitled to receive one more share of the same class of Common Stock by virtue of rounding up such fractional share to the next highest whole share. Until surrendered, each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock (“Old Certificates”) shall only represent the number of whole shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock into which the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock formerly represented by such Old Certificate were converted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.”
THIRD: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
FOURTH: The foregoing amendment shall be effective at 5:00 p.m. on October 12, 2016.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized officer, this 12 th day of October, 2016 .
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Abbot
 
 
 
 
 
Name: John Abbot
 
 
 
 
 
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 10.18


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John Abbot (the “ Executive ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive in the capacity of Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and the Executive desires to be so employed;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:
1. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective immediately upon the Effective Date.
2. Term of Employment . The Executive’s employment under the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be automatically extended for an additional one (1) year period upon the expiration of the Initial Term and on each subsequent anniversary thereof (each, a “ Renewal Term ”). The Initial Term and any Renewal Term are collectively referred to as the “ Term ,” and the Term shall continue as described in this paragraph unless either the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the other no less than one hundred and ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term ( as the case may be), that the Term shall not be so extended (“ Non-Renewal Notice ”). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and subject to the terms of Section 6 hereof, the Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Company.
3. Position and Duties .
(a) During the Term, the Executive shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, serve as the Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, (b) be based in the Company’s New York, New York offices, and (iii) report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Chief Executive Officer”).
(b) During the Term, the Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company, shall dedicate substantially all of his working time to the Company, and shall have no other employment or other business ventures that are undisclosed to the Company or that conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall (i) have all authorities, duties and responsibilities customarily exercised by an individual serving as Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of a company the size and nature of the Company; (ii) be assigned no duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with, or that materially impair his ability to discharge, the foregoing duties and responsibilities; and (iii) have such additional duties and responsibilities, consistent with the foregoing, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time to time assign to him.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit the Executive from (i) participating in trade associations or industry organizations that are related to the business of the Company, (ii) engaging in charitable, civic or political activities, (iii) engaging in personal investment activities for the Executive and his family that do not give rise to any conflicts of interest with the Company or its affiliates, or (iv) with the prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflicts of interest with the Company or its affiliates, in each case so long as such interests do not materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Company acknowledges and approves the current activities of the Executive as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.
4. Compensation .
(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at an annual rate of $750,000, less applicable deductions, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time (the base salary as in effect from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary may be increased from time to time at the Board’s sole discretion.
(b) Annual Bonus .
At the end of each calendar year during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus in a target amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s Base Salary (“Target Bonus”), or such higher amount as determined in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, up to 112.5% of Executive’s Base salary.  Each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, at the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Executive Officer will propose to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company an executive incentive plan (“EIP”) that establishes the bases upon which bonus decisions for such Executive are to be made for that year.  Such bases may include, without limitation,





the achievement of performance criteria/goals relating to Executive, the various job duties of Executive, and/or the performance of the Company as a whole, as such criteria and goals are determined each year in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer.  In the event that the Compensation Committee approves an EIP proposed by the Chief Executive Officer, such EIP shall be the basis upon which any bonus is awarded to Executive for that year.  In addition, beginning with 2016, for any year coincident with the determination by the Compensation Committee of the performance criteria for each such year, the Compensation Committee may adjust upward, only in respect of that year, the Target Bonus applicable thereto. The actual amount of the bonus payable hereunder (the “Annual Bonus”) shall be paid to Executive by no later than March 15 of the year following the year to which it relates, so long as Employee is actively employed by the Company and has not provided a notice of resignation to the Company or received a notice of termination for Cause from the Company, in each case as of the last day of the calendar year to which the bonus relates. Executive shall not be eligible for pro-rata bonuses (i) in the event that this Agreement is terminated by the Company without cause pursuant to Section 6(c) below, (ii) in the event Executive decides not to renew this Agreement and provides the notice described in Section 2 above, or (iii) as otherwise so provided in this Agreement. Moreover, it is agreed by the parties that, with respect to calendar year 2016, Executive shall be eligible for the full Target Bonus for such year rather than a prorated bonus.
(c) Equity Awards .
(i) Subject to and upon the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Company’s standard stock option agreement and applicable equity incentive plan (as may be amended from time to time by the Company), as soon as reasonably practicable after all such shares, collectively, become available to Company for grant to Executive, the Company shall grant to Executive an option (the “Initial Option”) to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Cumulus Media Inc.’s Class A Common Stock (the “Initial Option Shares”). 750,000 of the Initial Option Shares may be purchased at a price equal to the closing price of the Cumulus Media, Inc.’s Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Of the remaining 750,000 Initial Option Shares, (i) 250,000 may be purchased at a price of $1.00 per share of Common Stock, (ii) 250,000 may be purchased at a price of $2.00 per share of Common Stock, and (iii) 250,000 may be purchased at a price of $3.00 per share of Common Stock. The Initial Option Shares are intended to be a nonqualified stock option and shall not be treated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of that term under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision thereto.
(ii) The Executive shall be eligible to receive grants of equity-based awards relating to the Company’s common stock during the Term as determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee. Any equity-based awards relating to the Company’s common stock granted to the Executive prior to, on or after the Effective Date are referred to herein as “ Equity Awards ”.
(d) Vacation and Benefits . The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation for each calendar year during the term (pro-rated for any partial calendar year), which shall be accrued and used in accordance with the applicable policies of the Company as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in such medical, dental, vision and life insurance, retirement and other employee benefit plans and perquisites as the Company may have or establish from time to time (the “ Employee Plans ”) on terms and conditions applicable to other senior executives of the Company generally. The foregoing, however, shall not be construed to require the Company to establish any such plans or to prevent the modification or termination of such plans once established.
(e) Expenses . The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with his duties on behalf of the Company in accordance with the applicable expense reimbursement policies of the Company as in effect from time to time (“ Expense Reimbursement Policies ”), following submission by the Executive of applicable documentation as required by the Expense Reimbursement Policies.
5. Termination of Employment . The Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be terminated upon the first to occur of the following:
(a) The Executive’s death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means that the Executive shall have been substantially unable to perform his material duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental illness or incapacity for a period of four and one-half (4.5) consecutive months, or for a period of 135 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, during any 365-day period, as a result of a condition that is treated as a total or permanent disability under the long-term disability insurance policy of the Company that covers the Executive, as in effect from time to time. The determination of “Disability” shall be made by a physician selected by the Company in good faith, and the Executive hereby consents to examination by such physician and to the disclosure by any physician of any and all diagnoses, test results, opinions and other information obtained by such physician during or as a result of the examinations to which the Executive hereby consents.
(b) The termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means (i) the conviction of the Executive of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, whether or not appeal is taken; (ii) the conviction of the Executive for a violation of criminal law involving the Company and its business; (iii) the willful misconduct of the Executive, or the willful or continued failure by the Executive (except as a result of disability or illness) to substantially perform his duties hereunder, in either case which has a material adverse effect on the Company; or (iv) the willful fraud or material dishonesty of the Executive in connection with his performance of duties to the Company.
(c) The termination of the Executive’s employment by the Executive with or without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means, in each case without the Executive’s consent, (i) the failure of the Company





to pay Executive’s Base Salary or any other compensation or benefits as and when due and owing, or any reduction thereof; (ii) any material diminution of Executive’s title, reporting line to the Chief Executive Officer, authority or responsibilities or job duties; (iii) the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the duties identified in this Agreement without Executive’s prior consent; (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of business outside of New York City without Executive’s prior consent; or (v) any uncured breach of this Agreement by Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination of employment by the Executive shall be a termination for Good Reason unless (A) within thirty (30) days after the date of the condition or event giving rise to Good Reason, the Executive gives notice to the Company that the Executive does not wish to remain in the employ of the Company as a result of such condition or event, (B) the Company does not cure such condition or event within thirty (30) days after receiving the notice described in the preceding clause (A), and (C) the Executive terminates employment within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of such condition or event.
(d) The termination of the Executive’s employment following the timely provision of a Non-Renewal Notice by the Company or the Executive to the other party.
6. Payments and Benefits Upon Termination of Employment .
(a) Termination Upon the Executive’s Death or Disability . If, during the Term, the Executive dies or incurs a Disability, the Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate, and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder, except to pay to or provide the Executive (or his estate) with (i) any unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination; (ii) any accrued and unpaid bonus payable with respect to a completed calendar year pursuant to Section 4(b); (iii) any accrued and unpaid vacation and/or sick days accrued through the date of termination; (iv) any amounts or benefits owing to the Executive or his beneficiaries under the Employee Plans and Equity Awards (pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof); and (v) any amounts owing to the Executive for reimbursement of expenses properly incurred by the Executive prior to the date of termination pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Policies, in each case payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures, the terms of the applicable plans, or the Expense Reimbursement Policies, as applicable (the “ Accrued Compensation and Benefits ”).
(b) Termination by the Company for Cause or Resignation by the Executive Without Good Reason . If, during the Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or the Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder, except to pay or provide the Accrued Compensation and Benefits.
(c) Termination by the Company Without Cause or Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason . If, during the Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a termination pursuant to Section 6(a) ) or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (in either case, a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then the Company shall pay or provide the Accrued Compensation and Benefits, and subject to Section 6(f) :
(i) The Company shall make cash payments to the Executive equal in the aggregate to the product of (A) one (1) (the “ Severance Multiple ”) and (B) the sum of the Base Salary and Target Bonus as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination (without regard to any reduction to the Base Salary or Target Bonus that gave rise to Good Reason), payable in equal monthly installments, commencing on the 90 th day following the date of termination (the “ Initial Payment Date ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Severance Payments ”);
(ii) The Executive and his covered dependents shall be entitled to continued participation for twelve (12) months following the date of termination (the “ Benefit Continuation Period ”) in such medical, dental, vision and hospitalization insurance coverage in which the Executive and his eligible dependents were participating immediately prior to the date of termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable benefit plans as in effect from time to time (the “ Continued Benefits ”), provided that the Executive shall not be required to pay any premiums or other amounts to obtain such coverage. The full amount of the premiums that the Executive would be required to pay to obtain the Continued Benefits actually provided to the Executive during the Benefit Continuation Period under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended (the “ Premium Cost ”), shall be imputed as taxable income to the Executive, and the Executive shall be responsible for the payment of all income taxes incurred as a result of such imputed income, provided that the Company will reimburse the Executive for the amount of such income taxes plus the amount of all additional income taxes incurred by the Executive upon such payment by the Company. If the Executive is not permitted to receive a Continued Benefit during the Benefit Continuation Period as a result of applicable law or the terms of the applicable Employee Plan, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for (i) the amount actually incurred by the Executive to obtain coverage no more favorable than the applicable Continued Benefit, up to the portion of the Premium Cost necessary to provide the corresponding Continued Benefit for the applicable portion of the Continued Benefit Period, plus (ii) the amount of all additional income taxes incurred by the Executive upon such payment by the Company (the “ Benefit Reimbursement ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive a Continued Benefit or the Benefit Reimbursement to the extent that he becomes eligible to receive a comparable benefit from another employer during the Benefit Continuation Period. The Executive shall promptly, and in no event later than five (5) business days after the commencement of eligibility thereof during the Benefit Continuation Period, report the eligibility to receive any such comparable benefit to the Company.
(d) Qualifying Termination in Connection with a Change in Control . If, during the Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of a Qualifying Termination within nine (9) months following a Change in Control, then the





Company shall pay or provide the Accrued Compensation and Benefits, and subject to Section 6(f) and in lieu of the payments and benefits set forth in Section 6(c) :
(i) The Company shall make the Severance Payments to the Executive;
(ii) 100% of the Equity Awards shall become immediately and fully vested; and
(iii) The Company shall provide the Continued Benefits (or payment in lieu thereof) as set forth in Section 6(c)(iv) .
For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the date that: (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock of the Company held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided , if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a “change in control”; (ii) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; (iii) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or (iv) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions (for this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets); provided , however , a transfer of assets by the Company is not treated as a “change in control” if the assets are transferred to (a) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to his/her/its stock, (b) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (c) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (d) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owed, directly or indirectly, by a person described in clause (c) hereof.
(e) Termination by the Company or the Executive following Delivery of Non-Renewal Notice . If, during the Term, the Company or the Executive timely delivers to the other a Non-Renewal Notice as set forth in Section 2 , the Executive’s employment shall terminate, effective as of the last scheduled day of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, as applicable. If such termination is effected by a Non-Renewal Notice by the Company or by the Executive, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder, except to pay or provide the Accrued Compensation and Benefits.
(f) Release . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to make or continue any payment or provide any benefit under Section 6(c) or (d) (other than the Accrued Compensation and Benefits) unless (i) by the 22nd calendar day after the date of termination of employment (or by such later date specified by the Company in writing as required to comply with applicable law), the Executive executes a release general waiver and release of all current or future claims, known or unknown, arising on or before the date of the release against the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the current and former directors, officers, employees and affiliates of any of them, in a form provided by the Company and which shall include a non-disparagement commitment from Executive (which will nevertheless permit Executive to respond to any disparaging statements made about him by any Company executive officer or director which is intended to damage his personal reputation, so long as Executive’s response is limited to a specific response to a particular statement, is truthful and not misleading) (the “ Release ”) and (ii) the Executive does not revoke the Release during any applicable revocation period.
(g) No Offset . In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment and, except as otherwise set forth in Section 6(c)(iv) or 6(d)(iv) , there shall be no offset against amounts due to him on account of any remuneration or benefits provided by any subsequent employment he may obtain.
(h) Forfeiture . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any right of the Executive to receive termination payments and benefits hereunder (other than the Accrued Compensation and Benefits) shall be forfeited if the Executive materially breaches Section 7 or 8 ; provided that, before invoking this Section 6(h) , the Company shall provide the Executive with ten (10) days to cure such breach, to the extent curable.
(i) Resignation from Certain Positions . Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, if and to the extent requested by the Board, the Executive shall resign from all fiduciary positions (including, without limitation, as trustee) and from all other offices and positions, including without limitation, board membership of any subsidiaries or affiliates, he holds with the Company and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; provided , however , that if the Executive fails or refuses to tender such resignations after the Board has made such request, then the Board shall be empowered to tender the Executive’s resignation or remove the Executive from such offices and positions.





7. Restrictive Covenants .
(a) Acknowledgements . The Executive acknowledges that, as an executive and key employee of the Company:
(i) the Executive has participated or will participate in the development of the Company’s business strategies;
(ii) by virtue of his position of trust with the Company, the Executive has had or will have access to extensive Confidential Information (as defined in Section 7(b) ) related to the Company’s business, to which the Company has devoted and will continue to devote substantial time, money and effort to develop and maintain the proprietary and confidential nature thereof;
(iii) the Executive shall be responsible for managing, directing, and supervising other personnel of the Company performing a variety of services related to the Company’s business and coordinating their activities, shall develop close working relationships with such personnel and the Company shall expend substantial time, effort, and financial resources to train and develop its personnel; and
(iv) in the performance of his duties to the Company, the Executive has been or will be brought into contact, either in person, by telephone, by e-mail, and otherwise, with existing and potential clients or information related to those existing and potential clients, or has had or will have responsibility for personnel who have such contact and knowledge of such personnel’s activities.
For purposes of this Section 7, the term “the Company” shall mean and include Cumulus Media Inc. and all entities of which such company owns, directly or indirectly through another company, 50% or more of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of any class or classes having, by the terms thereof or by contract with one or more other equity holders, ordinary voting power to elect the directors (or other management personnel) of such entity.
(b) Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean and include any and all knowledge, information, or data, whether written or oral and, if written, howsoever produced or reproduced and whether or not denoted or marked confidential, that is the proprietary information of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any of its other affiliates (whether or not a trade secret), including the following:
(i) all research, designs, developments, know-how, computer programs, algorithms, models, software or programming, summaries, reports, drawings, charts, specifications, descriptions, routines, processes, inventions, discoveries, methods, improvements, adaptations, and similar proprietary concepts and ideas and related documentation;
(ii) the terms of any agreement or contract between the Company and any client, customer, supplier, or personnel;
(iii) any information concerning or belonging to the Company’s clients, customers, and vendors (including client, customer, and vendor lists and databases), or the existing and contemplated projects or programs of the Company and its clients and vendors;
(iv) any methods of operation, programming plans, marketing plans, techniques, manuals, technical plans, strategic plans, distribution plans, production plans, financial information, budgets, salary information, sources of supply and materials and costs, discount and pricing practices, contractual arrangements and negotiations of the Company; and
(v) any other information of similar or dissimilar nature that the Company designates as Confidential Information and/or that is proprietary to or within the unique knowledge of the Company;
and that has been or will be used or developed by the Company prior to or at any time during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company that has been or is disclosed to or learned by the Executive during the Executive’s employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information:
(1) that was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed or subsequently becomes in the public domain other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive in violation of this Agreement;
(2) that the Executive can demonstrate by written proof was received by the Executive after the time of disclosure by the Company or after the time of discovery by the Executive during the Executive’s employment from a third party who, to the knowledge of the Executive, did not acquire it in violation of a confidentiality agreement with the Company or its employees or agents, or from a third party who was not otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information to the Executive by a contractual, legal, or fiduciary obligation of confidence to the Company; or
(3) that is disclosed by the Executive with the prior written consent of an executive officer of the Company.
(c) Duty Not to Disclose . The Executive agrees that the Company has a legitimate interest in protecting the Confidential Information and that the preservation and protection of the Confidential Information are essential duties of the Executive’s employment. The Executive therefore agrees that, during the term of his or her employment with the Company and for so long thereafter as the Confidential Information remains confidential, the Executive shall:
(i) not use any Confidential Information on his own behalf or on behalf or any unauthorized person, or disclose or reveal any Confidential Information, or any portion thereof, to any unauthorized person, except as is necessary to carry out the Executive’s authorized duties as an employee of the Company;





(ii) not make, or permit or cause to be made, copies of the Confidential Information except as necessary to carry out the Executive’s authorized duties as an employee of the Company;
(iii) except in the proper performance of the Executive’s job duties, not place on, download to, or store in any non-Company-owned electronic device (including any electronic communications device) any Confidential Information; and
(iv) take all reasonable precautions to prevent the inadvertent disclosure by the Executive of the Confidential Information to any unauthorized person.
(d) Legal Orders to Disclose . Upon receipt of a subpoena or other compulsory process that could possibly require disclosure of any Confidential Information by the Executive, to the extent permitted by law, the Executive shall provide a copy of the compulsory process and complete information regarding the date and circumstances under which he received it to the Company within twenty-four (24) hours of such receipt. The Executive shall not make any disclosure until the latest possible date for making such disclosure in accordance with such process. If the Company seeks to prevent disclosure in accordance with the applicable legal procedures and provides the Executive with notice before the latest possible date that it has initiated such procedures, the Executive shall not make disclosure of any Confidential Information that is the subject of such procedures until such objections are withdrawn or ruled upon.
(e) Duration . The covenants made in Sections 7(c) and (d) shall remain in effect while the Executive is employed by the Company and for so long thereafter as the information in question remains confidential. Nothing in such subsections is intended to exclude the application of any laws protecting Confidential Information consisting of trade secrets, including the Georgia Trade Secrets Act of 1990, as amended.
(f) Return . In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Executive shall promptly return to the Company all property of the Company in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s direct or indirect control, including all Confidential Information and all equipment, notebooks, and materials, reports, notes, contracts, memoranda, documents, and data of the Company constituting or relating to the Confidential Information (and any and all copies thereof), whether typed, printed, written, or on any source of computer media, unless the parties agree otherwise.
(g) Ownership . The Executive agrees and acknowledges that the Confidential Information, as between the Company and the Executive, shall be deemed and at all times remain and constitute the exclusive property of the Company, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, and that the Company has reserved - and does hereby reserve - all rights in and to the same for all purposes.
(h) Proprietary Information of Others . The Executive represents that his performance of all the terms hereof and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to the Executive’s engagement by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and the Executive agrees not to enter into, without the express written consent of the Company, any agreement, either written or oral, that conflicts with the position the Executive holds with the Company or the Executive’s duties hereunder.
(i) Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive covenants that while the Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or by assisting others do any of the following:
(i) engage as a consultant, advisor, or manager-capacities in which the Executive will have acted for the Company-whether as an employee, independent contractor, proprietor, or otherwise, in any business that both provides radio broadcasting services, which is the business of the Company (the “ Business ”), and serves any of the listening areas (as defined by the Arbitron Metro Survey Area) served by the Company on the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment or such additional listening areas as the Executive knows as of such date the Company has definite and immediate plans to conduct the Business (a “ Competing Business” );
(ii) for the purpose of furthering or assisting any business, solicit or attempt to solicit any client, customer, or account of the Company (A) that, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of such termination of employment, has obtained or contracted to obtain services from the Company and with which the Executive or Company personnel or representatives for whom or which the Executive had responsibility had contact during the term of the Executive’s employment by the Company; (B) that the Executive knows were prospective clients, customers, or accounts that the Company was actively seeking on the date of termination of the Executive’s employment (whether or not such individual or entity has yet become an actual client or customer); (C) about which the Executive obtained Confidential Information in the ordinary course of business as a result of the Executive’s association with the Company; or (D) that received products or services authorized by the Company, the sale or provision of which resulted in commissions, earnings, or other compensation for the Executive; or
(iii) for himself or for or on behalf of any business, entity or individual, divert, solicit or hire away, or attempt to divert, solicit or hire away, any individual who, on the date of such termination or at any time during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding such date, was employed, retained, or engaged by the Company as an employee of, or provider of services to, the Company and with whom the Executive had contact during performance of the Executive’s job duties to the Company to leave such employ or service with the Company for any employment or similar services opportunity with any other business; regardless of whether such individual is or was a full-time employee, part-time employee, temporary worker, or independent contractor of the Company; employed, retained, or engaged pursuant to a written agreement; or employed, retained, or engaged for a determined period or at-will.





(j) Independent Covenants . It is understood and intended by the parties hereto that each restrictive covenant set forth in Section 7(c) and in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 7(i) be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision in this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of such covenants. The Executive agrees that such covenants are appropriate and reasonable when considered in light of the nature and extent of the business and the scope of responsibilities of the Executive.
(k) Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach or threatened breach by him of any of the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm and continuing damages to the Company and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, in addition to any other remedies that may be available to the Company at law or in equity in such event, the Company shall be entitled to seek and obtain, from any court of competent jurisdiction, a decree of specific performance and/or a temporary and permanent injunction, without posting of any bond or other security and without proving special damages or irreparable injury, enjoining and restricting the breach or threatened breach.
8. Continued Availability and Cooperation .
(a) Following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company and with the Company’s counsel in connection with any present and future actual or threatened litigation, administrative proceeding or investigation involving the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates that relates to events, occurrences or conduct occurring (or claimed to have occurred) during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, and with respect to which the Executive has pertinent information. The Executive’s cooperation shall include, without limitation:
(i) Making himself reasonably available for interviews and discussions with the Company’s counsel, as well as for depositions and trial testimony;
(ii) If depositions or trial testimony are to occur, making himself reasonably available and cooperating in the preparation therefor, as and to the extent that the Company or the Company’s counsel reasonably requests;
(iii) Refraining from impeding in any way the Company’s prosecution or defense of such litigation or administrative proceeding; and
(iv) Reasonably cooperating fully in the development and presentation of the Company’s prosecution or defense of such litigation or administrative proceeding.
(b) Any such cooperation shall be on reasonable notice and take into account the Executive’s professional and personal commitments. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable travel, lodging, telephone and similar expenses, as well as reasonable attorneys’ fees (if the Executive and the Company determine in good faith that separate counsel is needed) incurred in connection with any such cooperation. In the event that the Executive is cooperating with the Company in accordance with this Section 8 at the request of the Company at a time Executive is not receiving Severance Payments, the Executive shall be paid for his time at a fair market hourly rate mutually agreed upon by Company and Executive, provided that no such payment shall be paid to Executive in the event that Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated for Cause.
9. Code Section 280G .
(a) If it shall be determined that any benefit provided to the Executive or payment or distribution by or for the account of the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether provided, paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax resulting from any action or inaction by the Company (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount; provided that such reduction shall only be made if such reduction results in a more favorable after-tax position for the Executive. The payment reduction contemplated by the preceding sentence, if any, shall be implemented by determining the Parachute Payment Ratio for each “parachute payment” and then reducing the parachute payments in order beginning with the parachute payment with the highest Parachute Payment Ratio. For parachute payments with the same Parachute Payment Ratio, such parachute payments shall be reduced based on the time of payment of such parachute payments, with amounts having later payment dates being reduced first. For parachute payments with the same Parachute Payment Ratio and the same time of payment, such parachute payments shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (but not below zero) prior to reducing parachute payments with a lower Parachute Payment Ratio.
(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 9 , shall be made by the Company’s independent, certified public accounting firm or such other certified public accounting firm, law firm or 280G consulting firm, as may be designated by the Company prior to the change in ownership or effective control (as defined for purposes of Section 280G of the Code) of the Company (a “ 280G Change in Control ”) (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. If the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting a 280G Change in Control, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm which is reasonably acceptable to the Company to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.





(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Section 9 :
(i) Base Amount ” means “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.
(ii) Parachute Payment Ratio ” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the value of the applicable parachute payment for purposes of Section 280G of the Code and the denominator of which is the intrinsic value of such parachute payment.
(iii) Parachute Value ” of a Payment shall mean the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2), as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.
(iv) Safe Harbor Amount ” means three (3) times the Base Amount, less one dollar ($1).
10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, and any schedules or exhibits hereto, embody the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all other discussions, understandings, and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.
11. Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local or other taxes as the Company is required to withhold pursuant to any law or government regulation or ruling.
12. Successors and Binding Agreement .
(a) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any individual or entity acquiring, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed “the Company” for purposes of this Agreement), but this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable or delegable by the Company, except that the Company may assign its rights and delegate its duties hereunder to any individual or entity who acquires all of the voting stock of the Company (or to any parent entity thereof) so long as so doing does not materially and adversely affect the Executive’s rights hereunder.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.
(c) This Agreement is personal in nature and the Company and the Executive may not, without the consent of the other party, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 12(a) and (b) . Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Executive’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, transferable or delegable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest, or otherwise, other than by a transfer by the Executive’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 12(c) , the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned, transferred or delegated.
13. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal, substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to that State’s principles governing conflicts of laws.
14. Validity/Severability . The Company and the Executive agree that (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that, for any reason whatsoever, any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (ii) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions shall be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (iii) the remaining provisions shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
15. Surviva l. In addition to all provisions of this Agreement that by their terms are to survive, all accrued obligations and the provisions of Sections 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.
16. Section 409A of the Code . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the Executive. This Agreement shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent. Consistent with that intent, and to the extent required under Section 409A of the Code, for benefits that are to be paid in connection with a termination of employment, “termination of employment” shall be limited to such a termination that constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee,” determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of his separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)) and if any portion of the payments or benefits to be received by the Executive upon his termination of employment would constitute a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid or made available on the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, or (ii) the Executive’s death. For purposes of application of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable, each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided under this Agreement is nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code: (i) the amount of





expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
17. Amendment; Waiver .
(a) This Agreement may only be amended and supplemented in a writing signed by the Executive and an executive officer of the Company expressly providing for such modification.
(b) The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the other, and any such waiver must be in a writing signed by an officer of the waiving party.
18. Notice . Any notice, request, consent and other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when received if personally delivered, (ii) within one (1) day after being sent by recognized overnight delivery service, or (iii) within five (5) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the parties (and to the persons to whom copies shall be sent) at their respective addresses set forth below.
If to the Company:
Cumulus Media Inc.
3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2300
Atlanta, Georgia 30305
c/o: General Counsel
If to the Executive:
At the address contained in the Executive’s payroll records, with a copy to:
Paul M. Ritter
Kramer, Levin, Naftalis 7 Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036.

Either party may change the address or the persons to whom notice shall be directed by notifying the other parties as provided in this Section 18 .
19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) counterparts and by the parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and both of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by one or both parties of an executed counterpart of this Agreement via facsimile, telecopy, or other electronic method of transmission pursuant to which the signature of such party can be seen (including Adobe Corporation’s Portable Document Format) shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party who delivers an executed counterpart via such electronic means shall nonetheless be obligated to subsequently provide an original signed copy of such document, on paper, to the other party at any time upon request.
20. Headings . The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a substantive part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable, hereof. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
21. Construction . The section headings and titles contained herein are each for reference only and shall not be deemed to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words “hereby,” “herein,” “hereinabove,” “hereinafter,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” when used anywhere in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear, unless the context otherwise requires. The singular shall include the plural, the conjunctive shall include the disjunctive, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. Each use of the word “include,” “includes,” or “including” shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “but not limited to.” This Agreement shall not be construed strictly for or against either party because that party, or its attorney, prepared this Agreement or any provision hereof.
22. Compliance with Dodd-Frank . All payments under this Agreement, if and to the extent subject to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (as amended from time to time, the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”), shall be subject to any incentive compensation policy established from time to time by the Company to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act, but only to the extent that the provisions of any policy so established are required by the Dodd-Frank Act.





23. Arbitration . The sole and exclusive method for resolving all disputes under, arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Agreement shall be binding arbitration in Atlanta, Georgia, in a proceeding administered by the Atlanta Office of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in accordance with the Commercial Dispute Resolution and Procedures of the Arbitration Rules of the AAA (the “ Rules ”). The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator jointly appointed by the parties; provided , however , that if the parties fail after good faith negotiation to agree on the arbitrator within thirty (30) days after one party’s call for arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the Rules. Disputes about arbitration procedure shall be resolved by the arbitrator. The arbitrator may proceed to an award notwithstanding the failure of either party to participate in the proceedings. Discovery shall be limited to mutual exchange of documents relevant to the dispute, controversy or claim; more than two depositions per party shall not be permitted unless the parties otherwise agree or unless compelling need is demonstrated to the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be authorized to grant interim relief, including to prevent the destruction of goods or documents involved in the dispute and to provide for security for a prospective monetary award. The arbitrator shall render his decision within thirty (30) days following the date of the initial evidentiary hearing and shall set forth a statement of facts, his conclusions of law, and his reasoning in writing. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and expenses, including reasonable fees and costs of attorneys and experts and the fees and costs of the arbitrator. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding. The prevailing party shall be entitled to apply to, and obtain from, a court or tribunal having jurisdiction, an order enforcing the arbitrator’s decision. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 23 to the contrary, each party shall have the right to institute judicial proceedings against the other party or anyone acting by, through or under such other party, in order to enforce the instituting party’s rights through reformation of contract, specific performance, injunction or similar equitable relief, and this Section 23 shall not limit the remedies granted the Company in Section 7(k) .
24. Indemnification . The Company shall provide the Executive with indemnification and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on terms no less favorable than those applicable to directors or officers of the Company generally.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day, month and year first written above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mary G. Berner
 
 
 
 
 
Name: Mary G. Berner
 
 
 
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Abbot









Schedule 1
Current Activities
Board Member and Chair of Finance Committee at Indian Springs School, Birmingham, AL






Exhibit 10.23

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of [__________], 2016, by and between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), in its own name and on behalf of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and [__________], an individual (“ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS :
WHEREAS , directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents (“ Representatives ”) in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself;
WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve as Representative unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation or business enterprise;
WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly competent persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and that the Corporation should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of protection against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Corporation;
WHEREAS , (a) the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Corporation, (b) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”) and (c) the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Corporation and its Representatives with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder, and
WHEREAS , (a) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (b) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a Representative without adequate protection, (c) the Corporation desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity and (d) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he be so indemnified.
AGREEMENT :
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.      Definitions

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.
Board ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.
By-laws ” shall mean the Amended and Restated By-laws, as amended of the Corporation.
Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.





Corporate Status ” describes the status of an individual who is or was a Representative of an Enterprise.
Corporation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.
DGCL ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.
Enterprise ” shall mean the Corporation and any other Person, employee benefit plan, joint venture or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Representative.
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) for purposes of Section 11.(d) only, expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis) and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.
Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board and any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided, however, that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.
Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.
Indemnity Obligations ” shall mean all obligations of the Corporation to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.
Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification; provided , however , that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.
Liabilities ” shall mean all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment, or result thereof.





Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.
Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a Representative of the Corporation, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as Representative of the Corporation or (iii) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.
Representative ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.
Shareholder Entities ” shall mean any investment firm (or any of its affiliated or managed funds) that is a shareholder of the Corporation that has the right to designate, appoint or elect members to the Board whether pursuant to a class of capital stock of the Corporation with the exclusive right to appoint or elect a member of the Board or pursuant to a shareholders agreement or other contract between such investment firm (or any of its affiliated or managed funds) and the Corporation or any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such investment firm; provided , however , that neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Shareholder Entities hereunder.
Submission Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.(b).
(b) For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include, without limitation, any service as a Representative of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Representative with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 2.      Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 3 below) or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 2.

Section 3.      Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner [he/she] reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Corporation. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a





presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 3.

Section 4.      Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, and without limiting the rights of Indemnitee under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (a) Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (b) the Corporation is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against Indemnitee and (c) Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 5.      Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by [him/her] or on [his/her] behalf in connection therewith.

Section 6.      Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections Section 2, Section 3 or Section 4, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding:

(c) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the DGCL, and

(d) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7.      Advances of Expenses. In furtherance of the requirement of Article VI of the By-laws and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee's ability to repay Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee's ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Corporation to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Corporation of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking, providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

Section 8.      Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)    Indemnitee shall notify the Corporation in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Corporation shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what ex-tent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Corporation hereunder will not relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Corporation shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.





(b)    In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain legal counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Corporation or (ii) have the Corporation assume the defense of Indemnitee in the Proceeding, in which case the Corporation shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with legal counsel selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten (10) days of the Corporation’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Corporation to do so. If the Corporation is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and shall be solely responsible for all Expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and the Corporation (and/or any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Corporation (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Corporation (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate legal counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall provide the other party and its legal counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the Proceeding. Indemnitee and the Corporation shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Corporation or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Corporation (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Corporation may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 9.      Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.(a), the Corporation shall advance Expenses necessary to defend against a Claim pursuant to Section 7 hereof. If any determination by the Corporation is required by applicable law with respect to Indemnitee's ultimate entitlement to indemnification, such determination shall be made (i) if Indemnitee shall request such determination be made by the Independent Counsel, by the Independent Counsel and (ii) in all other circumstances in any manner permitted by the DGCL. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person(s) making such determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Person(s), upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person(s) making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Corporation will not deny any written request for indemnification hereunder made in good faith by Indemnitee unless a determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification described in this Section 9.(a) has been made. The Corporation agrees to pay Expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify the Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(b)    In the event that the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9.(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Corporation within ten (10) days of the Submission Date, (ii) the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and (iii) Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Absent a timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as the Independent Counsel. If a timely objection is made by Indemnitee, the Person so selected may not serve as the Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (whether due to a failure of the Corporation to appoint such Independent Counsel, an un-withdrawn objection from Indemnitee with respect to the person so appointed or otherwise) before the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9.(a) hereof (the date of such submission, the “ Submission Date ”) and (ii) ten (10) days after the final disposition of the Proceeding for which indemnity is sought, then (x) each of the Corporation and Indemnitee shall select a Person meeting the qualifications to serve as the Independent Counsel and (y) such Persons shall (collectively) select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11.(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).






Section 10.      Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person(s) making such determination shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 8.(a) of this Agreement, and the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any Person(s) of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    Subject to Section 11.(e), if the Person(s) empowered or selected under Section 9 hereof to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if (i) the determination is to be made by the Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Corporation’s selection of the Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d)     Effect of Settlement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, settlement of any Proceeding without any finding of responsibility, wrongdoing or guilt on the part of Indemnitee with respect to claims asserted in such Proceeding shall constitute a conclusive determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding.

(e) Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 10.(e) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(f) Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any Representative (other than Indemnitee) of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 11.      Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Subject to Section 11.(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9.(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the Submission Date, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 4, Section 5 or Section 9.(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefore, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes or threatens





to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee, the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9.(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9.(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by the Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Corporation that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. In addition, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefore) advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Corporation under this Agreement or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that , in absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Corporation shall pay Liabilities and advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding as if Indemnitee had been determined to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses with respect to such Proceeding.

Section 12.      Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and/or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Corporation hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees





that (i) the Corporation shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations, (ii) the Corporation shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including, without limitation, this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Corporation hereunder, (iv) the Corporation shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or insurer of any such Person and (v) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the Corporation or payable under any insurance policy provided under this Agreement, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Corporation or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Corporation or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of an Indemnity Obligation of the Corporation under this Agreement by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or their insurers, affect the obligations of the Corporation hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). Any indemnification and/or insurance or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity), with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or capacity as an officer or director of any Person, is specifically in excess of any Indemnity Obligation of the Corporation or valid and any collectible insurance (including, without limitation, any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Corporation under this Agreement, and any obligation to provide indemnification and/or insurance or advance Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) shall be reduced by any amount that Indemnitee collects from the Corporation as an indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)    For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Corporation, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Indemnifiable Claim, the Corporation shall use reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Corporation that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Corporation’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.   Without limiting the generality or effect of the immediately preceding sentence, the Corporation shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i)  without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).  In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Corporation’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy.  The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

(d)    In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be subrogated to, and hereby waives any rights to be subrogated to, any rights of recovery of Indemnitee, including, without limitation, rights of indemnification provided to Indemnitee from any other Person or entity with whom Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) as well as any rights to contribution that might otherwise exist; provided , however , that the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of any such payment of all rights of recovery of Indemnitee under insurance policies of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

(e)    The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.






Section 13.      Duration of Agreement; Not Employment Contract. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the latest of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a Representative of the Corporation or any other Enterprise and (b) one (1) year after the final termina-tion of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advance-ment of Expenses hereunder and of any pro-ceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, execu-tors and administrators. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee's employment with the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a Representative of the Corporation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and the DGCL.

     Section 14.      Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 15.      Enforcement.

(a)        The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a Representative of the Corporation, and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a Representative of the Corporation.

(b)        This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 16.      Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

Section 17.      Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Corporation.






(b)    If to the Corporation to:
 
Cumulus Media Inc.
3280 Peachtree Road, N.W. Suite 2300
Atlanta, Georgia 30305
United States of America
Fax: (404) 260-6877
Attention: Richard Denning, Esq.
with copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
Kirkland &Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
United States of America
Fax (212-446-6460)
Attention: Christian O. Nagler, Esq. and Ross M. Leff, Esq.
 
 
 
 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation.

Section 18.      Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of the Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 19.      Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 20.      Counterparts. This Agree-ment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 21.      Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Shareholder Entities are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 22.      Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
















IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEMNITEE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/
 
 
 
 
 
Address:




EXECUTION VERSION
    


REFINANCING SUPPORT AGREEMENT
This REFINANCING SUPPORT AGREEMENT (together with all exhibits and attachments hereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 6, 2016, is entered into by and among: (a) Cumulus Media Inc. (“ Cumulus Media ”), Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. (“ Cumulus Holdings ”), and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries that is an obligor on the Notes (as defined below) (together with Cumulus Media and Cumulus Holdings, the “ Company ”), on the one hand; and (b) each of the Noteholders (as defined below) party hereto (such Noteholders, together with their Affiliates but excluding any Restricted Noteholder, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Supporting Noteholders ”), on the other hand. The Company, each Supporting Noteholder, and any subsequent person or entity that becomes a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof are referred to herein collectively as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .”
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
WHEREAS , as of the date hereof, the Supporting Noteholders hold, in the aggregate, in excess of 57.3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations under those certain 7.75% senior notes due 2019 (the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among Cumulus Media, as parent guarantor, Cumulus Holdings, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank N.A., as trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”);
WHEREAS , on December 23, 2013, Cumulus Media, as parent guarantor and Cumulus Holdings, as borrower, entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), providing for a senior secured term loan credit facility (the “ Term Loan ”) and a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “ Revolver ”), which facilities are secured by liens on and security interests in certain assets of the Company and are guaranteed by certain Company entities;
WHEREAS , as of the date hereof, the Supporting Noteholders hold in the aggregate, in excess of 4.5% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans and 0% of the aggregate exposure with respect to the Revolver;
WHEREAS , the Parties have agreed to support and pursue, among other things, (a) a refinancing consisting of an exchange offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) for the Notes; and (b) amendments to the terms of the Revolver under the Credit Agreement, in each case, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Definitive Documents (in each case, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);
WHEREAS , this Agreement is the product of arm’s-length, good faith negotiations between the Company, the Supporting Noteholders, and their respective professionals; and
WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties desire to express to each other their mutual support and commitment in respect of the matters discussed herein and in the Definitive Documents (in each case, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement).
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1.
Certain Definitions .
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
(a)      Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person.
(b)      AG Affiliated Party ” means Angelo Gordon and any Affiliate thereof and any investment fund managed or controlled by Angelo Gordon or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the following Persons shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of Angelo Gordon or any of its Affiliates: (a) the Company and its subsidiaries and (b) any portfolio company in which Angelo Gordon or any of its Affiliates has an investment (whether debt or equity) or any of such portfolio companies’ controlled Affiliates, so long as, in the case of this clause (b), such Person shall not have been acting on behalf of or at the direction of Angelo Gordon or any of its Affiliates .
(c)      Agent Consent ” means a consent, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, as determined in consultation with the Supporting Noteholders, from the Administrative Agent to the assignment of lenders’ commitments under the Revolver to the new revolving lender.
(d)      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ” means that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(e)      Amendment to Existing Stockholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Amendment to the Existing Stockholder’s Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company, to be entered into by the parties thereto on or prior to the Consummation Date.
(f)      Angelo Gordon ” means Angelo, Gordon & Co.
(g)      Approval Acknowledgment ” means each of (i) the written acknowledgment executed by the Administrative Agent (or the successor thereto) that it will execute the Agent Consent and all Definitive Documentation to which it will be a party on the date the Qualified Exchange Offer is consummated and (ii) if applicable, one or more amendments to the Credit Agreement (other than the Revolver Amendment) that may be agreed-to by the Company in connection with the foregoing to the extent the Company determines in good faith, in consultation with the Supporting Noteholders, that such amendments are required to obtain the acknowledgment described in clause (i).
(h)      Approval Order ” means an order of a court of competent jurisdiction (i) declaring that (A) the Transactions are not in violation of the Credit Agreement and (B) no Default or Event of Default (as such terms are defined by each of the Credit Agreement and the Notes) shall exist as a result of the Transactions (including consummation of the Transactions) and (ii) requiring the Administrative Agent to execute the Agent Consent and all Definitive Documentation to which it will be a party to on or prior to the Consummation Date.
(i)      beneficial owner ”, “ beneficially own ” or “ beneficial ownership ” has the meaning given such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and a Person’s beneficial ownership of Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Cumulus Media shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of such rule. For the avoidance of doubt, no Person shall be deemed to beneficially own any security solely as a result of such Person’s execution of this Agreement or ownership of Class D Common Stock or Class E Common Stock.
(j)      Board ” means the board of directors of Cumulus Media.
(k)      Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
(l)      CapRe Affiliated Party ” means CapRe and any Affiliate thereof and any investment fund managed or controlled by CapRe or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the following Persons shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of CapRe or any of its Affiliates: (a) the Company and its subsidiaries and (b) any portfolio company in which CapRe or any of its Affiliates has an investment (whether debt or equity) or any of such portfolio companies’ controlled Affiliates, so long as, in the case of this clause (b), such Person shall not have been acting on behalf of or at the direction of CapRe or any of its Affiliates .
(m)      Common Stock ” means Cumulus Media’s (i) Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), (ii) Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ”), (iii) Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class C Common Stock ”), (iv) Class D Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class D Common Stock ”), and (v) Class E Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class E Common Stock ”).
(n)      Company Released Party ” means each of: (i) the Company and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, (ii) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (iii) the current and former shareholders, employees, agents, officers, directors, trustees, partners, members, managers, professionals, attorneys, and financial advisors of each of the foregoing, in each case in their capacity as such.
(o)      Confidentiality Agreement ” means any confidentiality agreement, non‑disclosure agreement, or similar agreement entered into by and among the Company and the Supporting Noteholders or their advisors.
(p)      Consummation Date ” means the date on which the Transactions are consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and each of the Definitive Documents.
(q)      Control ” (including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.
(r)      Declaration of Trust ” means the short form declaration of trust to be entered into among the Company and the Trustees providing for the initial formation and funding of the Trust, in the form attached hereto at Exhibit C and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(s)      Equity Securities ” means any and all shares of Common Stock, preferred stock, (including any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, or Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share) or other equity securities of Cumulus Media, securities of Cumulus Media convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (whether presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable or not), such shares or other equity securities, and options, warrants or other rights (whether presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable or not) to acquire such shares of Common Stock, preferred stock, or other equity securities of Cumulus Media.
(t)      Excepted Actions ” means, with respect to a Person, (i) the initiation of or commencement of any litigation or judicial process by such Person, (ii) the disclosure of confidential information by such Person (or breach of any confidentiality restrictions to which such Person may be subject), other than to the extent such disclosure is required by such Person pursuant to applicable law but subject to the right of such Person to take legally available steps to resist or narrow such required disclosure, including efforts to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy, or (iii) the payment of any consideration or incurrence of any expenses, fees or costs by such Person (other than fees and expenses for which the Company is liable pursuant to Section 15 hereof).
(u)      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(v)      Existing Stockholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Stockholders’ Agreement of the Company, dated as of September 16, 2011 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2015, and as further amended, restated, supplemented, or modified from time to time).
(w)      Final Order ” means an order or judgment, the operation or effect of which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, is in full force and effect, and as to which order or judgment (or any reversal, stay, modification, or amendment thereof) (i) the time to appeal, seek leave to appeal, seek certiorari, or request reargument or further review or rehearing has expired and no appeal, motion for leave to appeal or petition for certiorari, or request for reargument or further review or rehearing has been timely filed, or (ii) any appeal that has been or may be taken, motion for leave to appeal, or any petition for certiorari or request for reargument or further review or rehearing that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed, from which leave was sought or from which certiorari was sought, or to which the request was made, and no further appeal or petition for certiorari or request for reargument or further review or rehearing has been or can be taken or granted; provided that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule may be filed relating to such order shall not prevent such order from being a Final Order.
(x)      Group ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
(y)      Investor Stock Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Investor Stock Purchase Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K , and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(z)      Joinder Agreement ” means that certain joinder agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .
(aa)      Noteholder ” means any holder of Notes.
(bb)      Noteholder Released Party ” means each of: (i) the Noteholder parties hereto and each of their Affiliates; (ii) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (iii) the employees, agents, officers, directors, trustees, partners, members, managers, professionals, attorneys, and financial advisors of each of the foregoing, in each case in their capacity as such.
(cc)      Offering Memorandum ” means that certain offering memorandum to be issued by the Company to the Noteholders describing the terms of the Transaction, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(dd)      Participation Agreement ” means that certain Participation Agreement between the Trust and the new revolving lender, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(ee)      Permitted Transaction ” means any contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or other obligation (written or oral) with the lenders under the Term Loan or the Administrative Agent, in each case, (i) to the extent, and solely to the extent, (A) entered into in connection with negotiations to obtain the consent of such lenders or the Administrative Agent to the Transactions, including the Exchange Offer and the Revolver Amendments, and (B) that such contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or other obligation is not in lieu of the Transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) entered into with the prior written consent (which can be by email) of the Required Supporting Noteholders, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(ff)      Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a limited liability company, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a group or any legal entity or association.
(gg)      Q Investments ” means Q Investments, LP.
(hh)      Q Investments Affiliated Party ” means Q Investments and any Affiliate thereof and any investment fund managed or controlled by Q Investments or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the following Persons shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of Q Investments or any of its Affiliates: (a) the Company and its subsidiaries and (b) any portfolio company in which Q Investments or any of its Affiliates has an investment (whether debt or equity) or any of such portfolio companies’ controlled Affiliates, so long as, in the case of this clause (b), such Person shall not have been acting on behalf of or at the direction of Q Investments or any of its Affiliates .
(ii)      Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement providing, among other things, the obligation of the Company promptly to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement with the SEC and to facilitate underwritten shelf take downs, with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the tendering Noteholders in the Qualified Exchange Offer, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(jj)      Required Supporting Noteholders ” means at least two (2) Supporting Noteholders holding, together, at least 50.1% by principal face amount of all Notes held by the Supporting Noteholders.
(kk)      Restricted Claims ” means any Notes and any other claims against the Company and/or its subsidiaries under the Term Loans and Revolver held by any Restricted Noteholder.
(ll)      Restricted Group ” means, with respect to any Noteholder, (a) such Noteholder, (b) any Affiliate of such Noteholder and (c) any Group (that would be deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act with respect to securities of Cumulus Media) of which such Noteholder or its Affiliate is a member.
(mm)      Restricted Noteholder ” means any Noteholder set forth on Exhibit M .
(nn)      Revolver Amendment ” means, collectively, (i) that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, and (ii) that certain Incremental Amendment to the Credit Agreement, in each case, to be dated as of the Consummation Date and providing for amendments to the Revolver to effectuate the Transactions, in the forms attached hereto at Exhibits F-1 and F-2 , respectively, and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(oo)      SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
(pp)      Support Period ” means the period commencing on the Support Effective Date (as defined below) and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof and (ii) the Consummation Date.
(qq)      Trust ” means Cumulus Pass Through Trust.
(rr)      Trust Agreement ” means the declaration of trust to be entered into between the Trustees and acknowledged and agreed by the Company providing for, among other things, the issuance of the Trust Certificates, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(ss)      Trust Certificate ” means a Trust Certificate to be entered into between the Trustees and acknowledged and agreed by the Company issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(tt)      Trustees ” means those trustees who have been selected to serve as trustee(s) under the Declaration of Trust and the Trust Agreement or such other entity or entities as mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company.
(uu)      Qualified Marketmaker ” means an entity that (i) holds itself out to the market as standing ready in the ordinary course of business to purchase from, and to sell to, customers of the Notes, or enter with customers into long and/or short positions in the Notes, in its capacity as a dealer or market maker in such Notes, and (ii) is in fact regularly in the business of making a market in interests and/or securities of issuers or borrowers.
(vv)      Voting Agreement ” means that certain Voting Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit Q and as otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company, to be entered into by the parties thereto on or prior to the Support Effective Date.
(ww)      Waddell ” means Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company and Ivy Investment Management Company.
(xx)      Waddell Affiliated Party ” means Waddell and any Affiliate thereof and any investment fund managed or controlled Waddell or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the following Persons shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of Waddell or any of their Affiliates: (a) the Company and its subsidiaries and (b) any portfolio company in which either of Waddell or any of their Affiliates has an investment (whether debt or equity) or any of such portfolio companies’ controlled Affiliates, so long as, in the case of this clause (b), such Person shall not have been acting on behalf of or at the direction of either of Waddell or any of their Affiliates .
2.
Transactions; Definitive Documents .
(a)      So long as a Termination Event (as defined below) has not occurred, the Parties hereby agree to work in good faith to implement the Transactions by January 27, 2017 (the “ Outside Date ”), provided that : (i) the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may, on no more than two (2) occasions, extend such Outside Date (by providing written notice prior to January 27, 2017 or a subsequently so extended Outside Date) to a subsequent date on or prior to March 13, 2017, so long as the Company has commenced litigation proceedings in order to obtain the Approval Order on or prior to December 13, 2016, and either (x) is, and since December 13, 2016 has been, diligently pursuing an Approval Order and, despite such pursuit, as of the time of such extension, has neither obtained such Approval Order nor the Approval Acknowledgment or (y) has, as of the time of such extension, obtained entry of an Approval Order and is diligently defending an appeal or request for relief from such Approval Order as of such time, if any, as applicable; (ii) the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may, on no more than two (2) occasions, extend such Outside Date (by providing written notice prior to January 27, 2017 or a subsequently so extended Outside Date) to a subsequent date on or prior to one hundred sixty-five days (165) calendar days from the Support Effective Date to the extent that the SEC undertakes review of the Proxy Statement (as defined below); and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt subject to Section 8(b)(vii) , in the event that (A) each of the conditions set forth in Sections 6(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conditions set forth in Section 6(a)(i) ) and 6(b)(i) , 6(b)(ii) , and 6(b)(iv) have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate Party (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied on the Consummation Date), (B) an appeal or similar request for relief with respect to an Approval Order has been filed and has not been withdrawn or dismissed, and (C) the Consummation Date has not occurred prior to the earlier of five (5) Business Days thereof and the Outside Date, then the Required Supporting Noteholders, in their sole and absolute discretion, may extend such Outside Date (by providing written notice prior to January 27, 2017 or a subsequently so extended Outside Date) in thirty (30) day increments to a subsequent date on or prior to October 23, 2017 (such period of time by which the Outside Date is extended pursuant to this clause (iii), the “ Appeal Period ”). Upon any such extension, such specified date shall then become the Outside Date, in each case. Upon any such extension, the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Parties.
(b)      The following definitive documents and agreements governing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement: (i) the Offering Memorandum (as Exhibit B ); (ii) the Declaration of Trust (as Exhibit C ); (iii) the Trust Agreement (as Exhibit D ); (iv) the Trust Certificates (as Exhibit E ); (v) the Revolver Amendment (as Exhibits F-1 and F-2 ); (vi) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as Exhibit G ) , (vii) the Registration Rights Agreement (as Exhibit H ); (viii) the Participation Agreement (as Exhibit I ); (ix) the Amendment to the Existing Stockholders’ Agreement (as Exhibit J ); (x) the Investor Stock Purchase Agreement (as Exhibit K ); and (xi) any exhibits, schedules, annexes or attachments to the foregoing (collectively, the “ Definitive Documents ”), shall (x) be in the applicable form attached hereto and otherwise mutually satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company or (y) if no applicable form is attached, be in form and substance consistent with this Agreement and the Definitive Documents attached hereto and otherwise mutually and reasonably satisfactory to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Company (the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Definitive Documents approved in accordance with this Section 2(b) are referred to herein each individually as a “ Transaction ” and collectively as the “ Transactions ” and the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Transactions and this Agreement and the Definitive Documents being approved in accordance with this Section 2(b) the “ Qualified Exchange Offer ”). Following the Support Effective Date and until the Termination Date, neither the Required Supporting Noteholders nor the Company will (i) waive any of the conditions to consummation of the Transactions set forth in the Definitive Documents, (ii) amend or waive any of the terms or conditions of the Definitive Documents, (iii) amend or waive any of the terms or conditions of the Voting Agreement or (iv) amend or waive any of the terms or conditions of the Existing Stockholders’ Agreement, as amended by the Amendment to the Existing Stockholders’ Agreement, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Company and the Required Supporting Noteholders.
(c)      With respect to the materials related to the solicitation of shareholder votes (the “ Proxy Solicitation ”), the Company shall consult with the Supporting Noteholders in good faith as to their form and substance and will incorporate reasonable changes requested by the Supporting Noteholders; provided that , in any event, such materials shall be materially consistent with the Definitive Documents.
3.
Agreements of the Supporting Noteholders .
(a)      Support for the Transactions . Following the Support Effective Date, and until this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof, and, in each case, (x) subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (y) unless otherwise expressly permitted or required by this Agreement or the Definitive Documents or (z) otherwise consented to in writing by the Company, each Supporting Noteholder solely on its own behalf agrees that, for the duration of the Support Period, such Supporting Noteholder will use commercially reasonable efforts to:
(i)      (A) validly and timely tender (including by any early tender deadline set forth in any Definitive Documents with respect to the Qualified Exchange Offer), deliver and not withdraw the requisite tender of (when solicited to do so and by the applicable deadline for doing so) its Notes in the Qualified Exchange Offer and (B) not change, revoke or withdraw such agreement or tender (or cause or direct such agreement or tender to be changed, revoked or withdrawn);
(ii)      support, and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the implementation or consummation of the Transactions (including supporting the Company in any litigation or judicial process arising from or related to the Transactions or entry of the Approval Order) and refrain from taking any actions inconsistent, and not failing or omitting to take an action that is consistent, with this Agreement or the Definitive Documents; provided that no such support or actions shall require or obligate any Supporting Noteholders to take an Excepted Action;
(iii)      negotiate in good faith and enter into on a timely basis the applicable Definitive Documents to which it is to be a party;
(iv)      not directly or indirectly arrange, fund, participate in or consent to any credit facility, bond issuance, or other financing, rights offering, or issuance of debt or equity securities in connection with, or otherwise support or participate in any reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, or other recapitalization or debt restructuring, of the Company (whether through a judicial process or otherwise) other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the Transactions;
(v)      not directly or indirectly object to, delay, impede, or take any other action or any inaction to interfere with the acceptance, implementation, and consummation of the Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any action or inaction to declare any default under the Indenture or the Credit Agreement, accelerate the Company’s obligations under the Indenture or the Credit Agreement, or otherwise exercise any remedies under the Indenture or the Credit Agreement or related documents and guarantees, in each case, as a result of the Transactions; provided that no such support or actions shall require or obligate any Supporting Noteholders to take any Excepted Action;
(vi)      not direct the Indenture Trustee (or any successor thereto) to take any action inconsistent with such Supporting Noteholder’s obligations under this Agreement, and, if the Indenture Trustee (or any successor thereto) takes any action inconsistent with such Supporting Noteholders’ obligations under this Agreement, such Supporting Noteholder shall promptly direct the Indenture Trustee (or its successor) to cease and refrain from taking any such action;
(vii)      in its capacity as an owner of Term Loans or Revolver, vote in favor of, approve, or otherwise support any amendment to the Credit Agreement as and when requested by the Company related to the Transaction, to extent any such vote, approval, or support is required, as determined in good faith by the Company, in consultation with the Supporting Noteholders, in order to obtain the Approval Acknowledgment, unless such amendment is an amendment requiring consent of all lenders or all affected lenders under the Credit Agreement; provided that , no Supporting Noteholder shall be required to vote in favor of, approve, or otherwise support any amendment, if such amendment would cause the condition set forth in Section 6(c)(iii) not to be satisfied;
(viii)      cooperate with the Company and its legal and financial advisors, as reasonably requested, in connection with any investigation, administrative proceeding or litigation relating to the Transactions or the Company’s discussions with the Administrative Agent with respect to an Approval Acknowledgment, including (but not limited to) by (A) providing any documentation or information upon reasonable request by the Company, its financial and legal advisors or the Administrative Agent and (B) responding to a request or subpoena from the Company or its legal advisors and providing testimony (in a deposition, declaration, court proceeding or otherwise) relating to the Transactions; provided that no such cooperation (including any such provision or response) shall require or obligate any Supporting Noteholders to take any Excepted Action; and
(ix)      to complete and deliver to the Company, at least ten (10) Business Days before the consummation of the Qualified Exchange Offer, a completed and executed Ownership Certification Questionnaire to be sent at least twenty (20) days before the consummation of the Exchange Offer to each Supporting Noteholder by the Company which Ownership and Certification Questionnaire shall be substantially similar to Exhibit B of the Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2011, between the Company and Computer Share Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Warrant Agent (the “ Existing Warrant Agreement ”).
(b)      Additional Claims . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall in no way be construed to preclude any Supporting Noteholder from acquiring additional Notes, loans or other claims (including any claims arising under the Term Loan); provided that to the extent any Supporting Noteholder (i) acquires additional Notes or (ii) holds or acquires any loans or other claims against the Company, including claims arising under the Term Loan, each such Supporting Noteholder agrees (A) to promptly notify the Company of the principal amount of additional Notes so acquired and (B) that such obligations will be subject to this Agreement for the duration of the Support Period, in each case, to the extent, and solely to the extent, held by a Supporting Noteholder; provided that a Supporting Noteholder may not acquire additional Notes during the Support Period (without the written consent of the Company) to the extent such acquisition will exceed the threshold set by Section 7(b) .
(c)      Agreements of Self-Funding Noteholders . In order to facilitate the Exchange Offer, each AG Affiliated Party, Q Investments Affiliated Party, CapRe Affiliated Party and Waddell Affiliated Party (each, a “ Self-Funding Noteholder ”) hereby covenants and agrees that it will elect to receive the Revolving Loan Consideration (as such term is defined in the Offering Memorandum), in the Qualified Exchange Offer and, if approved, to receive the Revolving Loan Consideration by the Administrative Agent, (i) provide all documentation required in connection with that election, as specified in the Offering Memorandum, and (ii) at or prior to the Consummation Date, deposit into an escrow account designated by, and held at, the Indenture Trustee an amount in cash equal to the aggregate principal amount of revolving loans (as such term is defined in the Offering Memorandum) to be issued to such Self-Funding Noteholder in the Exchange Offer. In the event any Self-Funding Noteholder receives the Trust Consideration (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) in the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding the election noted in the preceding sentence, such Self-Funding Noteholder covenants and agrees that it will (i) provide all documentation required in connection with receipt of the Trust Consideration, as specified in the Offering Memorandum, and (ii) no later than one Business Day prior to the Consummation Date, deposit into an escrow account designated by, and held at, the New Revolving Lender an amount in cash equal to the aggregate principal amount of trust certificates to be issued to such Self-Funding Noteholder in the Qualified Exchange Offer.
4.
Agreements of the Company .
Following the Support Effective Date, and until this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with Section 8 , and, in each case, (x) subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (y) unless otherwise expressly permitted or required by this Agreement or the Definitive Documents or (z) otherwise consented to in writing by the Required Supporting Noteholders, the Company agrees that, for the duration of the Support Period, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to:
(a)      support, and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Required Supporting Noteholders to facilitate the implementation and consummation of the Transactions, including (i) taking all actions to support and complete the Transaction and all other actions contemplated in connection therewith and under the Definitive Documents, (ii) obtaining any and all required regulatory approvals and third-party approvals for the Transactions (including taking all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to seek and obtain the Approval Acknowledgment), and (iii) refraining from taking any actions inconsistent, and not failing or omitting to take an action that is consistent, with this Agreement or the Definitive Documents;
(b)      unless the Approval Acknowledgment has been received by December 13, 2016, take any and all actions reasonably advisable to seek and obtain the Approval Order, including, without limitation, commencing litigation proceedings on an expedited basis against the Administrative Agent on or before such date in order to obtain an Approval Order, filing a complaint, and seeking preliminary injunctive relief, judgment on the pleadings, or other similar relief (copies of which complaint and any motions, filings and pleadings in connection with the litigation proceedings shall be provided to Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing and the Company shall consider in good faith any comments of, and shall consult with, Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP in connection with such litigation proceedings, including such complaint and any such motions, filings and pleadings) and, for the avoidance of doubt subject to Section 8(b)(vii) , and, in the event an appeal to the Approval Order is taken by any party, to oppose such appeal and seek to have the appeal heard on an expedited basis and file any motions, filings and pleadings and take any and all actions reasonably advisable with respect to such appeal;
(c)      not (i) consent to any Alternative Transaction (as defined below) or (ii) enter into any contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or other obligation (written or oral) with any other Person (whether or not legally binding) with respect to any Alternative Transaction, in each case, other than (A) entry into any customary non-disclosure agreement, and (B) any consent with respect to a Permitted Transaction;
(d)      keep counsel for the Supporting Noteholders (and, at the request of a Supporting Noteholder, such Supporting Noteholders) reasonably informed, in each case, on a timely basis with respect to any Permitted Transaction and any external discussions with respect thereto, including by promptly providing (and in any event prior to execution and delivery thereof) to counsel for the Supporting Noteholders (and, at the request of a Supporting Noteholder, to such Supporting Noteholders) copies of any proposals, term sheets, contracts, agreements, commitments, understandings or other binding obligations with respect thereto;
(e)      commence the Qualified Exchange Offer no later than 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on December 12, 2016 in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement and the Definitive Documents;
(f)      (i) obtain any and all approvals from its Board or similar governing body of any Company or from any of its shareholders, as applicable, for the Transactions, and (ii) recommend the Transactions to its shareholders in the Company’s Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC (the “ Proxy Statement ”);
(g)      (i) prepare and file the preliminary Proxy Statement with the SEC within twenty-one (21) calendar days from the Support Effective Date, (ii) mail the definitive Proxy Statement and all other proxy materials for the Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined below) to its shareholders within forty-five (45) calendar days from the Support Effective Date, provided that if the SEC undertakes review of the Proxy Statement, such date shall be extended to one hundred five (105) calendar days from the Support Effective Date, (iii) duly call and hold within one hundred five (105) calendar days from the Support Effective Date a shareholders’ meeting of the Company for the purpose of voting on and approving the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the issuance of the Common Stock in connection with the Qualified Exchange Offer (such meeting, the “ Shareholders’ Meeting ”), provided that if the SEC undertakes review of the Proxy Statement, such date shall be extended to one hundred sixty‑five (165) calendar days, and (iv) obtain the required affirmative vote of its shareholders of the Company at the Shareholders’ Meeting to approve the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the issuance of the Common Stock in connection with the Qualified Exchange Offer and to obtain any other approval by its shareholders deemed necessary or advisable by the Company to facilitate the Qualified Exchange Offer or Transactions, as applicable;
(h)      cause the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the tendering Noteholders in the Qualified Exchange Offer to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market and to make all other requisite filings, notices and/or applications with NASDAQ Capital Market in connection with the Transactions; provided that , if the Company’s Class A Common Stock is delisted for any reason, such delisting and any subsequent failure to list the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market will not give rise to a breach of this Section 4(h) ;
(i)      provide the Supporting Noteholders with any documentation or information that is reasonably requested by the Supporting Noteholders or is reasonably necessary to consummate the Transactions and that is not unduly burdensome to the Company to provide, subject to any confidentiality restrictions to which the Company may be subject;
(j)      provide the Supporting Noteholders’ legal and financial advisors with any documentation or information upon reasonable request by such party regarding (i) the Company’s developments with the Administrative Agent with respect to an Approval Acknowledgment, and (ii) any litigation or judicial process arising from or related to the Transactions or the Company’s efforts to obtain the Approval Order;
(k)      not (i) waive any of the conditions to consummation of the Transactions set forth in the Definitive Documents or (ii) amend or waive any of the terms or conditions of the Definitive Documents, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders;
(l)      negotiate in good faith and on a timely basis to enter into the Definitive Documents;
(m)      not (i) make or declare any dividends, distributions or other payments on account of the Equity Securities, other than as permitted under clauses (4), (7), (9), (12) or (13) of Section 3.3(b) of the Indenture, or (ii) enter into any Affiliate Transactions (as defined in the Indenture) except (x) pursuant to any agreement or arrangement set forth on Exhibit O , (y) as permitted by clauses (1) through (10) of Section 3.8(b) of the Indenture or (z) for issuances of any Equity Securities to any officer, director, employee, manager or consultant (in his or her capacity as such) which issuances have been approved by the Board;
(n)      cause Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., certain members of his family and their Affiliates to enter into and provide to the Parties a duly executed Amendment to Existing Stockholders’ Agreement;
(o)      file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and cause to be effective, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on or prior to the Consummation Date; and
(p)      enter into an indemnification agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit P hereto with each of the members of the Board subject to nomination and election solely by the holders of Class D Common Stock and Class E Common Stock, respectively.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 10 hereof, or any of the Definitive Documents, (x) the Board or any such similar governing body of the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt its subsidiaries and Affiliates) shall be permitted to take (or permitted to refrain from taking) any action with respect to the Transactions, including terminating the Transactions, to the extent such Board or similar governing body has determined, in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel), that (i) taking such action, or refraining from taking such action, as applicable, is reasonably required to comply with its fiduciary duties under applicable law or (ii) neither the Approval Order nor the Approval Acknowledgment will be received on or before the Outside Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof), and (y) the officers and employees of the Company shall not be required to take any actions to the extent the Board or any such similar governing body of the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt its subsidiaries and Affiliates) has determined in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that the taking of such actions would be inconsistent with such officer’s or employee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law. In the event the Board or any such similar governing body of the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt its subsidiaries and Affiliates) determines that taking any action or refraining from taking any action is required pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall promptly, and in any event within forty-eight (48) hours of the Board’s or applicable similar governing body’s determination, provide written notice (in accordance with Section 24 hereof) to the Supporting Noteholders, which notice shall set forth (A) the acts that the Company intends to take or refrain from taking and (B) the specific dut(y)/(ies) that the Board or applicable similar governing body has determined the directors, officers, or employees would breach as a result of such prohibited or required action. For the avoidance of doubt, the initiation of or participation in discussions regarding an Alternative Transaction shall not require any notice hereunder nor shall it be a breach of this Agreement.

5.
Mutual Agreements .
Each of the Parties hereby agrees, as of the Support Effective Date:
(a)      Effective from and after the Consummation Date, in exchange for the cooperation and participation in the Transactions of the Supporting Noteholders, the Company shall waive, release, and discharge the Noteholder Released Parties and their respective property, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, from any and all causes of action and any other claims, debts, obligations, duties, rights, suits, damages, actions, derivative claims, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing as of the Consummation Date, in law, at equity, or otherwise, whether for tort, contract, claims arising out of violations of federal or state securities laws, fraud, misrepresentation (whether intended or negligent), breach of duty (including any duty of candor), any laws or statutes similar to the foregoing, or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, or other occurrence or circumstances existing or taking place prior to or on the Consummation Date arising from or related in any way to the Company, its subsidiaries, the Indenture, the Credit Agreement, the purchase, sale, marketing of, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any security of the Company, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any claim or equity interest that is treated under the Transactions, the Notes, the Term Loan, the Revolver, any business or contractual arrangements between the Company and any Noteholder Released Party, and the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of this Agreement, the Definitive Documents, or related agreements, instruments, or other documents, including those that the Company or any holder of a claim against or interest in the Company or any other entity could have been legally entitled to assert derivatively or on behalf of any other entity (collectively, the “ Company Released Claims ”). Further, from and after the Consummation Date, the Company hereby covenants and agrees not to, directly or indirectly, bring, maintain, or encourage any cause of action or other claim or proceeding against a Noteholder Released Party relating to or arising out of any Company Released Claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (a), nothing herein shall release, and Company Released Claims shall not include, (i) any claims, rights or obligations arising under, or any causes of action and any other claims, debts, obligations, duties, rights, suits, damages, actions, derivative claims, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, in each case, arising on or after the Consummation Date, in law, at equity, or otherwise, whether for tort, contract, claims arising out of violations of federal or state securities laws, fraud, misrepresentation (whether intended or negligent), breach of duty (including any duty of candor), any laws or statutes similar to the foregoing, or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, or other occurrence or circumstances existing with respect to the Transactions or this Agreement, any Definitive Documents, or any related agreements, instruments, or other documents (“ Excluded Claims ”), (ii) any claims in favor of the Company with respect to fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct, in each case as determined by a Final Order entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) the Noteholder Released Parties’ obligations arising under this Agreement or the Definitive Documents.
(b)      Effective from and after Consummation Date, to the extent no Termination Event then exists, in exchange for the cooperation and participation of the Company, each of the Noteholder Released Parties shall waive, release, and discharge the Company Released Parties and their respective property, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, from any and all causes of action and any other claims, debts, obligations, duties, rights, suits, damages, actions, derivative claims, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing as of the Consummation Date, in law, at equity, or otherwise, whether for tort, contract, claims arising out of violations of federal or state securities laws, fraud, misrepresentation (whether intended or negligent), breach of duty (including any duty of candor), any laws or statutes similar to the foregoing, or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, or other occurrence or circumstances existing or taking place prior to or on the Consummation Date arising from or related in any way to the Company, its subsidiaries, the Indenture, the Credit Agreement, the purchase, sale, marketing of, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any security of the Company, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any claim or equity interest that is treated under the Transactions, the Notes, the Term Loan, the Revolver, any business or contractual arrangements between the Company and any Noteholder Released Party, and the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of this Agreement, the Definitive Documents, or related agreements, instruments or other documents, including those that the Company or any holder of a claim against or interest in the Company or any other entity could have been legally entitled to assert derivatively or on behalf of any other entity (collectively, the “ Noteholder Released Claims ”). Further, from and after the Consummation Date, each of the Noteholder Released Parties hereby covenant and agree not to, directly or indirectly, bring, maintain or encourage any cause of action or other claim or proceeding against a Company Released Party relating to or arising out of any Noteholder Released Claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (b), nothing herein shall release, and the Noteholder Released Claims shall not include, the Company Released Parties from (i) any Excluded Claims, (ii) any claims in favor of the Supporting Noteholders with respect to fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct, in each case as determined by a Final Order entered by a Court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) the Company’s obligations arising under this Agreement or the Definitive Documents.
(c)      Waiver of Civil Code Section 1542 . With respect to the releases set forth above, the Noteholder Released Parties and the Company Released Parties expressly and voluntarily waive any and all rights and benefits conferred upon them by the provisions of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code or any similar statute, regulation or rule arising under the law of any jurisdiction. Section 1542 states:
“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”
The Noteholder Released Parties and the Company Released Parties acknowledge that they are aware that they or their attorneys may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different from those which they now know or believe to exist with respect to either the subject matter of this Agreement or any party hereto, but they hereto further acknowledge that it is their intention to hereby fully, finally, and forever settle and release all claims among them to the extent provided in this Agreement, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, which now exist, may exist, or heretofore have existed.
(d)      Except as expressly set forth in the Definitive Documents, the Parties agree that this Agreement does not constitute a commitment to, nor shall it obligate any of the Parties to, provide any new financing or credit support.
6.
Conditions Precedent .
(a)      It shall be a condition precedent to each Party’s obligation to consummate the Transactions that:
(i)      either (A) the Approval Order shall have been entered or (B) the Company shall have obtained the Approval Acknowledgment; provided that , without limiting Section 6(c)(iii) hereof, any undertaking by the Company with respect to the Approval Acknowledgment that materially and adversely impairs the Company’s ability to consummate the Transactions shall require the written consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
(ii)      the Administrative Agent (or any successor thereto) has executed and delivered to the Company the Agent Consent and all the Definitive Documentation to which it is a party on the Consummation Date;
(iii)      each of the Definitive Documents shall have, if applicable, been duly executed and delivered to the appropriate parties and shall be in full force and effect at the Consummation Date; provided that a Party’s failure to execute and deliver a Definitive Document to which it is a party and which it is required to execute and deliver pursuant to this Agreement shall not be a condition precedent to such Party’s obligations;
(iv)      the newly constituted Board, including the members of the Board approved as outlined in the terms attached hereto as Exhibit L , shall have been elected or designated by the existing members of the Board as “continuing directors” (which condition may be waived by the Required Supporting Noteholders in their sole discretion);
(v)      holders of at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the principal amount of the Notes shall have (A) on or prior to the closing of the Qualified Exchange Offer, agreed to the Qualified Exchange Offer and validly and timely tendered, delivered and not withdrawn the requisite tender of (when solicited to do so and by the applicable deadline for doing so) such Notes in the Qualified Exchange Offer and (B) on the Consummation Date, not changed, revoked, or withdrawn such agreement or tender; and
(vi)      the Company shall have obtained any shareholder approvals required to implement the Transactions.
(b)      It shall be a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to consummate the Transactions (it being understood and agreed that upon satisfaction or waiver by the Company of the conditions set forth in Section 6(a) and this Section 6(b) ), the Company will consummate the Transactions) that:
(i)      the representations and warranties of the Required Supporting Noteholders contained in Section 9 shall be true and correct in all respects at and as of the date hereof and as of the Consummation Date with the same effect as if made at and as of such date and after giving effect to the Transactions (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date);
(ii)      the Required Supporting Noteholders shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all of their respective covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance prior to the Consummation Date;
(iii)      the Approval Order shall have become a Final Order (which condition may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion); and
(iv)      (A) the new revolving lender identified in the Participation Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion (it being agreed that Cantor Fitzgerald Securities shall be deemed satisfactory); and (B) lenders holding a sufficient principal amount of Revolving Credit Commitments (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have assigned such Revolving Credit Commitments to such new revolving lender identified in the Participation Agreement or an exchanging noteholder (and such assignments of Revolving Credit Commitments shall not have expired) to permit consummation of the Qualified Exchange Offer.
(c)      It shall be a condition precedent to the Supporting Noteholders’ obligation to consummate the Transactions (it being understood and agreed that upon satisfaction or waiver by the Required Supporting Noteholders of the conditions set forth in Section 6(a) and this Section 6(c) the Supporting Noteholders will consummate the Transactions) that:
(i)      the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 10 shall be true and correct in all respects at and as of the date hereof and as of the Consummation Date with the same effect as if made at and as of such date and after giving effect to the Transactions (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date);
(ii)      the Company shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all of its respective covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance on or prior to the Consummation Date;
(iii)      the Company shall have not entered into any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other agreement with any of the lenders under the Credit Agreement either that (A) materially impairs the Company’s ability to consummate the Transactions or (B) materially and adversely affects the economic interests of a Supporting Noteholder in its capacity, collectively, as holder of Revolver and Common Stock, after giving pro forma effect to the consummation of the Transactions (including any such amendments, restatements, supplements, or modifications thereto that, in either case, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s ability to continue to make interest payments with respect to the Revolver and repay the Revolver upon maturity), in each case, without the written consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders;
(iv)      since December 31, 2012, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes hereof, “ Material Adverse Effect ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Credit Agreement in effect on the date hereof; provided that no act or omission taken pursuant to this Agreement or the Definitive Documents in connection with the Transactions shall give rise to a Material Adverse Effect for purposes of this Agreement;
(v)      the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall have been filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and shall be in full force and effect; and
(vi)      any conditions precedent set forth in any of the Definitive Documents shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of each applicable Definitive Document and this Agreement.
7.
Transfer of Claims; Standstill .
(a)      Each Supporting Noteholder agrees that, for the duration of the Support Period, such Supporting Noteholder shall not sell, transfer, loan, issue, pledge (except for blanket security interests of lenders to any of the Supporting Noteholders), hypothecate, assign, or otherwise dispose of (including by participation), directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any of the Notes or any option thereon or any right or interest therein, or any right or claim derived therefrom (including the Trust Certificates) (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), unless the transferee thereof either (i) is a Supporting Noteholder or (ii) prior to such Transfer, agrees in writing for the benefit of the Parties to become a Supporting Noteholder and to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement (including with respect to any and all claims or interests it already may hold against or in the Company prior to such Transfer which are subject to this Agreement) by executing the Joinder Agreement and delivering an executed copy thereof, within two (2) Business Days of closing of such Transfer, to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 North LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attn: Ryan Preston Dahl and Jason B. Gott and also via email at ryan.dahl@kirkland.com and jason.gott@kirkland.com, in which event (x) the transferee (including the Supporting Noteholder’s transferee, if applicable) shall be deemed to be a Supporting Noteholder hereunder with respect to all such transferred rights and obligations as well as a Party hereto with respect to any and all claims or interests it may hold against or in the Company and (y) the transferor shall be deemed to relinquish its rights (and be released from its obligations) under this Agreement to the extent of such transferred rights and obligations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) any Supporting Noteholder may transfer any of its Notes or any option thereon or any right or interest therein, or any right or claim derived therefrom to an entity that is acting in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker without the requirement that the Qualified Marketmaker be or become a Supporting Noteholder or sign a Joinder Agreement; provided that the Qualified Marketmaker promptly (and in any event prior to the next applicable date on which the Supporting Noteholders will vote on any mater presented to them) transfers all of such Notes, option, right, interest or claim to a transferee that is or becomes a Supporting Noteholder or who has or does sign a Joinder Agreement as provided above concurrently with such transfer, and the transfer documentation between the transferring Supporting Noteholder and such Qualified Marketmaker shall contain a requirement that provides as such; and (ii) to the extent any Supporting Noteholder is acting in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker, it may transfer any Notes or any option thereon or any right or interest therein, or any right or claim derived therefrom that it acquires from a holder of such Notes, option, right, interest or claim that is not a Supporting Noteholder without the requirement that the transferee be or become a Supporting Noteholder or sign a Joinder Agreement. Each Supporting Noteholder agrees that any Transfer of any Notes that does not comply with the terms and procedures set forth herein shall be deemed void ab initio , and the Company and each other Supporting Noteholder shall have the right to enforce the voiding of such transfer. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, during the Support Period, a Supporting Noteholder may offer, sell or otherwise transfer any or all of its interests or claims in the Notes to any entity that, as of the date of transfer, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Supporting Noteholder; provided that such entity shall automatically be subject to the terms of this Agreement and deemed a Party hereto and shall execute a Joinder Agreement.
(b)      Each Supporting Noteholder party hereto acknowledges and agrees that, during the Support Period, it shall not acquire beneficial ownership of either additional shares of Class A Common Stock or additional Notes, in each case, (i) determined in accordance with (A) the applicable rules of IRC §382 and the regulations thereunder or (B) the definition of “beneficial ownership” as defined in this Agreement and (ii) to the extent, and solely to the extent, that, after giving effect to such acquisition and the Transactions, such acquisition would directly result in both (A) such Supporting Noteholder qualifying as a five percent (5%) shareholder within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.382-2T(g) and (B) a material limitation on the net operating losses available to the Company immediately prior to the time of such acquisition. In addition, each Supporting Noteholder party hereto acknowledges and agrees that, during the Support Period, it will not acquire beneficial ownership of any Equity Securities or Notes in addition to what is set forth on such Supporting Noteholder’s signature page hereto without the prior consent of the Company to the extent that such acquisition would result in a Restricted Group in respect of such Supporting Noteholder thereby beneficially owning Equity Securities comprising twenty-two and a half percent (22.5%) or more of the voting power of the Company’s Equity Securities determined as of the date of such proposed acquisition giving pro forma effect to the Transactions contemplated herein, excluding any Equity Securities acquired by way of stock dividend, stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, rights offering, merger, consolidation or other like distributions approved and made by the Company to holders of Equity Securities or debt obligations of the Company in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing nothing in this Section 7(b) shall restrict, nor shall a Supporting Noteholder be in breach hereof as a result of, (A) such Supporting Noteholder’s holdings and ownership of the Notes and Equity Securities as of the Support Effective Date or (B) any acquisition of or entry into any swap or hedge interest, agreement, or arrangement so long as any interest, agreement, or arrangement does not give such Supporting Noteholder the right to acquire additional Equity Securities or to vote any Equity Securities, or cause any Equity Securities, to be voted as directed by such Supporting Noteholder.
(c)      Each Supporting Noteholder acknowledges and agrees that, from and after the Consummation Date until the earliest of: (i) November 28, 2020, (ii) (A) the termination of the Existing Stockholders’ Agreement (as amended by the Amendment to Existing Stockholders’ Agreement) by agreement of the parties thereto (and not pursuant to the terms thereof expressly providing for such termination), or (B) the amendment or waiver by the Company of any provision thereof (and not pursuant to the terms thereof expressly providing for the same) to the extent it (x) reduces, in any material respect, the restrictions on the acquisition of Equity Securities set forth therein or (y) permits the acquisition of Equity Securities in violation of the current terms thereof, (iii) the Termination Event described in Section 8(a)(ii) and (iv) the termination of the Credit Agreement, each Supporting Noteholder covenants and agrees with the Company (and not with any other Supporting Noteholder) that such Supporting Noteholder shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, without the prior written consent of the Company:
(A) except by way of stock dividend, stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, rights offering, merger, consolidation or other like distributions approved and made by the Company to holders of Equity Securities or debt obligations of the Company, acquire any beneficial ownership of Class A Common Stock, or enter into any agreements or make any understandings in respect of the acquisition or voting of Equity Securities or otherwise, or take any action, or fail to take any action, such that the Restricted Group in respect of such Supporting Noteholder thereby beneficially owns Equity Securities comprising twenty-two and a half percent (22.5%) or more of the voting power of the Company’s Equity Securities determined as of and calculated as of the time of such acquisition, or
(B) take any action, directly or indirectly, alone or in concert with others, including through the voting of any shares of Equity Securities of the Company at meetings called or held for the purpose of electing directors of the Company or other purposes (or by consent action taken in lieu of such a meeting), (i) to seek, cause, promote or support the removal of any member of the Board (other than any such action with respect to such members of the Board subject to nomination and election solely by the holders of Class D Common Stock or Class E Common Stock), (ii) to vote, or solicit, or participate with any other Person in the solicitation of, proxies, in order to vote, advise or influence any Person with respect to, and solely with respect to, the voting of shares of Equity Securities of the Company other than (and the Supporting Noteholder agrees to vote affirmatively or submit a proxy) (x) in favor of each director that the Board recommends for election to the Board, (y) against any director that the Board has not nominated for election, and (z) in accordance with the recommendation of the Board on any other matters proposed by the Company or by one or more stockholders of the Company (other than (a) any proposed merger, acquisition or other business combination or similar extraordinary transaction requiring a vote of the stockholders of the Company under Delaware law after approval by the Board or (b) any proposed amendment or modification to, or restatement of, the Company’s certificate of incorporation (including, if requiring any vote of stockholders under Delaware law, any certificate of designation with respect thereto) that is proposed by the Board and adversely affects the legal rights of the Supporting Noteholders, on which proposals each Supporting Noteholder may vote in its own absolute discretion), (iii) make or be the proponent of any stockholder proposal, (iv) make any request for stockholders list materials or other books and records of the Company pursuant to Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise, (v) publicly contest the validity of, or publicly request any waiver of, the obligations set forth in this Section 7(c) , (vi) make any public statement or announcement that relates to and constitutes an ad hominem attack on, or relates to and otherwise disparages, the Company or its business, operations or financial performance, officers or directors or any Person who has served as an officer or director of either party in the past, or who serves on or following the date of this Agreement as an officer, director or agent of the Company (1) in any document or report filed with or furnished to the SEC or any other governmental agency, (2) in any press release or other publicly available format or (3) to any stockholder, investor, analyst, journalist or member of the media (including without limitation, in a television, radio, internet, newspaper or magazine interview), or (vii) encourage, advise, assist, direct or facilitate the taking of any actions by any other Person in connection with any of the foregoing.
(d)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in Section 7(c) shall restrict, nor shall a Supporting Noteholder be in breach hereof as a result of, (A) such Noteholder’s holdings and ownership of the Notes and Equity Securities as of the Support Effective Date or (B) any acquisition of or entry into any swap or hedge interest, agreement, or arrangement so long as any such interest, agreement, or arrangement does not give such Supporting Noteholder the right to acquire additional Equity Securities or to vote any Equity Securities, or cause any Equity Securities to be voted, as directed by such Supporting Noteholder. Each Supporting Noteholder agrees that it will not cause, permit, direct, or encourage the Restricted Noteholder (to the extent it has the requisite power to prohibit the Restricted Noteholder) to take any of the actions prohibited herein.
(e)      Should any party holding Notes wish to become a Supporting Noteholder hereunder, it may do so by executing the Joinder Agreement, and delivering an executed copy thereof, within two (2) Business Days of closing of such Transfer, to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 North LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attn: Ryan Preston Dahl and Jason B. Gott and also via email at ryan.dahl@kirkland.com and jason.gott@kirkland.com, in which event the party shall be deemed to be a Supporting Noteholder hereunder with respect to all rights and obligations under the Notes and under this Agreement, as well as a Party hereto with respect to any and all claims or interests it may hold against or in the Company, in each case, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
8.
Termination .
This Agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events together with written notice thereof by the Parties asserting termination to the other Parties (each event a “ Termination Event ” and the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance herewith, the “ Termination Date ”):
(a)      by the Required Supporting Noteholders, in their sole and absolute discretion:
(i)      if (A) the Company has breached, in any material respect, any of its obligations under this Agreement or under the Definitive Documents or upon the occurrence of a material default or event of default as set forth herein and therein, (B) such terminating Party has provided written notice to the Company of such breach, and (C) such breach remains outstanding as of the date that is five (5) Business Days after the delivery of such notice to the Company;
(ii)      if (A) the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt its subsidiaries) commences proceedings under title 11 of the United States Code (including (1) voluntarily commencing any case or filing any petition seeking bankruptcy, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (2) consenting to the institution of, or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any involuntary proceeding or petition described above, (3) filing an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (4) applying for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company for a substantial part of its assets (5) making a general assignment or arrangement for the benefit of creditors or (6) taking any corporate action for the purpose of authorizing any of the foregoing); (B) the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt any of its subsidiaries) has any such proceedings commenced involuntarily against it (including the filing of an involuntary petition seeking bankruptcy, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Company or their debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative, receivership or similar law), or (C) a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official is appointed for the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt any of its subsidiaries);
(iii)      if (A) a “Default” (as defined in the Indenture) has occurred, (B) such terminating Party has provided written notice to the Company of such Default, and (C) to the extent the Indenture contains a grace period for such default prior to such default becoming an “Event of Default” (as defined in the Indenture) that is longer than five (5) Business Days, such Default remains outstanding as of the date that is five (5) Business Days after the delivery of such notice to the Company; provided , that , in the event of (x) a Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest (as defined in the Indenture)) on a Note held by a Supporting Noteholder (other than the non-payment of interest or premium, if any, on the principal of such Note that became due solely because of the acceleration of such Note) or (y) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 of the Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each holder of Notes affected, then each Supporting Noteholder shall be permitted and entitled to terminate this Agreement with respect to itself without requiring any action by the Required Supporting Noteholders pursuant to this subsection; provided , further , that no act or omission taken pursuant to this Agreement or the Definitive Documents in connection with the Transactions shall give rise to a Termination Event pursuant to this Section 8(a)(iii) ;
(iv)      upon notice delivered by the Company pursuant to the final paragraph of Section 4 hereof;
(v)      upon the valid termination of the Qualified Exchange Offer in accordance with its respective terms;
(vi)      if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued an order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing, or prohibiting the Transactions in a material way that cannot be reasonably remedied by the Parties, including if the Approval Order is denied by a court of competent jurisdiction;
(vii)      upon (A) a filing by the Company of any proceeding challenging the validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of, or seeking avoidance or subordination of, the Notes and/or the liens securing the Notes (or if the Company supports any such proceeding commenced by any third party, if any); (B) the entry of an order by any court of competent jurisdiction invalidating, disallowing, subordinating, or limiting, in any respect, as applicable, the enforceability, priority, or validity of the Notes;
(viii)      upon the termination or breach of the Existing Stockholders’ Agreement or the Voting Agreement;
(ix)      if the Qualified Exchange Offer has not commenced by 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on December 12, 2016;
(x)      if the Qualified Exchange Offer has not closed by the Outside Date;
(xi)      if the preliminary Proxy Statement, together with all other proxy materials, for the Shareholders’ Meeting has not been filed with the SEC by December 27, 2016;
(xii)      if the Shareholders’ Meeting for the purpose of voting on and approving the Transactions, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the issuance of new common stock in the Company as contemplated by the Transactions, has not been duly called and held by January 27, 2017; provided , however , that if the SEC undertakes review of the Proxy Statement, then such date shall be extended until February 9, 2017;
(xiii)      if the Approval Acknowledgment has not been received and if no litigation proceedings seeking entry of the Approval Order have been commenced by December 13, 2016; or
(xiv)      if any required affirmative vote of the shareholders of the Company to approve the Transactions, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the issuance of Common Stock in the Company as contemplated by the Transactions, has not occurred by January 27, 2017; provided , however , that if the SEC undertakes review of the Proxy Statement, then such date shall be extended until February 9, 2017.
(b)      by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion:
(i)      without limiting Section 8(b)(ii) hereof, if (A) any Supporting Noteholder has breached, in any material respect, any of its obligations under this Agreement or under the Definitive Documents, or upon the occurrence of a material default or event of default as set forth herein and therein, (B) the Company has provided written notice to the Supporting Noteholders of such breach, and (C) such breach remains outstanding as of the date that is five (5) Business Days after the delivery of such notice to the Supporting Noteholders;
(ii)      immediately, if (A) any Supporting Noteholder fails to timely tender its Notes in the Qualified Exchange Offer in conjunction with the Transactions and as required under this Agreement and (B) the Company, upon knowledge thereof, has provided written notice of such failure to tender to the Supporting Noteholders at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which such Supporting Noteholder was required to tender pursuant to this Agreement;
(iii)      if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued an order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing, or prohibiting the Transactions in a material way that cannot be reasonably remedied by the Parties;
(iv)      if holders of at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the principal amount of the Notes have not on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Offering Memorandum attached hereto), agreed to the Qualified Exchange Offer and validly and timely tendered, delivered and not withdrawn the requisite tender of (when solicited to do so and by the applicable deadline for doing so) such Notes in the Qualified Exchange Offer;
(v)      if the Board or any such similar governing body of any Company (including for the avoidance of doubt Cumulus Media, Cumulus Holdings and their subsidiaries), determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that neither the Approval Order nor the Approval Acknowledgment will likely be obtained on or before March 13, 2017;
(vi)      if the Board or any such similar governing body of any Company (including for the avoidance of doubt its subsidiaries and Affiliates), determine in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel), that continued performance under this Agreement would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable law; or
(vii)      during the Appeal Period, if (A) at any time the total Revolving Credit Commitments held by the new revolving lender constitute less than a majority of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments or (B) the Company in good faith determines (after consultation with outside counsel) not to oppose or to continue to oppose such appeal or request for relief;
(c)      by the written mutual consent of the Company and the Required Supporting Noteholders; or
(d)      by either the Company or the Required Supporting Noteholders if the Transactions have not been consummated on the first Business Day after the Outside Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof).
Upon the Termination Date, this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void ab initio and of no further force or effect, each Party hereto shall be released from its commitments, undertakings and agreements under or related to this Agreement and any of the Definitive Documents, as applicable, and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of any Party hereto; provided that in no event shall any such termination relieve a Party hereto from (i) liability for its breach or non-performance of its obligations hereunder prior to such Termination Date, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement by any other Party, and (ii) obligations under this Agreement which expressly survive any such termination pursuant to Section 22 ; provided , further , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Termination Event may be waived in accordance with the procedures established by Section 17 , in which case the Termination Event so waived shall be deemed not to have occurred, this Agreement shall be deemed to continue in full force and effect, and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereto shall be restored, subject to any modification set forth in such waiver. Without limiting Section 21 hereof, upon any Termination Event, any and all consents, tenders, waivers, forbearances and votes delivered by a Supporting Noteholder automatically shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and void ab initio and shall not be considered or otherwise used in any manner by the Company or any other party. Upon the Termination Date, other than on account of a Termination Event arising under Section 8(b)(ii) hereof, the fee and expense reimbursements required by Section 15 hereof shall be payable immediately for all work through the Termination Date. This Agreement will further automatically terminate as to any Supporting Noteholder upon the Transfer of all of such Supporting Noteholder’s Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7 hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary (but subject to the last paragraph of Section 4 and Section 8(b)(vi) hereof), no Party may exercise any of its respective termination rights as set forth in this Section 8 if such Party has failed to perform or comply in all material respects with the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless such failure to perform or comply arises as a result of another Party’s actions or inactions or would not otherwise give rise to a Termination Event in favor of the other Party.

9.
Representations and Warranties of the Supporting Noteholders .
Each Supporting Noteholder severally, and neither jointly nor jointly and severally, represents and warrants that, during the Support Period (except as otherwise provided below):

(a)      It (i) is, as of the Support Effective Date or, if after the Support Effective Date, the date upon which it delivers its executed signature page to this Agreement, the beneficial owner (including pursuant to any swap or derivative transaction) of the face amount of the Notes, the number of Equity Securities and the amount of such other claims against the Company and/or its subsidiaries under the Term Loans and Revolver that it owns, or is the nominee, investment manager, or advisor for beneficial holders of or discretionary accounts holding the Notes, the Equity Securities or the Term Loan or Revolver, as reflected in such Party’s signature block to this Agreement, in each case, other than any Restricted Claims and (ii) does not beneficially own any other Notes, Equity Securities or other claims under the Term Loan or Revolver.
(b)      It has the full power and authority to act on behalf of, vote and consent to matters concerning the Notes and such other claims against the Company (including the Term Loans) that it owns.
(c)      If it owns any Notes, such Notes are not subject to any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity, option, proxy, voting restriction, right of first refusal, or other limitation on disposition, transfer, or encumbrances of any kind, that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any way such Party’s ability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement at the time such obligations are required to be performed.
(d)      Its execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no other proceedings and no other votes, consents or approvals or actions or proceedings are necessary to effectuate the Transactions contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, this Agreement.
(e)      As of the date hereof (or such later date that it delivers its signature page hereto to the other Parties), it has no actual knowledge of any event that, due to any fiduciary or similar duty to any other person or entity, would prevent it from taking any action required of it under this Agreement.
(f)      The execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement does not, and shall not, require any registration or filing with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state, or other governmental authority or regulatory body.
(g)      It is both (a) (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) a “qualified purchaser” as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (b) not a “benefit plan investor” as defined in Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(h)      It is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and this Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Supporting Noteholder, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, including remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief.
(i)      It has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into, execute, and deliver this Agreement and to effectuate the Transactions contemplated by, and perform its respective obligations under, this Agreement.
(j)      The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not and shall not: (i) violate any provision of law, rules, or regulations applicable to it or any of its subsidiaries in any material respect; (ii) violate its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or other organizational documents or those of any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contractual obligation to which it is a party, which conflict, breach, or default, would have a material and adverse effect on the Transactions.
(k)      It is not a party to any contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or other obligation (written or oral) with any other person with respect to the Transactions, including the Exchange Offer and the Revolver Amendments, any purchase, sale, acquisition, repurchase, exchange or other disposition of the Notes, the Term Loan, the Revolver, or any other equity or debt securities of the Company or any financing, refinancing, plan of reorganization or liquidation, proposal, offer, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale or transfer of assets or equity or debt interests or any other transaction or restructuring involving the Company or any of its assets, properties, rights, obligations or businesses, other than in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to this Agreement and the Definitive Documents and the Transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, an “ Alternative Transaction ”).
(l)      With respect to a Supporting Noteholder other than Capital Research and Management Company, such Supporting Noteholder has not and does not control any Restricted Noteholder and is not able to cause any Restricted Noteholder to take any action.
(m)      With respect to the Restricted Noteholder, Capital Research and Management Company (“ CapRe ”) (and no other Supporting Noteholder) represents and warrants that the Restricted Noteholder is restricted or restrained by its applicable organizational documents or similar applicable agreement or contract governing its operation and affairs (including its investment) from participating in the Qualified Exchange Offer solely with respect to the Restricted Claim, including as a result of a prohibition on such Restricted Noteholder owning any Equity Securities and, to the extent it has the requisite power to prohibit the Restricted Noteholder from doing so, CapRe will not cause or permit the Restricted Noteholder to engage in any actions or activities otherwise prohibited to Supporting Noteholders generally under the terms of this Agreement (it being understood that Restricted Noteholder will not be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring the $805,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes currently held). CapRe further covenants and agrees that the Restricted Noteholder will not, directly or indirectly, acquire any additional Notes.
10.
Representations and Warranties of the Company .
The Company (with respect to Cumulus Media and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries), jointly and severally, represents and warrants that, during the Support Period (except as otherwise provided below):

(a)      The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, Cumulus Holdings, and the subsidiary guarantors to the Indenture, including the approval by the Board of the Transactions, and no other proceedings on the part of the Company and no other votes, consents or approvals or actions or proceedings by or on behalf of Company, other than shareholder approval contemplated by the Proxy Solicitation and the Approval Acknowledgment, are necessary to effectuate the Transactions contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, this Agreement.
(b)      It is not a party to any contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or other obligation (written or oral) with any other person with respect to the Transactions (including the Exchange Offer and the Revolver Amendments, or any Alternative Transaction).
(c)      The Company has filed or furnished, as applicable, all material forms, filings, registrations, submissions, statements, certifications, reports and documents required to be filed or furnished by it with the SEC under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act since December 31, 2013 (together with any filings with the SEC incorporated by reference by the Offering Memorandum, the “ Company Reports ”). As of their respective dates (or, if amended prior to the date hereof, as of the date of such amendment), each of the Company Reports, as amended, complied, in all material respects, with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the Securities Act, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company Reports. Subject to any approval required or contemplated by this Agreement, the Company is not in breach of, or default under the Indenture or the Credit Agreement and there exists no event of default or circumstance which would, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, result in a default or event of default, under the Indenture or the Credit Agreement.
(d)      As of the date hereof (or such later date that it delivers its signature page hereto to the other Parties), it has no actual knowledge of any event that, due to any fiduciary or similar duty to any other person or entity, would prevent it from taking any action required of it under this Agreement.
(e)      It is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and this Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, including remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief.
(f)      It has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into, execute, and deliver this Agreement and to effectuate the Transactions contemplated by, and perform its respective obligations under, this Agreement, subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, including Section 6 hereof.
(g)      The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not and shall not: (i) violate any provision of law, rules, or regulations applicable to it or any of its subsidiaries in any material respect; (ii) violate its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or other organizational documents or those of any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contractual obligation to which it is a party, which conflict, breach, or default, would have a material and adverse effect on the Transactions, subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, including Section 6 hereof.
11.
Good Faith Cooperation; Further Assurances .
As long as a Termination Event under Section 8 of this Agreement has not occurred, the Company hereby covenants and agrees to cooperate in good faith with all information requests reasonably made by advisors to the Supporting Noteholders that are necessary or advisable for the Supporting Noteholders to evaluate the Transactions, and further covenants and agrees to deliver such information requested on a timely basis.
12.
Effectiveness .
This Agreement will be effective and binding upon the Company and the undersigned Parties as of the date on which: (a) the Company shall have executed and delivered counterpart signature pages of this Agreement to the Parties or their respective counsel; and (b) two (2) or more Noteholders, together, holding at least 57.3% by principal face amount of all outstanding Notes, shall have executed and delivered counterpart signature pages of this Agreement to counsel to the Company (the “ Support Effective Date ”).
13.
Entire Agreement .
This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all other prior negotiations, agreements, and understandings, whether written or oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than the Confidentiality Agreements, which remain unaltered; provided that , the Support Effective Date shall be deemed the Public Disclosure Time (as defined in Confidentiality Agreements).
14.
Waiver .
This Agreement is part of a proposed settlement of matters that could otherwise be the subject of litigation among the Parties hereto. If the Transactions contemplated herein are not consummated, or following the occurrence of the Termination Date, if applicable, nothing shall be construed herein as a waiver by any Party of any or all of such Party’s rights and the Parties expressly reserve any and all of their respective rights. Pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and any other applicable rules of evidence in any applicable jurisdiction, this Agreement and all negotiations relating hereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce its terms.
15.
Payment of Fees and Expenses .
The Company will pay the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, as legal advisor, and Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., as financial advisor, to the ad hoc group of Supporting Noteholders represented by them, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of letter agreements agreed between the Company and such advisors, in connection with conducting ongoing due diligence and negotiating, documenting, and consummating the Transactions; provided that upon the Support Effective Date, the Company will pay all outstanding reasonable, documented fees and expenses of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, as legal advisor, and Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., as financial advisor, to the ad hoc group of Supporting Noteholders that are outstanding and have been invoiced as of such Support Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to pay any additional fees or expenses of any advisor to the ad hoc group of Supporting Noteholders to the extent such additional fees and expenses are incurred solely from and after the delivery to either the Company or the Supporting Noteholders of notice of a Termination Event in compliance with Section 8 hereof; provided that all fees and expenses incurred prior to such delivery shall be paid by the Company pursuant to the foregoing and the applicable letter agreements and to the extent provided herein.
16.
Counterparts .
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall constitute the same instrument and the counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf).
17.
Amendments .
Except as otherwise provided herein, no provision of this Agreement or any Definitive Document may be modified, waived, amended, restated, or supplemented, without the prior written consent of the Company and the Required Supporting Noteholders; provided that (x) this Section 17 may only be modified, waived, amended, or supplemented with the prior written consent of all of the Parties and (y) any modification, waiver, amendment, restatement or supplement that is materially adverse to a Party shall not be effective or enforceable with respect to such Party unless such Party has provided its written consent to such modification, waiver, amendment, restatement or supplement.
18.
Headings .
The headings of the sections, paragraphs, and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.
19.
Relationship Among Parties .
It is understood and agreed that any Supporting Noteholder may trade in the Notes or other debt or equity securities of the Company without the consent of the Company or any Supporting Noteholder, subject to applicable securities laws and Section 5 hereof. No Party shall have any responsibility for any such trading by any other entity by virtue of this Agreement. A Supporting Noteholder may only enforce this Agreement against the Company and not against another Supporting Noteholder.
20.
Acknowledgments; Obligations Several .
This Agreement is not and shall not be deemed to be a solicitation for the Exchange Offer. Notwithstanding that this Agreement is being executed by multiple Supporting Noteholders, the obligations of the Supporting Noteholders under this Agreement are several and neither joint nor joint and several. No Supporting Noteholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations or any breach of any other Supporting Noteholder under this Agreement, and nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Supporting Noteholder pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Supporting Noteholders as a partnership, an association or joint venture of any kind, or create a presumption that the Supporting Noteholders are in any way acting other than in their individual capacities. None of the Supporting Noteholders shall have any fiduciary duty or other duties or responsibilities in any kind or form to each other, the Company or any of the Company’s other lenders, noteholders or stakeholders as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Supporting Noteholder acknowledges that no other Supporting Noteholder will be acting as agent of such Supporting Noteholders in connection with monitoring such Supporting Noteholder’s investment or enforcing its rights under this Agreement, the Definitive Documents, or any the other transaction documents to be entered into in connection with the consummation of the Transactions. Neither any Restricted Noteholder nor any Restricted Claim shall be subject to or bound by this Agreement and no Noteholder shall have any obligations or be deemed to have made any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in this Agreement with respect thereto. No securities of the Company are being offered or sold hereby and this Agreement neither constitutes an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities of the Company.
21.
Specific Performance .
It is understood and agreed by the Parties that money damages may be an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any Party, that such breach may represent irreparable harm, and that each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (without the posting of any bond and without proof of actual damages) as a remedy of any such breach, including an order of a court of competent jurisdiction requiring any Party to comply promptly with any of its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall any party hereto or their representatives be liable to any other party hereunder for any punitive, incidental, consequential, special or indirect damages, including the loss of future revenue or income or opportunity, relating to the breach or alleged breach of this Agreement.
22.
Survival .
Notwithstanding (x) any Transfer of the Notes in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement or (y) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the (a) agreements and obligations of the Parties in Section 8 and Sections 12 through 26 (inclusive), Section 29 and this Section 22 (and any definitions or interpretative provisions used therein but defined elsewhere in this Agreement) shall survive such Transfer or termination and shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Parties in accordance with the terms hereof; (b) subject to the occurrence of the Consummation Date, the agreements of the Supporting Noteholders pursuant to Section 7(c) and Section 7(d) shall survive the termination of this Agreement; and (c) subject to the occurrence of the Consummation Date, the agreements of the Company, the AG Affiliated Parties, the Waddell Affiliated Parties, and the Q Investments Affiliated Parties pursuant to Section 28 and Section 30 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
23.
Governing Law; Chosen Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial .
(a)      This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to such state’s choice of law provisions which would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.
(b)      Each Party hereto agrees that it shall bring any action or proceeding in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement in a New York state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York (the “ Chosen Court ”), and solely in connection with claims arising under this Agreement: (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and the authority of the Chosen Court; (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in the Chosen Court; and (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum, does not have jurisdiction over any Party hereto, or lacks the constitutional authority to enter final orders in connection with such action or proceeding.
(c)      Each Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether based on contract, tort, or any other theory). Each Party (i) certifies that no representative, agent, or attorney of any other Party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other Party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it and the other Parties have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 23 .
24.
Notices .
All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally or by electronic mail transmission with first class mail confirmation to the Parties at the following addresses or email addresses:
(a)      If to the Company:
Richard Denning, Esq.
Cumulus Media Inc.
3280 Peachtree Road, N.W. Suite 2300
Atlanta, Georgia 30305
Facsimile:    (404) 260-6877
Email:        richard.denning@cumulus.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):
Paul M. Basta, P.C.
Melissa J. Hutson, P.C.
Christian O. Nagler
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile:    (212) 446-4900
E-mail:        paul.basta@kirkland.com
        melissa.hutson@kirkland.com
        christian.nagler@kirkland.com

- and -

Ryan Preston Dahl
Jason B. Gott
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Facsimile:     (312) 862-2200
E-mail:     ryan.dahl@kirkland.com
    jason.gott@kirkland.com

(b)      If to the Supporting Noteholders:
To the addresses set forth on the signature pages hereto
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Michael S. Stamer
Meredith A. Lahaie
Frederick T. Lee
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
Bank of America Tower
New York, New York 10036
Facsimile:     (212) 872-1002
E-mail:     mstamer@akingump.com
    mlahaie@akingump.com
        flee@akingump.com

25.
Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .
(a)      The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and this Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns.
(b)      It is not the intention of the Parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person, and the rights or obligations of any Party under this Agreement may not be assigned, delegated, or transferred to any other person or entity except as otherwise expressly permitted herein; provided that it is acknowledged and agreed that (x) each Noteholder Released Party is a third party beneficiary with respect to Section 5(a) hereof and shall be permitted to enforce such provision in accordance with its terms and (y) each Company Released Party is a third party beneficiary with respect to Section 5(b) hereof and shall be permitted to enforce such provision in accordance with its terms.
26.
Interpretation and Rules of Construction; Severability .
This Agreement is the product of negotiations among the Parties and in the enforcement or interpretation hereof, is to be interpreted in a neutral manner, and any presumption with regard to interpretation for or against any Party by reason of that Party having drafted or caused to be drafted this Agreement, or any portion hereof, shall not be effective in regard to the interpretation hereof. The Parties were each represented by counsel during the negotiations and drafting of this Agreement and continue to be represented by counsel. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each Party remain valid, binding, and enforceable. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires (a) “include,” “includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words, (b) references in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions include a reference to a written document transmitted by means of electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication, (c) words expressed in the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; words expressed in the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter gender and vice versa, (d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all exhibits attached hereto, and not to any provision of this Agreement, (e) the term this “Agreement” shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified, varied, novated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, and (f) time is of the essence in the performance of the obligations of each of the Parties. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and any Definitive Agreement, then, solely as between the Parties, this Agreement shall control.

27.
Public Disclosure .
The Company will submit to the Supporting Noteholders all press releases, public filings, public announcements or other communications with any news media relating to this Agreement, or the Definitive Documents or the Transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any amendments thereof. The Company may not (a) use the name of any Supporting Noteholder or any of its managers, advisors, Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, members, employees, partners, representatives and agents in any press release or filing with the SEC without such Party’s prior written consent or (b) disclose holdings of the Supporting Noteholders to any Person; provided that the Company shall be permitted to disclose at any time the aggregate principal amount of and aggregate percentage of Notes held by all the Supporting Noteholders as a group; provided further that the Company shall be permitted to disclose any information requested or required by applicable law, rule, regulation, or governmental or regulatory or self‑regulatory body.
Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall announce this Agreement by means of a press release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N (the “ Press Release ”). Neither the Company nor any Supporting Noteholder shall make or cause to be made any public announcement or widely disseminated statement with respect to the subject of this Agreement that is contrary to the statements made in the Press Release, except as required by law or the rules of any stock exchange or with the prior written consent of the other party; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit a Supporting Noteholder from discussing this Agreement or the Transactions in a manner that is not widely disseminated or is not a public announcement with any other holder of, or any bona fide potential purchaser (provided such bona fide potential purchaser executes a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement for the benefit of and enforceable by the Company containing, in all material respects, terms at least as protective as the terms set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement) of, Notes in a manner otherwise consistent with such Supporting Noteholders’ obligations hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Confidentiality Agreement, the Company hereby permits and authorizes each of the Supporting Noteholders to disclose the existence of this Agreement, together with any Confidential Agreement related to this Agreement and the Definitive Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, to any bona fide potential purchaser of Notes, Term Loans or other claims held by such Supporting Noteholder if such bona fide potential purchaser executes a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement for the benefit of and enforceable by the Company containing, in all material respects, terms at least as protective as the terms set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.
The Supporting Noteholders and the Company acknowledge that the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement are not intended to constitute the formation of a Group. Each Supporting Noteholder agrees that, for purposes of determining beneficial ownership of such Supporting Noteholder, it shall disclaim any beneficial ownership by virtue of this Agreement of the Company’s securities owned by the other Supporting Noteholders, and the Company agrees to recognize such disclaimer in its Exchange Act and Securities Act reports.
28.
Refinancing Consent
In the event the Company desires to refinance or replace the Revolver under the Credit Agreement prior to November 23, 2019, other than in connection with a refinancing of all obligations under the Credit Agreement (which refinancing of all obligations may include pursuant to an “amend & extend” transaction where all term lenders either agree to extend the term loan maturity or are replaced by new lenders willing to extend the term loan maturity), the Company shall first obtain the written consent of a majority of the common equity beneficially owned by the AG Affiliated Parties, the Waddell Affiliated Parties, and the Q Investments Affiliated Parties; provided that, (a) the AG Affiliated Parties shall permanently cease to have such consent right to the extent their beneficial ownership of the Equity Securities of the Company is less than 5.5% of the aggregate Equity Securities of the Company at any time, (b) the Waddell Affiliated Parties shall permanently cease to have such consent right to the extent their beneficial ownership of the Equity Securities of the Company is less than 2.5% of the aggregate Equity Securities of the Company at any time, and (c) the Q Investments Affiliated Parties shall permanently cease to have such consent right to the extent their beneficial ownership of the Equity Securities of the Company is less than 2.5% of the aggregate Equity Securities of the Company at any time; provided further that to the extent the beneficial ownership of any of the AG Affiliated Parties, the Waddell Affiliated Parties or the Q Investments Affiliated Parties is less than the foregoing thresholds at any time, such holder’s Equity Securities of the Company shall permanently cease to be considered in determining whether such holders consent to such refinancing as required by this paragraph.
29.
Revolver Assignments
Other than with respect to the Revolver Amendment, the Company agrees not to seek, and will cause its subsidiaries not to seek, any amendment, modification or waiver to Sections 6.2(c) or 8.1 of the Credit Agreement in effect as of the Support Effective Date, without the prior written consent of lenders holding a majority of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments as of and in effect on the Support Effective Date; provided that each Supporting Noteholder that is a lender holding Revolving Credit Commitments as of the Support Effective Date (with any Supporting Noteholder party to a binding trade confirm delivered to the Company prior to the date hereof on the Support Effective Date being deemed a lender for this Section 29 solely for so long as such applicable trade confirm shall be in effect) agrees that (i) upon the written request of the Company, it will promptly assign such Revolving Credit Commitments to any Person identified by the Company and (ii) no amounts shall be required to be paid by any Person in connection with any such assignment. The foregoing covenant shall be operative only in the event the Transactions are not consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall (x) survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement other than a termination on account of a breach by one or more Supporting Noteholders, but (y) shall automatically and without further action by any Party cease to apply once the Supporting Noteholders hold less than $15.0 million of Revolving Credit Commitments, in the aggregate.
30.
FCC Matters
The Company and each Supporting Noteholder agree that:
(a)      notwithstanding anything else contained herein, to the extent the rights and obligations provided herein to, or the Class D Common Stock or Class E Common Stock, as applicable, to be held by, an AG Affiliated Party, a Q Investments Affiliated Party, or a Waddell Affiliated Party have resulted in or would result in a breach of or non-compliance with the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”), or the rules, regulations and policies (the “FCC Regulations”) promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) in effect from time to time by the Company, then, with respect to matters related to the Class D Director, Angelo Gordon, or, with respect to matters related to the Class E Director, Q Investments and Waddell, agree that such Class D Director or Class E Director, as applicable, shall recuse himself or herself from any participation in, or attendance at, meetings of the Board, including, but not limited to, the right to vote at such meetings; provided that (w) the foregoing agreement shall not effect or result in the conversion of any party’s Class D Common Stock or Class E Common Stock, and (x) upon elimination of the existing or potential breach or non-compliance, then effective as of such elimination, all rights of the Class D Common Stock and the Class E Common Stock (including all rights to elect voting directors) shall be reinstated in accordance with their terms;
(b)      in the event that any Noteholder’s or its Affiliates’ holdings of debt in the Company and Equity Securities (whether voting or non-voting and including those to be issued upon consummation of the transactions contemplated herein) has resulted or would result in prohibited multiple ownership or cross-ownership under the Communications Act or the FCC Regulations (including, but not limited to, Section 73.3555 of the FCC Regulations), then (1) to the extent that the Noteholder’s and its Affiliates’ attribution under the FCC Regulations is based solely on the holding of voting Equity Securities, such Noteholder’s and its Affiliates’ respective votes with respect to Equity Securities in excess of 4.99999% of the total votes of all Equity Securities entitled to vote on such matters shall be disregarded for so long as the holding of the voting Equity Securities would result in such prohibited multiple ownership or cross-ownership, and (2) to the extent that the Noteholder’s and Affiliates’ attribution under the FCC Regulations is based solely on application of Note 2(i) of Section 73.3555 of the FCC Regulations, the Noteholder shall, within ten (10) Business Days of learning of such existing or potential prohibited multiple ownership or cross-ownership, sell sufficient Equity Securities or take such other action to eliminate the prohibited multiple ownership or cross-ownership. Each Noteholder shall establish procedures to ensure that the Company is promptly informed of any situation where the holdings of debt and Equity Securities of the Noteholder and its Affiliates has resulted or would result in prohibited multiple ownership or cross-ownership;
(c)      in the event that a Noteholder’s or its Affiliates’ holdings of applicable Equity Securities when aggregated with the total foreign ownership of all Equityholders exceeds or upon issuance of the Equity Securities in the Transactions will exceed the limits set forth in Section 310(b) of the Communications Act, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion, then the Company shall be entitled to require that such Noteholder or any of its Affiliates with a direct or indirect foreign interest for purposes of Section 310(b) of the Communications Act (all such holders, the “Disqualifying Equityholders”) to elect individually either (i) to have their respective pro rata share of applicable Equity Securities (determined based on a Disqualifying Equityholder’s respective holdings of applicable Equity Securities relative to the holdings of all Disqualifying Equityholders and calculated based on such Disqualifying Equityholder’s respective direct or indirect foreign interests) exchanged for warrants exercisable for the same Equity Securities at a nominal purchase price and at a time when such exercise will not cause the Company to be in violation of Section 310(b) of the Communications Act or (ii) to transfer such pro rata share of applicable Equity Securities to a party that is not or would not be a Disqualifying Equityholder, in each case within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such determination from the Company; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Noteholder is organized outside the United States of America or 50% or more of the ownership of such Noteholder is foreign, then such Noteholder shall receive warrants in the Transaction for the applicable Equity Securities (rather than the applicable Equity Securities themselves). To facilitate the Company’s ability to make the foregoing determination concerning the level of foreign ownership of the Company on a periodic basis as required by FCC Regulations or otherwise, each Noteholder, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, shall promptly respond to requests from the Company for information concerning foreign ownership of such Noteholder and its Affiliates (including but not limited to the jurisdiction of organization). The warrants contemplated hereby shall be governed by a warrant agreement substantially similar to the Existing Warrant Agreement, including a provision that the Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause the issuance of Class A Common Stock issuable pursuant to the warrants as soon as practicable but no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Company (by delivery to each of the individuals identified by the Company) of (1) a notice of exercise and (2) an ownership certification demonstrating that such exercise will not, as determined in the Company’s sole good faith discretion based on such ownership certification, result in a violation of the Communications Act or FCC Regulations; and
(d)      any initial actions to be taken pursuant to the preceding clauses (a) through (c) shall be taken prior to any other action, including the Board taking any action under Section 6 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers, solely in their respective capacity as officers of the undersigned and not in any other capacity, as of the date first set forth above.
[ Signature pages follow ]


 
 
 
 
CUMULUS MEDIA HOLDINGS INC. and CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
for itself and on behalf of each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries that is an obligor on the Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 

































[ Refinancing Support Agreement Signature Page ]


[SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDER]
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 

Principal Amount of Notes: $__________________

Number of Equity Securities: $__________________

Principal Amount of Term Loan: $__________________

Principal Amount of Revolver: $__________________

Notice Address :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fax:
 
 
Attention:
 
 














[ Refinancing Support Agreement Signature Page ]

Exhibit A
JOINDER AGREEMENT
[    ], [2016]
The undersigned (“ Noteholder ”) hereby acknowledges that it has read and understands the Refinancing Support Agreement, dated as of [__], [2016] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Support Agreement ”), by and among the Company and the Supporting Noteholders.
1.     Agreement to be Bound . The Noteholder hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Support Agreement applicable to a Supporting Noteholder, a copy of which is attached to this hereto as Annex I (as the same has been or may be hereafter amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof). The Noteholder shall hereafter be deemed to be a “Supporting Noteholder” and a “Party” for all purposes under the Support Agreement.
2.     Representations and Warranties . The Noteholder hereby makes the representations and warranties of the Supporting Noteholders set forth in Section 9 of the Agreement as of the date first written above to each other Party to the Support Agreement with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth below its name on the signature page hereof.
3.     Governing Law . This joinder agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) to the Support Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to any conflicts of law provisions which would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.
* * * * *
[ Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Noteholder has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

Name of Noteholder:                     

 
 
Signed:
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 

Principal Amount of Notes: $__________________

Number of Equity Securities: $__________________

Principal Amount of Term Loan: $__________________

Principal Amount of Revolver: $__________________

 
 
Notice Address :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fax:
 
 
Attention:
 
 
 
 
 
With a copy to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fax:
 
 
Attention:
 
 
 
 
[ Joinder Agreement Signature Page ]

Exhibit B
Offering Memorandum

Exhibit C
Declaration of Trust
Exhibit D
Trust Agreement

Exhibit E
Trust Certificates

Exhibit F-1
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement

Exhibit F-2
Incremental Amendment to the Credit Agreement



Exhibit G
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Exhibit H
Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit I
Participation Agreement
Exhibit J
Amendment to Existing Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit K
Investor Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit L
Governance Terms
The Board shall be comprised of 9 directors, with one of the 9 directors being the chief executive officer of the Company.
Funds affiliated with or managed by Angelo, Gordon & Co. (collectively, “ Angelo Gordon ”) shall have the right to appoint 1 director of the Board (the “ Class D Director ”) as long as Angelo Gordon beneficially owns 5.5% or more of the Equity Securities of the Company.
Funds affiliated with or managed by Q Investments, LP (collectively, “ Q Investments ”) and funds affiliated with or managed by Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company and Ivy Investment Management Company (collectively, “ Waddell ”) shall collectively have the right to appoint 1 director of the Board (the “ Class E Director ”) as long as Q Investments and Waddell collectively beneficially own 5% or more of the Equity Securities of the Company; provided that , the selection of such Class E Director by Q Investments and Waddell shall be determined by a majority of the Class E Common Stock held collectively by Q Investments and Waddell.
All directors will be subject to the Company’s customary due diligence process, including its review of a completed questionnaire, a background check and interviews. Based on the foregoing, the Company may object to any nomination provided (a) it does so in good faith, and (b) such objection is based upon any of the following: (i) such proposed director was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses), (ii) such proposed director was the subject of any order, judgment, or decree not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining such proposed director from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities: (A) engaging in any type of business practice, or (B) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities laws, (iii) such proposed director was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in clause (ii)(B), or to be associated with persons engaged in such activity, (iv) such proposed director was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, or (v) such proposed director was the subject of, or a party to any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to a violation of any federal or state securities laws or regulations. In the event the Board finds the proposed director to be unsuitable based upon one or more of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) and reasonably objects to the identified director, Angelo Gordon, Q Investments or Waddell shall be entitled to propose a different nominee to the Board and such nominee shall be subject to the review process outlined above. In addition, if such proposed director is not affiliated with any of Angelo Gordon, Q Investments, or Waddell, such director must qualify as “independent” pursuant to NASDAQ listing standards and have the relevant financial and business experience to be a director of the Company.
Exhibit M
Restricted Claims
1.
An account managed by an affiliate of Capital Research and Management Company which, as of the Support Effective Date, owns $805,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes and not in excess thereof, which account is restricted or restrained by its applicable organizational documents or similar applicable agreement or contract governing its operation and affairs (including its investment) from participating in the Qualified Exchange Offer, including as a result of a prohibition on such Restricted Noteholder owning any Equity Securities.
Exhibit N
Press Release
Exhibit O

Affiliate Transactions not exceeding $2.5 million in amount which are similar to those disclosed under “Related Party Transactions” in the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting proxy filed with the SEC, and Affiliate Transactions involving Westwood One, Inc. and/or its affiliates of the type described in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Exhibit P
Form of Indemnification Agreement
Exhibit Q
Voting Agreement





Exhibit 12.1
Cumulus Media Inc.
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The following table presents the computation of our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated (in thousands, except ratio).
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Fixed Charges:
 
 







Interest expense
$
127,980

 
$
130,559


$
134,680


$
166,110


$
189,073

Amortization of debt discount and debt interest costs
9,961

 
9,541

 
9,493


9,919


10,131

Total fixed charges
$
137,941

 
$
140,100


$
144,173


$
176,029


$
199,204


 
 







Earnings available for fixed charges:
 
 







Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees
$
(536,874
)
 
$
(592,334
)
 
$
22,023

 
$
(24,851
)
 
$
(146,602
)
Add: fixed charges
137,941

 
140,100


144,173


176,029


199,204

Less: preferred stock dividends

 




(10,676
)

(21,432
)
Total earnings available for fixed charges
$
(398,933
)
 
$
(452,234
)

$
166,196


$
140,502


$
31,170


 
 







Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
*
 
*

1.15


*

*

* Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2013, and 2012 were inadequate to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency for these years was $536,874 , $592,334 $35,527 and  $168,034 , respectively. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before provision for income taxes, non-controlling interest, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense and amortized discounts, and preference security dividend requirements.






Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Cumulus Media, Inc.

2-L Corporation
Louisiana
Atlanta Radio, LLC
Delaware
Broadcast Software International
Nevada
Catalyst Media, Inc.
Delaware
Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
Chicago Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
CMI Receivables Funding LLC
Delaware
CMP Houston-KC, LLC
Delaware
CMP KC Corp.
Delaware
CMP Susquehanna Corp.
Delaware
CMP Susquehanna Radio Holdings Corp.
Delaware
Consolidated IP Company LLC
Delaware
Cumulus Broadcasting LLC
Nevada
Cumulus Entertainment LLC
Delaware
Cumulus Intermediate Holdings Inc.
Delaware
Cumulus Licensing LLC
Nevada
Cumulus Media Holdings Inc
Delaware
Cumulus Network Holdings Inc.
Delaware
Cumulus Radio Corporation DC
Nevada
Deer Point Tower Venture, LLC
Delaware
Detroit Radio, LLC
Delaware
Dial Communications Global Media, LLC
Delaware
Incentrev-Radio Half Off, LLC
Delaware
222 JV Clear Channel
Delaware
KLIF Broadcasting, Inc.
Nevada
KLIF Lico, Inc.
Nevada
KLOS-FM Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
KPLX Lico, Inc.
Nevada
LA Radio, LLC
Delaware
Minneapolis Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
NASH Country, LLC
Delaware
Nashville Radio Tower Joint Venture
Delaware
NY Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
POP Radio, LP
Delaware
Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
Radio License Holdings LLC
Delaware
Radio License Holding CBC, LLC
Delaware
Radio License Holding SRC LLC
Delaware
Radio Metroplex, Inc.
Nevada
Radio Networks, LLC
Delaware
San Francisco Radio Assets, LLC
Delaware
Shoreview FM Group
Delaware
Susquehanna Media Corp.
Delaware
Susquehanna Pfaltzgraff Co.
Delaware
Susquehanna Radio Corp.
Pennsylvania
Sweetjack, LLC
Delaware
WBAP-KSCS Assets, LLC
Delaware





Westwood One, Inc.
Delaware
Westwood One Radio Networks, Inc
California
WPLJ Radio, LLC
Delaware





Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-118047, 333-156436 and 333-183383) of Cumulus Media Inc. of our report dated March 16, 2017 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 16, 2017





Exhibit 31.1
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Mary G. Berner, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cumulus Media Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2017
By:
 
/s/ Mary G. Berner
 
 
 
Mary G. Berner
 
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 31.2
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, John Abbot, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cumulus Media Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2017
By:
 
/s/ John Abbot
 
 
 
John Abbot
 
 
 
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 32.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in connection with the filing of the annual report on Form 10-K of Cumulus Media Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2016 , filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, that, to such officer’s knowledge:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.

 
/s/ Mary G. Berner
 
Name:
 
Mary G. Berner
 
Title:
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
/s/ John Abbot
 
Name:
 
John Abbot
 
Title:
 
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 16, 2017
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.